70
"i -^
ii^Ty
BENFACTORS OF THE
*»»»*»
THE HONORABLR JAMES
McOILL.. I>> iiii lift Wi'luii'l i'r«-
liiiiii-iii ui!i|.-r .IhI' Mil Jiiiiimry. |S| 1.
I*<liiiaili..il lli<- i;»liUc o( Bi'i'iisiile.
•iiiinii^ii neur lht> C;ly nf Mimlreiil.
HiiU roiiiaiiiiii? lony.sfven Acn-n "I
(<tiiil. Willi llic Mdiiiir Ito'iic :iiiil
liiiil<lii'j;« inereon iTi-c-ii-d. unci nis i
ilie â– iiiii ol ti-n iliiiiLaiid pKiiiMls 111
HII01.-V. until "Tlip lt<i>al lii-liuiiioii
lor the Ailvniif-i'iiii'iit of lAarniii','."
coiixlilultil l.y Acl ol I'nrli.'iiiiriil in
Ihr I'liriy-rifni v<-«r •<! llm reiv'ii oi
Inn Majroiy, King Heittfii- Itie Tliiril.
in frtc! niitl fr-iiihli-h nil I'liivcriiily
or Collrgf , (■r llu' [iiir,i<»f ,<C l-ltlncn-
tion. ail<l the ail\'.iiiceiii>-nl nl Jeurnlii';
III llii
Willi !
«IMS
K*lii'
lor li..
Hiiiviiice
'I' l/>wi-r Cniiaclii.
iii.iilH-r of I'rofi «-
â– to ii-iiiler xiicli
iinliiiiil l>f n<>li(-ii!
iilcnilcd. ie(,iijriiii,'
ilial oriij III tl-e Coll.'pc* lo he roni- •
pri'f J III the saii\ I'mviTjiily, k||oiiI,I
Iw niiiiecl and prrpfitiaily lie knuvvii
nii'l ctiMinKilidifd liv llje appclluluni
ol -Mclii 1 »-..|l.i;c."
Tli<! value of Ihr nliMvr mnilioned
property \vn« cKiimated ut the Oaie oi'
llic liripip'tat X30.030
At u nin-lin? cujlrd by n niinilicr nrtln-
iiillueiitml riiiz'iinol .Moiitrfiil. and
lirid at tlie .Mrr.-iiaiil^' l^xcliitnge (ilh
|)<-cciiil-t.-'. tbii;. lor the purpimr of
lakm-,' iiilof>iii.|i|,-nitioii ihr riimncinl
•■iiiiliiiiin of ihe t'liivrrnily of Mrtiill i
Colli;,"'.— The following llc^ilution '
win iidi.pied :
•■riiiit an eli.irt ought to br mndc f.r |
' •'■■• "" KiMowin-iiioi Alcliill i
'i n iniinneraK lo exiciid j
". and lo pUce it (or Ihe I
' I iiidepcii'Jriii and |ier- I
\\
l>iir«uinrr of thr nUiye
le followini; donulion"
: lor Mp'Tiiiior Oeiicrul
lied with ihf I'liivor.
■!■-•■■,:•,,., (jrantiii;;
MccorUiiij;
: \
. X vooo
Mho
John Gordon iM<-Kci;zio. Kjri;! . . . X jiw
Ini Oi.iild. Ksq ■■■g|„j
Julin rr.ihcngliani. l-.f^ .....] 60«
Jotin ■rurniiice. Ksq 5, „
Jaiiif-H li, Orfeiisl.ields. K-q '. .. . . 300
Wi.'liim Biii»l)y l^-iiiilip. Ks<| l/_ 200
Sir lieor^'i- Sinip-on, KinY'lit . . . -igy
Iji-iiry 'I'lioiims, lisq ' Z^
Jolin lU-iipdih. iOsr) ." .li,.
.l.iiiiiN .McDousrull, i:sq. .' oj„
Jaiiie- Milchcl'. INq [\ j-,,
J.iiiKv* 'r.irraiic-e. H>q ' T/yj
lloiiour:ilil.- Jiiinws KeriJL-r .... 050
John SniiMi. Ksq '"" X^^
llarri-oii .Sioplieiis H-nj 2V)
Henry ('liHpiii;in, l;s(| !]'.![! TdO
Air. Chiipiniin hIi-o f nii.led ,1 (joltj
Meilnl III he sflven niiiiiialh In ili-
graiiiitiliii!; rli»<s in Arts.
.I.ilin Janie^ Uay. Ksq ,5,,
Hoii.iiirjlilc I'clcr MciHll i^j
TliiiiinK iJrnwii Anilfr-i.ii INq |.,j
IVicrRedpaih, K.q :;:; ,5^
rhornas .M. lavlnr, Ks<j ifl,,
lo-eph .McKay. K-q ,5,,
.\ni.'u«lii< N. Ilew.ird. i;-q jg,,
Donald l^irii .MeUongall. I.. <g..., " 154,
Hoiionnlik John Kom-... 15^
Omrlos Aiexaiidcr. K,q :â– ;â– .. ,5,,
M..se,K. llav.d K.q ,5,,
U illiarn Cirtrr. K-q ,jq
Thonrui I'aloii, Esq .'.'.*.*. 1.^0
William Workman. Kiq | -,(i
Hdimnilile Alexander T. U.iit... 1 =;»
Lmherll. Il„!i„n. K«i ,^^0
Henry hvnnn, K-q â– ' ,5^
Uavid Tornuue. Ks,, \\\\ ,.^
Kdwin AlWHler. K..11 , =<,
I heodcre Man. K-q , -^j
Will am KoMj th Grant. INq ,\„
Kohrrl Campuell, K^q . ^n
Alfred sava,.e.K..q.: ::::;: \z
James lerr.er, KHq.. Jr ,au
\\ illiuin .SirptieiiP. K»q " liX
N..S. Whitiiev, 1:.,....... : ^
Wil'inm flow. K-q ... \t,
wiiii,m wi.i,o.i. i.;„, ..;;; \-r,
Kdwaid .M.Jnr. K»q ^
llo.ioialil^ a.a.|e, I)e»,-..y hay.'.'.:: M
John K. l.-dne, K«<| j^
.Mn». li. Kr»ihin-.'ham. fur the •• Carl
IMMIIer Collection," 01 »hel|. ^...,j
C. IJu.ikin. K^q., M. |.. ,. . ,„ „„| .,f „,,.
chair 01 rrieuc4l ChciniMrv $ii,o
• •,•••111 "««'n n*'ioii In
I;' l»ii> C.llo-rfl by II n II ihe IVi,,.. of \v,i,., „.,,
.ll.ihrn.llel Itir-I'rm..,. „f,\ ,1,., i;dl .Medm "
I.T .IT .'V lid Clei^Uoom*, w.HOrcclcd through
1' llellM. ^
I "7 Mr* J.hn M il.,>n. of Ilflmoui
â– I M â– iy<ieil .-i.-i-iiee-
• r ';o.in-.i ,,■,. nprN-and m-
' '• "■"" '"• om- I 1 thu tintf
< 'i« the ';.irpr)rnii..ii may from
!• 'I Mn.roil, un occinun of the three
< â– â– an livimr eoir^e in G.^jo-v ntid \aliiml
■' 1" I l^-MI I. I. I) . I'. II. ,s . (.■(J » V ,'
1..I . WM i.,„.„|..d l.v J dm T,.rr.ii,.,.;K^..of .St."
n-- \fr, J.il.a I ,rr.„..r.for the l.-,l ri„ |„„, ,„
.'.'ird"i*':,"'\V"r'""i7: '""••"»'"•- ^i'
â– 1 l> . I. I. n.. Ma t),an o- iho Kjcully of
'"" '1 Mclienio. who shall
I'l-nniry or Kintl.
^A.G.A.:ry^asa:jLG.A.iLM ^rxsuSLZit xe66-7.
Sun,
Moil.
Tue.
Wed.
Thu.
Fri.
M<M1.
Tue.
Wed .
Thu.
Fri.
SEPTEMBKB 1866.
Session of Normal ScIumI nmi \l'iiU
Sohool oomineaces.
Mt-etingof Kacnllvof Arts. Matrioiilatiou
! and Suppleni<>tiia! Exam'iisin ClasKics.
Exaininatii'ii r..r Anno Molsim Prize:^.
i Matrii-ulation :inil SupiikMnental Kxam-
iiiatiiiiis iu .Matlu'inali^s aiul Enjli.'sh
Compi'titivt; Kxamiualiiiiis for G"ver-
! nor-(ieneral Scholarship. Kaiiiina-
i tion for Anne iMolBon I'rines.
1 Lectures in Arts coiiniience. Meetinjr of
I : Ka<-nlt> of .\rl9.
I Tue.
Wed
Thu.
JFri.
Mom. ' Meetinj^of K«';u:i> oi Art.s.
Tue
27 I Thu.
28 I Fri.
i9 I Sat.
,„ I Sun-
Thu.
Fri.
Moll.
Tue.
Wed.
Thu.
HTl'n.
Men.
liie.
Wed.
Thu.
Fri.
Moil
lue.
U'ed.
Thu.
Fri.
Suii-
Mou
Tue.
Wed.
Thu.
Fn.
HOVEMBEE 1866
Session of Medical K.-iciilr,y comii
JIcetinjB; of Faeultv of Arts.
Session of Law Kaciilty commenc
Matriculation Kxamiiiation in Mi
oomniences.
â– in of llipjh Sch-'ir>t commeij
Meetins of Faoiiltj of Art^.
Mcctins of Facultj- of Law.
1
Mun.
2
Tue.
3
Wed.
4
Thu.
5
Fn.
6
7
fir..
8
Moil.
9
Tue.
10
Wed.
11
Thu.
12
Fri.
13
:i4
'^A^.
,'5
Moa
16
Tue.
!'â– '
Wed.
!l8
Thu.
119
Fn.
â– 20
121
BUn.
•-•2
Mou.
23
Tue.
^4
Wed.
'.25
Tliu.
26
Fri.
27
23
Ǥ\in
29
.Moil.
30
Tue.
\3l
We.l.
PCTOBEB 1866
Leetnres in Agriculture eomr
FviiiKhrs llirlh-ilajj.
Meeting of Faculty of Arts.
riu »•</■. Mnlmu, //■)(/ oi.unc-1 ISJi.
.Meeting of Faculty of Art.^.
Regular iiioclins of CorjMira
Examiners appointed.
Scholarships. Acconnts
Hcport
DECEMBEE 1866.
%in.
Mmii. i Meeting of Facnltv of Ar
Tue. !
Wed.'
Tliu 1
Fn.
Lectures iu Arts terioiiiale lor (liri^l-
mas examination.
.Moil.
Tue. Examination in Mallomiii n -
tural Philosophy.
Wed.
TilU I Lxainination in Greek.
Fri. j Examination in Latin and Mi
%\lTa. i Meeting of Faculty of L:i« .
Moil
I'ue.
Wed
Thu.
Fn.
â– ^^
un.
Mou.
Tue
W j Wed.
21 Thu.
28 ! Fri
30 1 â„¢^^-
, .31-, Mon^ —
Examination
Cheniistrv
Arts.
Natural .Science an I
.MMCtini? of r;i<-ult> ,.f
Examinations iu Knsli.sh Literatur"
l.*gic. Mental and .Moral I'tiilosoph.v
Examinations in
Hebrew.
Christmas Va'-atii
Christmns-diy.
Tue.
Wed
Ttiu
yr.
San.
Mxiu
Tur
Wrd.
Thu.
Fri.
Suu.
Moil
Tue.
\\>.).
Thu.
Fri.
Jut.
Ban.
Mun
Tue.
Wr.l.
'Iha.
Kri.
San-
.Moil.
'Iile
\V>d.
Thu.
JAJTUABY 1867
I Christmu Vu>aliui> i^nd*.
I.«cCur«t io Art;, MeJicineaad i-xm rt>-
cummene*.
School ExamiDstioDi of tti" UiU*eriii;
eemm*nee
MrctlDg nf FmoIIj of Art*
RoKular Mi!«tin(5 of C"orp«r»tion Ki-
amioeri »p(>oinl*<t. Annual K»|'<jrt
to Vinilor.
McMing of Kaoult; of Art»
M*«ting orFarulty of Ijtw
MARCH 1867.
FEBKUARY 18H:
I Kri. ' spring tarm of llii(h >«'ti»il r<irain«nt.'M.
•I \ :jgn.
3 ; iun 1
4 I .Moil. Or<llo»r7 KiainiOktiont .tf Fiunilir of
Ttie.
Wril
'i'tm
» â–
tur.
Wrd
I'tiu.
|A
Ffi.
l«
Mil.
.'I , »liU
.•J I Kri.
77 ' Wru
â– pt I I'liu
• «•» F^^^Mt •? ^^.|
]
Fri.
2
Sau
3
Suu
4
Mun.
6
Tue.
6
Wed. 1
1
Tliu.
8
Fn. '
9
.'^at.
10
Suu 1
II
Mom. 1
12
'I'ur,
13
Weil.
14
Thu.
16
Fn.
16
«al.
n
San-
18
Moll.
19
Tui-.
20
Weil.
21
Thu.,
2-2
Fri.
23
Sal.
Sun
24
25
Moil.
26
Tue.
27
Wed.
26
ThiL
29
Fn.
30
t*al.
31
San
Sessional ExaijADatioD in Botaoy.
cond year.^P
[Se-
No Lectures.
Sessional Examination iu French and
Oeriuan. [Second Tear.]
Meeting of Faculty of Arts.
Meeting uf Faculty of Art*.
Meeting of Faculty of Law.
Lectures in Arts terminate.
Moil.
Tur.
Wed.
Thu.
Sim.
Sin.
Mon.
Tue.
Wed
Fii.
^jul.
Sun
10
.Moil. 1
le
Tue.
n
Wed.
IH
IK
20
Thii
Kri.
.-int.
•21
22
21
Sun
Moil,
lue.
71
Wrd. 1
lliu
- It. 1
\PRIL_1867: __
Theses for deprce of M D., C.L. to b»
sent in to the Ucin of Faculty.
Theses for dcpree of B.C. L. to be sent in
to till,' Utah of faculty.
B. A. and other Honour Kianiinationt.
Ordinarv Kxauiinatinnt in Malheuiaticf
and Niii oral Philosophy.
Ordin.'.rr Kxniiiniatioiis in Mathematics
and Natural rhilo.iopliy.
Tlieses for Deirreo of .M.A. to be sent it
|l» the Dean of the Faculty.
Examinations in I.aw. M«eting of Fa-
culty i-f Arts. B. A. Honour Kxam
inat'ious. Kxamiuatious in Law.
F.xaniinnlions in Law.
Ordiiisry Kxniiiinations in Greek. !•"«
.iiuinalinnn in ]jiw.
Ordifisry Kxaiiiinations in Latin and
History. Examinations in Ijiw
Examinations in Law.
B.A. Honour Exniniiintions, and F.x'ms
in English Literature. [3nd yaar.'i
Ordinary Examinations In English Lit-
erature, l.ogic, .Mental and .Moral
I'hilotophy.
Examinntioin for lioifren in Mcdt<'ln<-
cominenie.
Kxamlnstl'<ii> In French, German, an <
Hebrew.
B.A. and otiier Honour Examlnationn
(jooil Friday. Easter Vacation eoiii'.
Easier -day.
Ordinary Kinminationii In Natural â– -.
enco and CliruiiHry.
Ki'gular .MrriinK of Corporation.
II A. Iloiiuiir Kismlnailons.
B A. and other llonoar Exanlnatlont
Meillog of Etaminera.
I iMlarattoo nf results of Eianinations
MAY 1867.
1
Wtd.
Defence of Theses for Degs.in Medicine.
1
Mon.
2
Thu.
Annual meeting of Cou vacation. Faculty
of Arts.
2
3
Tue.
Wed.
3
Fri.
Adjonrned meeting. Faculties of Medi-
4
Thu.
cine and Law.
6
Fri.
4
Sal
Summer Tacation of College commences-
6
e'ai.
Sun.
"7
Sun-
6
Moil
S
Mon.
Tuf.
9
Tue.
8
W,ii
10
Wed.
9
Thu.
11
Thu.
10
Fn.
12
Fri.
U Sial.
13
Slit.
i'2 1 Sun,
U
Sun.
13 Mon.
15
Mon.
14 'I'ue.
16
Tne.
15 Wed.
n
Wed.
16 Thu.
IS
Thu.
n Fri.
19
Fn.
18
19
Sal.
Sun-
Wliit-Sunday.
20
21
>at.
Sun.
•
20
Mo.i.
22
Moil.
21
Tue.
23
Tue.
22
Wed.
24
Wed.
23
Thu.
25
Thu.
24
Kri.
Queen's Birthd*y
2fi
Fri.
25
J^al.
27
Sat.
Sun-
26
Sun.-
28
.Mon.
29
Mon.
28
Tue.
30
'lue.
29
' Wed.
31
Wed.
30
, Thu.
1 [?r.
)
JULY 1867
31 I Fn
1 Ciit.
2 Sun-
3 j Mon. I
4 I Tue. i
5 1 Wed.
6 I Thu. ;
7 Fri. ,
8 I Sat .
9 I Sun.
10 I Men.
11 I Tue.
12 \\ ed.
13 Thu.
14 Fri.
15 ."531.
16 I Sun.
n i Mon
18 Tue-
19 1 Wed.
20 Thu.
21 I Fru
22 i Sat.
23 ! sun.
24 j Mon.
25 I Tue.
26 Wed.
JUNE 1867.
Examin'3. in Normal School commence.
27 Thu.
28 Fri.
; Regular meeting of Corporation. Be-
I ports of Normal and Pigh Schools.
Summer term of High School ends. Nor-
mal School closes for Summer Tacatiou.
Thu.
Fri.
Sal.
Sun.
Mon.
Tue.
Wed.
Thu.
Fri.
Sat.
Snn.
Mon.
Tue.
Wed.
Thu.
Fru
Sal.
18 Sun.
19 Mon.
20 Tue.
21 Wed.
22 Thu.
23 Fri.
24 JJat.
25 Sun.
26 !\Ion.
27 , I'ue.
28 ' AVed.
29 j Thu.
30 , Fri.
31 Sat.
AUGUST 1867
CALENDAR
OF THE
x§\l\ College anb InibersitD,
MONTREAL:.
""^^^a^awaraciat^^
by Bequest of the Hon. James McGill. in ISII ; Erected into a University by
Royal Cbarter in 1821; and lleorganised by an Aniendeil Cliarter in 1853.
sEisjsxoia 03F" loeo-v.
MOXTKKAL:
fBINTKU FOU 'llIK L SI VtCltSl I'V HV J. C. UKCKblT, yitt'il' ST. JAMKS i lUKt 1'.
18H6.
CO>^TENTS
AcADF.MiCAi. Ve\r, ...... I*age 3
(IOVE«NIN(i BtDV, ......." T
(Jknekm. Annou.ncf.ment, . . . . • " S
(tFKICKHS i>F T.V.STRICTUtN,. . . . . " 11
r.vrii.Tv OK Arts, . . . . . *• 1.1
List ok 1)on ation.>^, ......." .'15
l'A<M;r,Tv iiv .Mf.iihink., ......" 38
I'Atll.TV OK \.\\v, . . . . . . . *' 4S
Prtl/KS ANI» HONUIHS, ......«' 53
lilsT OK Sri liK.NTS ......." tilt
Ll.^T i»K (iltADIATKS, ..-..." 07
III ill Si'iKMti., . . . . . '' 74
.N.iRMAI. SciKtoi,, ....-.." 81
.'^-'ciKml. l'].\ A.SIIN AlKiNS, . . . . . " SS
K K i: A T A .
A«ld 1.) 1 St of Cniiliiatc- in l.:i\v, ]>]>. 05 and 7 1 — J^tiii ]',. C'ouillard, BC.L
I'refu ({) to iiiini'' of Nonnau W TrenliMlnu'. 15 C.l. , \>. 72.
''\
//-
/Ji-i/i>7
MCGILL UNIVEESITY, MONTEEAL.
VISITOR :
His Excdkncj The Ki<;ut Hon. Viscocnt Monck, Governor General of
British North America, &c.
CORPORATION.
GOVERNOES : —
[Sei,,,, ,U, itnuUr, oj ihc Ko„al InsUtutioA/or tl,: Adcauccmeul „/ Learning ]
'^^' fcri^y^''""''' ^"^'"^ ^^^' ^^•^•' ^^^"■'^^"^ ^^d Chancellor of the Uui-
The Hon. James Febrier, M.L.C.
Thomas Bbown Andersox, Esq.
Andrew Robertson, M.A.
The Hon. John Rose, .M.r.I\
Peter Redpath, Esq.
John Frothingham, Esq.
David Torrance, Esq.
Christopher Dunkin, M.A., M.P P
Wtluam Molson, Esq. George MoffaVt' "Esq
Alex. Morris, M.A., D.C.L., M.P.P. I John H. R. MoSn^ Sq
PaiNciPAL : —
John William Dawson, LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S., Vice-chancellor.
Fellows : —
"""• ircXTArts"^' ''•'•'■' '"•^•' ^--P-cipal. and Dean of the
Henry Aspinwall Howe, il A., Rector of the High School.
Hon. J. J. C. Abbott BC.L., Dean of the Faculty of Law.
Bbown Chamberlin, M.A., B C L
W. B. Lambe, B.C.L.
Sir William E. Logan, LL.D., F R S F G S
^nT^ J- ^^"^^^.^'i' M^-. i^-O-, Dean of the Faculty of Medicine
R.V S„?^^°^'nV-'/-"'^'^P"^ °^S'- Francis ColleJ, Richmond
Rev. John Cook, D.D Principal of Morrin College, Quebec.
ALE.A.ND.R Jo^H>.oN. LL.D .^Pr^ofessor of Mathem!tic^and Natural Philosophy,
Rev. G.orge^Cornish, M.A., Professor of Classical Literature, McGill Univer-
W. Eraser, iA.D., Professor of Institutes of Medicine, McGill University
R R. Lafrenaye, B.C.L., Professor of Jurisprudence, McGill UmVersit;
Rkv. Edwin Hatch B.A., Professor of Moral Philosop'hy, Lrri^CoSe'
'^^- '^^oVS!Ss?-z£^triS -If ^^^°^^^^^" the^cfongregatiriTollege
iUR?rLK'io'^^'.r;trr'''^' '•^^^' ''^-'^^ ^""^^^•
William Su^the^r^land, M.D., Professor of Chemistry, Medical Faculty, McGill
FioBEBT T. Godfrey, M.D.
Frederick W. Torrance, B.C.L.. Professor of Civil Law, McGill Uuivcr.i.v.
Willi./
SECRETARY, REGISTRAR, A.\D BURSAR ;_
[And Secretary ,.jth.. R'Mjal lustHuli m.\
CRAit; Bavneb, B.A. Office, Bnrnsidc HalL Office hour, 10 fo ?
Residence, Centre Building, M'Gill rollegc. ' '° ^-
(licncval :SVnnoun cement.
The Thirty lourlli Scssiuu ol" this Uuiversity, beiug the Fourteenth
under the amended charter, will commence in the Autumn of 1866.
By virtue of the Royal Charter granted in 1821 and amended in
1852. the Governors, Principal, and FcUovrs of McGill College
constitute the Corporation of the T^niversity, and under the statutes
framed by the Board of Governors with approval of the Visitor, have
the power of granting degrees in all the Arts and Faculties, in McGill
College and in Colleges aflSliatcd thereto.
The Statutes and Regulations of the University have been framed
on the most liberal principles, with the view of aflfording to all classes
of persons the greatest po.-^sible facilities for the attainment of mental
culture and professional training. In it.s religious character the
University is Protestant, but not denominational; and, while all
possible attention will bo given to the character and conduct of
students, no interference with their peculiar roligiou? view? will be
sanctioned.
I. McGILL COLLEGE.
The Faculty ok Arts. — The cuniplrtc <-(iur?e of study in Arts
extends over four Sessions, of eight montlis each; and includes
Clafisics and Mafhematics, with Engli.sh Literature, Logic,
Mental and Moral Science. Natural Science, and iModern
Languages ; all of which subjects arc imperative in the three
first yearn of the Course ; but in the fourth year options arc
allowed in favour of the Honour Courses in Cla.'^sics, Mathc-
niatic.'?, Mental and ."^luralScicncc, Natural Science, and English
Literature. Certain exemptions arc also allowed to Professional
Students. There are also Special and Partial Courses, and
facilities are afforded for the practice of Meteorological Obser-
vations, and for the Study of Hebrew and Oriental Literature.
The degrees given arc B.A. and INI.A.
The Faculty of Medicine. — The complete course of study in
Medicine extends over four Sessions, of sis months each, and
leads to the degrees of M. D., C. M.
The Faculty ok Law. — The complete course in Law extends
over three Sessions, of six months each, and leads to the degrees
of B. C. L. and D. C. L.
[Details of the above courses of study, with the fees and the dates of
commencement of the classes, will be found in subsequent pa_c;os.'l
II. AFFILIATED COLLEGES.
Students of these Colleges are matriculated in the University, and
may pursue their course of study wholly in the Affiliated College, or in
part therein and in part in McGill College, and may come up for the
University Examinations for Degrees on the same terms with the
Students of McGill College.
MoRRiN College, Quebec^ L.C., — Is affiliated in so far as regards
degrees in Arts and Law. The ordinary Course in Arts includes
Classics, Mathematics, English Literature, Mental and Moral
Philosophy and Logic. There are Honour Courses in Classics
and in Mental and Moral Philosophy.
[Detailed information may be obtained from the Rev. John Cook, D. D.,
Principal.]
St. Francis College, Richmond, L. C,— Is affiliated in so far as
regards degrees in Arts.
[Detailed information may be obtained from J. H. Graham, M. A.
Principal. 1
B
10
III. AFFILIATED THEOLOGICAL COLLEGE.
Affiliated Theological Colleges have the right of obtaining for their
Students the advantage in whole or in part of the course of study in
Arts, with such facilities in regard to exemptions as may be agreed on.
The Congregational College of British North America,
Montrfal, is at present the only affiliated Theological College.
IV. AFFILIATED SCHOOLS.
The Hioh School of McGill College affords the Classicaland
Mathematical training necessary for entering the College
course, with a good English education fittini: for business
pursuit."?.
The McQill Normal School provides the training requisite for
Teachers of Elementary and Model Schools and Academics.
Teachers trained in tliis School arc entitled to Provincial
diplomas.
The iMoDEL Schools of the McGill Normal School are Ele
mentary Schools, divided into a Boys' Department, Girls'
Department and Primary School. Teachers in training in
the Normal School are employed in these Schools, undor tho
supervision of the Head Master and Mistress.
[Detailed icformntion resppclinp the«o School?! will be fonnil in •^nb-
deijiient page?!
11
OFFICERS OF INSTRUCTIOISI
In the McGill College and Univerdly, and in the Hish School of Mc Gill College.
Residence,
John William Dawson, LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S.— Principal, ^ East "Wing,
and Professor of Natural History. S M'Gill College.
Vbn. Akoeideacon Leach, D.C.L., LL.D. — Vice Principal, .
Dean of the Faculty of Arts, Professor of Logic and f 7, University
Moral Philosophy, "and Molson Professor of English I Avenue.
Literature,
Henry Aspinwall Howe, M.A — Rector of the High ) Lise Caroll,
School, and Emeritus Professor of Mathematics and > Sherbrooke
Natural Philosophy. ) Street, East,
Hox. J, J. C. Abbott, B.C.L.— Dean of the Faculty of Law I 505 St Catherine
and Professor of Commercial Law. * i Street.
GsoRGE W. Campbell, M A., M.D.— Dean of the Faculty of ^ 707 Sherbrooke
Medicine, and Professor of Surgery. S Street.
Archibald Hall, M.D.— Professor of Midwifery and Dis- f ISG Bleury
eases of Women and Children. S Street.
William Fraser, M.D.— Professor of the Institutes of > Cor. Genevieve
Medicine. ^ & Dorchester St.
William Sctherland, M.D.— Professor of Chemistry. ? 219, Dorchester
^ Street.
William E. Scott, M.D.— Professor of Anatomy. > 34 Beaver Hall
) Terrace.
William Weight, M. D. — Professor of Materia Medica •'^"'^ i*. 175 Craio- Street
Pharmacy. 5 °
Robert P. Howard, M.D.— Professor of the Theory and > 9 Beaver Hall
Practice of Medicine. > Hill.
Rbv. a. DeSola, LL.D.— Professor of Hebrew and Oriental } 1, Pres do Ville
Literature. S Place.
Hon. William Badgley, D.C.L.— Professor of Public and ^ McGill College
Criminal Law. S Avenue.
Frederick W. Torrance, M.A., B.C.L.- Professor of Civil > 13 Bellevue
Law. 5 Terrace.
P. R. Lafrenaye, B.C.L.— Professor of Jurisprudence. i Upper St Urbain
S Street.
R. G. Laflamme, B.C.L.*— Professor of Customary Law and } 1, Cornwall
Law of Real Estate. ^ Terrace.
Charles Smallwood, M.D., LL.D.— Professor of Meteoro- } 20, Beaver Hall
logy. ) Place.
Charles F. A. Markgrap, M.A. — Professor of German Lan- ( 335 Dorchester
guage and Literature. $ Street.
D. C.M'Callum, M.D.— Professor of Clinical Medicine and ) ,,„ fv,:„at„„„,.
Medical Jurisprudence. \ ^^^ Craig Street
Alixandhr Johnson, LL.D. — Professor of Mathematics and ) 'IPlaccStSophie,
Natural Philosophy. > JI'Gill College
) Avenue.
Rkv. George Cobnish, M.A. —Professor of Classical Litera- i East Wing
ture. l M'Gill College.
12
PiERRK J. Darby, M. A. —Professor of French Language and ^ 106 University
Literature. S Street.
) Coiner Craig St
RoDERT Craik, M.D.— Professor of Clinical Surgery. > & PlaceD'Armes
S Hill.
T SriRRY Hdmt, LL.D., F.R.S., &c.— Professor of Applied^ 5S St. Gabriel
Chemistry and Mineralogy. S Street.
Edward Carter, B.C.L.— Associate Professor of Criminal ? 5 Cadieux
Law. S Street.
T. A. Gibson, M.A.-Senior Assistant Master of High > 3 Plateau
School. ) Street.
David Rodoeh, M. A.— Second Assistant .Master of Higli > 827 St. Cather-
School. ) ine Street.
0. E. Fknwick. M.D.— Demonstrator of Anatomy and ("ura- ? 24 Beaver Hall
tor of the Medical Museum. !l Terrace.
James Kbmp.— Assistant Maater'of High School. —".226 St. George St.
,„.,„,, ) 19 Courville St.
Jon.N A.NDRiw. — Elocution Master of High School. i off Cadieux St.
GiORGi MiRRAY, B.A.— Assistant Master of High School. — G8 Aylmer St.
John M. Reiu.— Writing Master of High School. ^ James Street"
Fridkhick S. Rarsjiu— Inatruitor in Gymnastics. — " Torrance Ter.
DIRECTORY TO BUILDINOS OF THE UNIVERSITY.
1. McGii.L College — containing the Class Rooms of the Fa-
culty of Arts, with its Museum and Library ; and the residences of
tlic Principal, the Professor in charge of the resident Undergraduates,
and the Secretary : — College (Jrounds, Xorth St<lc of Sherliron/.-r
tStreet, head of McGill College Avenue.
*2. Bi'RNsiDE IIali. — containing the Class Rooms of the Faculty
of Law, and of the High School Department, and the Ofticc of the
Secretary : — Corner of Dorchester and Cnicersiti/ Streets.
3. IJriLDiNG OF THE Meuical F.vcultt — contiiiiiin- its Class
Roonifl. Museum and Library: — 15 Cote Street.
4. TuE McGiLL NoR.MAL ScHOOi. : — Belmont .sV/v,7, opposite
thf foot of Cn ire rutty Strrrt.
5. The CftLLEOE OhsERVATORY — At th> IIV.s/ mil of the t'ollrgr
liiiildingK.
G. TUF. GvMNAslU.M — On Cnivcrniti^ Street, near Burnaide
Hall.
gm\lt\i of ^xt^.
The Principal (ex-officio).
Professors — Leach.
HOWB.
De Sola.
Dawson.
Mabkgbaf.
Smallwood.
Johnson.
COBNISH.
Darev.
HU.>JT.
Dean of the faculty— Ven. Archdeacon Leach, D.G.L., LL.D.
Librarian— Professor Markgraf.
The next Session of this Faculty will commence on September
nth, 1866, and extend to April 30th, 1867.
The classes of Students recognised under the following regulations
are :- (1) Undergraduates, matriculated for the whole course of study
for the degree of B.A., extending over four years, except in the cases
specified in Section first. (2) Students in Special Courses, matri-
culated and studying for the diploma in such special courses. (3)
Partial Students, matriculated and taking two or more courses of
lectures. (4) Occasional Students, not matriculated, and takin-^ one
course of lectures. °
Fee for each Session, for Undergraduates and Special Students,
«-0 ; in addition to which every student is required to pay for the
Library, $2, and for the Gymnasium, $2.
Fee for Partial and Occasional Students, $5 for each course of
lectures.
Matriculation $4, required only in the year of entrance.
Fee for Degree of B. A. $5, to be paid before the examination.
Students in Arts are permitted to board in the City ; but arrange-
ments have been made for receiving Students who may desire to reside
as boarders in the College, and for placing such Students under the
immediate superintendence of Rev. Prof. Cornish, to whom application
may be made.
14
EXTRACTS FROM THE REGTJLATI0:NS.
;> 1. MATRICULATION AND ADMISSIO^^
Candidates for Matriculation as Undergraduates arc required to
Iiroscnt themselves to the Dean of the Faculty, on the 17th
of September, for examination; they may, however, enter after the
commencement of the Session, if on examination, found qualified to
join the classes.
The subjects of examination for entrance into the First Year arc
Classics, Mathematics and English.
In Classics. — Latin Grammar, Greek (Jrammar, and one easy Latin
and one easy Greek author. The authors recommended arc
Cocsar: Sallust; Virgil (.Eneid, B. I.) ; Xenophon (Anabasis,
B. I.) ; Homer (Iliad B. I).
fn M'tllumatics. — Arithmetic ; Algebra, to Simple Equations inch-
siw ; Euclid's Elements, Books 1. 11. TIT.
In Enfjlish. — Writing from dictation.
Candidates may be admitted to the standing of students of the
Second Year, provided that they be found <iualified on examination.
Such Examination shall include, in addition to the Matriculation
Examination, at least so much of the subjects of the First Year as
may be nccoSvSary for entrance into the classes of the Second Year,
and shall be reckoned as a Matriculation Examination.
Students of other Universities desirous of continuing their studies
in this Faculty, may bo admitted, on the production of certificates,
to a like standing in this University, after examination by the
Faculty.
Candidates for Matriculation as Students in any Special Course,
or for Partial Courses of Study, will be examined in tlio subjects
necessary thereto, as n)ay from time to time be determined by the
Faculty,
l*crso»s dciiiroua of entering as Occasional Students, may apply to
the Dean for entry in his Register, and may procure from the
Secretary tickets for the lectures they desire to attend.
Every Student in cxjiCctcd to jircsent, on his entrance, a written
inlimatiuu from hJM parent, or guardian, (tf tiie name of the minislor
of religion, under \vlio.«<' care ami iri-trncfioii it is (Icsiird tint the
15
.Student shall be placed, and who shall thereupon be invited to place
himself in communication with the Faculty on the subject. Failbg
any intimation from the parent or guardian, the Faculty will en-
deavour to establish such relations.
§ 2. SCHOLARSHIPS AND BURSARIES,
Sixteen Scholarships have been placed by the Governors at the
disposal of His Excellency the Governor General. Application must
be addressed to His Excellency, through the Provincial Secretary.
Candidates for such Scholarships must pass the usual Matriculation
Examination.
By command of His Excellency, four of these Scholarships will
be offered for competition in the Matriculation Examination of the
ensuing session.
Eight other Scholarships will be granted by the Governors, from
time to time, to the most successful Students who may present them-
selves as candidates. One of these will be given annually to the
Dux of the High School.
In the event of any Academy or High School in Lower Canada
offering for competition in the Faculty of Arts an annual Bursary of
not less than $80, the Governors will add a scholarship thereto.
Any Academy, or High School, sending up in one year three or
more candidates competent to pass creditably the Matriculation
Examination, will be entitled to a scholarship for the most deserving
of such candidates.
One Scholarship in Arts may be given annually to any teacher
holding the Model School or Academy Diploma of the McGill Normal
School, recommended by the Principal and Professors of the School,
and passing creditably the Matriculation Examination in Arts.
All of the above Scholarships shall entitle the Students holding
them to exemption from the ordinary Class Fees in the Faculty of
Arts.
Two Bursaries, of $50 each, have been granted by the Board of
Agriculture for Lower Canada in aid of Students in the Special
course of Agriculture. For terms of competition, see notice of Special
Course of Agriculture.
3. COURSE OF STUDY.
FOR THE DEGRKE OF li. A.
I'lidcrgratluates arc airaugod according to their standing, as Stu-
dents of the rir.^t, Second, Third aud Fourth Years ; and, as such
must attend all the courses of lectures appointed for their year, and
those only, except by special permission of the Faculty.
Fust Yair: — Classics; English Literature; Pure Mathematics;
History ; Elementary Chemistry.
Second Year .-—Classics ; French or German ; Logic; Pure Mathe
matics; Botany.
Third rmr .-—Classics; French or German; Mental and Moral
Philosophy and Fvhctoric ; Mixed ^Mathematics ; Experimental
Physic.^ ; Zoology.
Fourth Year .-—Classics ; Mental and Moral Philosophy ; Mixed
Mathematics ; Experimental Physics ; Mineralogy and Geology.
I lemur Courses. — Courses of study leading to the Honours of the
College and University are provided in the following subjects : —
(1) Classics; (2) Mathematics and Physics; (3) Logic and
Mental and Moral Philosophy ; (1) English Language, Litcra
ture and History ; (.")) Natural Science.
(For details of Ibc Ordinary uud Honour Courses of study, sec uuder yect. 9.^
Undergraduates are required to study cither French or German
lur two years, (viz., in the Second aud Third Years,) taking the same
language in both years. At the beginning of the Second Year the
htudcnt must state which language he selects as obligatory. No
chau'^t' can afterwards be made without the special pcrmL'^sion of the
I'.icalty. In addition to tl\e obligatory, there are other Lectures,
a- .11 which is optional, but Students who shall enter on
tl,, ( -; of Lectures .shall be held to the same rules in regard
to attendance and conduct as in the case of the obligatory Lectures.
Tbo Lectures in Modern Languages will be so arranged that Stu-
dents conijicteut and desirous to take in tlr s.niu- v, ir the LiTtures
ill French and in German, may do so.
Students who intend to join any Theological school, on giving
written notice to that effect at the beginning of tlie Second Year,
may take Hebrew instead of French or German.
§4. EXAMINATIONS.
COLLEGE EXAMINATIONS.
There are two examinations in eacli year ; one at Christinas, and
the other at the end of the Session. In both of these, Students will
be arranged according to their answerinp-. ns 1st CLiss, 2nd Class, and
3rd Class.
Students who fliil in the Christmas Examination may be allowed a
Supplemental Examination, on written application to the Faculty,
stating satisf\\etory reasons.
Failure in two or more subjects at the Sessional Examination will
involve the loss of the Session. The Faculty may permit the Student
to recover his standing by passing a Supplemental Examination at
the beginning of the ensuing Session. But sucli permission will not
be granted except in cases of sickness, or for other special reasons.
For the purposes of this regulation, Classics, and Mathematics with
Physics, will each be regarded as two subjects.
The time for the Supplemental Examinations will be Used by the
Faculty, and such Examinations will not be granted at any other
time, except by special permission of the Faculty, and on pnyment of
a fee of $5.
UNIVERSITY EXAMINATIONS.
I. FOR THE DEGREE OF B. A.
There are three University Examinations ; that for Matriculation,
the Intermediate, at the end of the Second Year, and the Final, at
the end of the Fourth Year.
1. The subjects of the Matriculation Examination are stated in
Section I.
2. In the Intermediate Examination, the subjects are Classics
and Pure IMathcmatics, with Logic and the English language. The
subjects for the Examinations of 18G7 are as follows : —
Classics.— Greek.— Polybiug.— Book III., Chapp. XX. to LX. inclusive.
Latin. — Livy. — Book XXI.
Latin Prose Composition.
Mnlhemntk^. — Aritlimetic.
Euclid, Books L If. III. IV. VI. and def. of Book V.
Algebra to Quadratic Equations inclusive.
Trigonometry, including u=:e of Logavithras.
Id
Logic— Thomson's outlines of the Laws of Thought.
EnglUh.—Spa.]d\ae:'3 History of English Literature.
An English Essay.
3. In the Final Examination the subjects are Classics and Mixed
Mathematics, with any two of the following :— (1) Mental and Moral
Philosophy, (2) Natural Science, (3) Experimental Physics, (4) One
Modern Language and Literature (or Hebrew) with History. The
subjects for 1867 are as follows : —
C/aMiVi.— Greek.— Aeschines, — Contra Ctesiphontem.
Sophocles.— Philoctctes.
Laliu. — Tacitus. — Annals, Book L •
Terence. — Adelphi.
Latin Prose Composition.
General Paper in Grammar and History.
Afa/Afma/ifj— Mechanics 1
Hydrostatics I As treated in Galbraitb and Haughton's Ma-
Optics f nuals.
Astronomy J
With any two of the following: —
1 Mtntal and Moral Philosophy.— "SlanseVs Metaphysics, — Part 1. — Psycho-
logy ; ^chwegler'3 History of Philosophy ; NVhewell's Elements of Morality.
'i Natural Science. — Geology and .Mineralogy, as in Lyell's Elements and
Dana's Mauiial of Minemlogy. — The Zoology, Botany and Chemistry ne-
cessary 10 the study of the books above named : or as in Dallas' Outline
of Zoology, Grays Structural and Systematic Botany andSilliman's First
Principles of Chemistry.
3 Experimental Physics. — Electricity. — Frictional and Voltaic. Magnetism,
acoustics — Theory of Undulations. — Production and Propagation of
Sound. — Vibrations of Rods and Plates. — Vibrations of Fluids. — Musical
Sounds. Larduer's Handbooks.
■1 History and English Liternturr .SxQ\\.h!i Student's Gibbon. — Smith's Stu-
di-nt« Hume —Marsh's Handbook of the English Language.
Or, instead ol llistnry imd Knirlish. candiihitf'; may take any of the
following : —
(a) History and French.— llislory as above. The Course in French for the
Fourth Year. — Bostuet. — Discours sur I'Histoire Universelle ; Boileau —
Art Poclifjup. Tran.<<lation into French, and French Composition.
(b) History and German. — Hi,<tory as above. Schiller. — Geschichte dea .10
jiihrigiMj Kriegcrf ; Goethe. — Ij)higcnio auf Tauri.'j. General paper on
Gmriinmr, TranslHtion into ("icrmun, and German Prose Composition.
(c) History and //ftrruj.— (Tlieological Students only). History as above.
Hebrew t'trammar ; Translations from first four chapters of Isaiah; any
lhr«e of the I'-salms ; tin- Ciialdaic portions of the Scriptures ; Targum
of Onkcloq on (S(>n»-»i» I. Modern Hebrew Poetry, Halevi or Oabirol.
19
Candidates for B. A. Honours may omit at the Ordinary Exami-
nations for the Degree, any two of the four subjects appointed, and also
the Lectures on such subjects in the Fourth Year, provided that they
shall not have been placed lower than Second Class in the Third
Year's Examinations in such subjects. For the two subjects thus
omitted, the Sessional Examinations at the end of the Third Year
will be reckoned as Degree Examinations.
No student shall be entitled to the above privileges, unless his
attendance on Lectures and progress in the subject in which he is a
Candidate for Honours shall be satisfactory to the Professor, nor
unless he shall have obtnined a Certi^ficate of creditable answering in
the Honour Examinations.
IT. FOR THE DEGREE OF M. A.
Bachelors of Arts, of at least three years standing, arc entitled to
the degree of Master of Arts, after such examination and exercises as
may be prescribed by the Corporation. The exercise at present ap-
pointed is the preparation of a Thesis on any literary, scientific, or
professional subject, to be selected by the candidate, and approved by
the Faculty ; the Thesis to be submitted to the Faculty and reported
on to the Corporation.
§«. SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR PROFESSIONAL
STUDENTS.
I. LAW AND MEDICAL STUDENTS.
Students of the Third and Fourth Years, Matriculated in the
Faculties of Law or Medicine of this University, are entitled to the
following exemptions : —
In the Third Year, they may omit any two of the following sub'
jects : Zoology, Experimental Physics, Khctoric, and Modern Lan-
guages.
In the Fourth Year, they may omit (>rcek and also Geology or
Experimental Physics.
In the ordinary B. A. Examination, they may, in Classics, pass in
Latin alone ; and, in Mixed Mathematics, in Mechanics and Hydro-
statics alcne.
20
To be allowed these privileges in cither year, they must give â–
notice at the commencement of the Session, to the Dean of the
Faculty.of tlieir intention to claim exemptions as Professional Students,
and must produce, at the end of the Session, certificates of attend-
ance on a full course of Professional Lectures in the year for which
the exemptions arc claimed.
IT. THEOLOGICAL STUDENTS.
(Specially applicable to the Congregational College of British North America â– )
Sucli Students, whether entered as Matriculated, or ("Occasional,
shall be subject to the regulations of the Faculty of Arts in the same
manner as other students. •
The Faculty shall make formal reports to the Governing body of
the Theological College, to which any such student may belong, as
to :— (1) his conduct and attendance on the classes of the Faculty ;
and (2) his standing in the several examinations ; such reports to be
furnishetl aftor the Christmas and Sessional Examinations, severally,
if called for.
Matriculated students siiall be allowed no exemptions in the course
for the degree of V>. A., till tln-y have passed the Intermediate Ex-
amination ; but thoy may take Hebrew in the Second and Thinl
Vf-ars, instead of Modern litinguages.
In the Tliirdand Fourth Years they shall be allowed exemptions
from the I'olkiwing subjects : —
In the Third Ye-ar they may omit Astronomy and Optics, Experi-
mental Physics and Rhetoric.
Ill the Fourth Year tliry may omit FxptMimciilal Physics and Eng-
lish Literature.
Certificates of attendance on the full course ofKeturc^ in the The-
ological College mu.'^t bo produced by Students who avail themselves
of lli.'^.' .•viiiiiiiliiii'j 1m f.ir.' entering upon the P.. \. F-\-:in)iii:itii>ii.
6. MEDALS, HONOURS, PRIZES AND CLASSING.
1. (Itii.i) MKUAr.s will be awarded in the B. A. Honour Examina
tiuiiH, to Student.s taking the highest Honours of the First Rank in
the Hubjcctfi slated below, and who shall have paS'^ed creditably tlic
Ordinary Examinations for the degree of 15. A.
21
The CItapman Gold Medal for the Chl:^sical Languages and Literi!,
turc.
The Prince of Wales Gold Medal for Logic and Mental and Moral
Philosophy.
'n\e Anne Molson Gold Medal hx 3Iathcmatics and Natural Philo-
sophy.
The Slialcsperc Gold Medal for the English Language, Literature
and History.
The Logan Gold Medal for Geology and other Natural Sciences.
«
In event of none of the candidates for any Medal fulfilling the
ro(|uircd conditions, the Medal will be withheld, and the proceeds of
its endowment for the year may bo devoted to prizes in the subject
for which the Medal was intended. (Under this regulation a prize
of $64 will be oflPered in the Honour Course of the Second Year in
Mathematics, to be awarded at the beginning of the Session of 1866-7.)
2. Honours, of Pirst or Second Rank, will be awarded to those
Matriculated Students who have successfully passed the Examina-
tions in any Honour course established by the Faculty, and have also
passed creditably the ordinary Examinations in all the subjects
proper to their year.
3. Certificates of high general standing will be granted to those
Matriculated Students who arc placed in the First Class in the ag-
gregate of the studies proper to their year.
4. Prizes, to those Matriculated Students who may have distin-
guished themselves in the studies of a particular class, and who have
attended all the other classes proper to their year.
Students taking B. A. Honours will be placed at the head of the
Degree list : and Students who pass the Ordinary Degree and Ses-
sional Examinations will be arranged as 1st Class, 2nd Class or 3rd
Class, according to their answering.
The names of those who have taken Honours, Certificates, or Prizes,
will be published in the order of merit; and with mention, in
the case of students of the First and Second Years, of the Schools in
which their preliminary education has been received.
? 7. ATTENDANCE AND CONDUCT
All StuJciits shall be subject to the following regulations for at-
tendance and conduct :— -
1. A Class-book shall be kept by each Professor and Lecturer, in
which the presence or absence of Students shall be carefully noted ;
and the said Class-book shall be submitted to the Faculty at all their
ordinary Meetings during the Session.
2. Professors shall note the attendance immediately on the com-
incncement of their Lectures, and shall omit the names of Students
entering {hereafter, unless satisfactory reasons are assigned. Absence
or tardiness, without sufficient excuse, or inattention or disorder in
the Class-room, if persisted in after admonition by the Professor,
shall be reported to the Dean of Faculty, who may reprimand the
student, or refer to the Faculty, as he may think proper.
3. The number of times of absence, from necessity or duty, that
shall disqualify for the keeping of a Session, shall in each case be de-
termined by the Faculty.
4. While in the College, or going to or from it. Students arc ex-
pected to conduct themselves in the same orderly manner ns in the
Class-rooms. Any Prtifessor observing improper conduct in the
College building or grounds, may admonish the Student, and if ne-
cessary report him to the Dean.
5. Every Student is required to attend regularly the religious
services of the denomination to which he belongs, and to maintain with-
out, as well as within the walls of the College, a good moral character.
«). NVhcii Students are brought before the Faculty under the above
rales, the Faculty may reprimand, report to parents or guardians, dis-
qualify from competing for prizes and honours, suspend from Classes,
or report to the Corporation for expulsion.
7. Any Student injuring the furniture i)r building will be required
to repair the same at his own expense, and will in addition be subject
U) such other penalty as the Faculty may sec Gt to inflict.
8. All eases of discipline involving the interests of more than ono
Faculty, or of the University in general, shall be immediately reported
to the I'riucipal, or, in his absence, to the Vice-Principal.
23
§ 8. LIBRARY AND MUSEUM
1. Students may receive books from the Library, on depositing the
sum of four dollars with the Librarian, and signing a receipt for the
books received : such deposit to be returned to the Student on his re-
turning the book uninjured. Books of reference and works contain-
ing valuable illustrations, may not be removed from the Library.
2. Students may receive only two volumes at one time, and must
return them within two weeks, on penalty of a fine of one shilling for
each additional week.
3. Any volume or volumes lost or damaged by a Student, shall be
paid for by him at such rates as the Faculty may direct, having refer-
ence to the value of the book and of the set to which it may belong.
4. Students may consult books in the Library at such hours as
may be determined by the Faculty.
5. Professors and Lecturers may receive from the Librarian any
books required by them for their duties in the College, not exceeding
ten volumes at any one time. Books so borrowed must be returned
at or before the close of each Session.
6. Persons not connected with the College may consult books in
the Library, on obtaioing an order to that effect from any of the Go-
vernors, or from the Principal, the Dean of Faculty or any of the
Professors; and Donors of books or money to the amount of Fifty
Dollars, may at any time consult books, on application to the Libra-
rian.
7. The times and conditions of study in the Museum will be ar-
ranged by the Professor of Natural History.
24
§ 9. COURSES OF LECTURES.
CLASSICAL LITERATURE AND HISTORY.
Professor, Rev. G. Counjsh, M.A.
• REEK.
First Year. — XESopnoN.— Anabasis, Book I.
HoMiB. — Iliad, Book VI.
Greek Prose Compontion.
Second Yrar. — PoLYBirs.— Book HI. Chapp. XX to LX.
LySMS - OrATIO FfNKBRIS.
Gre'k Prose CO'-'posHion.
Third F«ar. — DiMOSTHEN'KS— Phil ppics, I. to III.
:SopHocL«s. Oedipc- Rkx.
Fourth Year. — Aeschinbs. — Contra Ctesiphostwi.
First Year. — Ciokro.— Orations against Catiline.
ViHGiL. — iE»EiD, Book VI. and the Ecloqcbs.
Latin Prose Composition.
Second Year. — Horace.— Epistles, Book I.
LiTY.— Book XXI.
Latin Prose Composition.
Thiid Y,-ar. — JcrtNAL.— Satires L, III. & VIII.
Terence. — Phormio.
Latin Prose Composition.
fuurth Year. — Tacitcs. — Annals, Book I.
Latin Prote Componition.
In the work of the Class the attention of the Student will be directed to the
collateral Bubjecls of History, Antiquhics and Gcopraphy ; also to the Gram-
matical stniclure and affioitios of the Greek and Latin Languages ; and to
Prosody and Accentuation.
B A. Honours in Classics, being the Honotir Course for
Students of the Third and Fourth Years.
Candidates for B. A« JIonourH in Cla.^sics will be examined in tlje following
lubjecta: —
I. CRIBK.
I.— Greek Philotophy.
Plato.— Republic, Hooks I. i U.
Ariilotlo. — Nicomachean Ethics, Books 1. 4 If
25
II. — Greek History.
Herodotus. — Books VIII. & IX.
Thucydides. — Book I.
Xenophon.— Hellenics, Books I, & II.
Ul— Greek Poetry.
a. JEJBic— Homer.— Odyssey, Books I., 11., & III.
Hesiod. — Works and days.
b. Dra»ia<ic.—.(Eschylus.— Prometheus Vinctug.
Seven against Thebes.
Sophocles. — Antigone.
(Edipus Rex.
Euripides. — Hippolytus.
Aristophanes. — The Frogs.
c. Lyric and Bucolic. — Pindar. — Olympic Odea.
Theocritus.— Idyls, I. to VI.
IV. — Greek Oratory.
Demosthenes. — De Corona.
iEschines. — Contra Ctesiphontein.
ri. LATIN.
I. — Roman History.
Livy.— Books XXL, XXII., & XXIH.
Tacitus.— Annals, Books I. & II.
Histories, Book I.
II. — Roman Poetry.
a. Epic. — Virgil.— ^-Eneid, Books [. to IV.
b. Dramatic. — Plautus. — Mentecbmei.
Terence. — Adelphi. I . '
c. Satiric. — Horace. — Satires, Book I.
Juvenal.— Satt. VIII. & X.
Persius.— Satt. V. & VI.
III. — Roman Oratory and Philosophy.
Cicero. — De Imperio Cn., Pompeii.
De Inventione.
De Officiis.
in. HISTOKf OF GREECE AMD EOMTJ.
Text Books.
1. Grote'3 History of Greece, Vols. III. to VIII.
2. Mommseo, as far as translated.
4. Merivale's Romans under the Empire, Vols I. to VII.
IV, COMPOSITION.
1. Composition in Greek and Latin Prost'.
2. General Paper on Grammar, History, and Antiquities.
The Examination for B. A. Honours will extend over S'x days, in the morning
from 9 to 12, and the afternoon from 3 to 6.
26
. ESr.LISH LITERATURE.- (MOLSON PROFESSORSHIP)— LOGIC,
MENTAL AND MORAL PHILOSOPHY.
Professor, Vkn. Abchdbacon Leaoii, D.C.L., LL.D.
First Year — English Language and Literature. Text-books — Angus'
Handbook ; Spalding's History of English Literature.
Logic. Text-book — Thompson's Outlines of the Laws of
Thought.
Sf,n,i,l »if;-. — English Literature and Anglo-SaxoH Grammar. Text-
bouks— Klipstein's Anglo-Saxon Grammar; Spalding's
English Literature.
Logic. Text-book — Thompson's Outlines.
Tfiini Year. — Mental and Moral Philosophy. Text-book — 'Wbewcirs Ele-
ments of Morality ; Schwegler's History of Philosophy.
Rhetoric. Text-book — Whately's Rhetoric, part III.
Fvurih year. — Mental and Moral Philosophy. Text-books— .Manscl's Psy-
chology ; Schwegler's History of Philosophy.
English Literature. Text-book — Marsh's Handbook.
B. A. Honour Course in Logic, Moral Philosophy and Mental
Philosophy.
I. Logic.
Sir William Hamilton's Lectures on Logic ; with Appendix, V. ^ 3.
Mill's Logic, Looks I., III., V.
Whately's Logic, Book III.
Mansel's Prolegomena Logica, Chapters I., II., VI., VII , IX.
Introduction to Mansel's edition of Aldrich's Logic.
II. Moral Philosophy.
Rilter's History of Ancient Philosophy, Book VII., 2, 3, 4 ; VllI , 5; IX.,
5 ; X., 2 ; XL, 5 ; XII., 3.
-Mackintosh's Dissertation on the Progress of Ethical Philosophy.
Schwegler's History of Philosophy, p. 252-261.
Morell's History of Speculative Philosophy, *cc., chap. IV., sec. I, B.
One of the following ancient Ethical Treatises, at the oi)tion of the Student ;■«-.
Plato's Republic, Books I.-IV. (in English.)
Aristotle's Ethics, Books I.-III., VI., X., (in English.)
Epicteti Manuale, ct ScncciP Dialog. Lib. I., II., VII. , XII.
Oneof the following Modern Ethical Treatises, at the option of the Student : —
Butler's Three Sermons on Human Nature, with the Preface and the Dis-
Bcrtation on the nature of Virtue.
Stewart's PhiIosoi)hy of the Active and .Moral Powers, Books I., II., IV.
III. Mental Philosopf.y.
Schwegler's History of Philosophy.
Rilter'H History of Ancient Philosophy, Book II., c. .1; III., c. 1, 2 ; \ I ,
I.\., c. 2. 3 ; X., c. 1 ; XL, c. 2, 3, 4 ; XH., c. 1, 4, C, 7 ; XIII.
Haurcau. dc la Philosophic Scholasticpie, Chap. 1, 2, 8, 13, 17, 19, 20, 21,
27, 28,
Stewarl'n Dissertation on the Progress of Metaphysical and Ethical Phi-
losophy.
Morcll'M History of iho Sjwculativc Philosophy of Europe in the XlXth
Century, Part II.
One of the f.illowing ancient writers, at the option of the Student ;—
Plato ;— Phii'do and Pha-drus ; or Thca-tetus and Protagoras ; or Kcpublio,
Docks VI. :»Dd VII.
27
Aristotle :— Metaphysics, Rooks IV., (V.) XI. (XII.)
Ouc of the following Modern writers, at the option of the Student : —
Bacon, Novum Organon, Lib. 1 ; and De Augcmentis Scientiarum, Lib.
III., IV.
Descartes, Meditations.
Berkeley's Treatise concerning the Principles of Pluman Knowledge.
Terrier's Institutes of Metaphysics.
Sir W. Hamilton's Lectnres on Metaphysics.
Mansel's Metaphysics.
Morell's Outlines of the Philosophy of Mind.
B, A. Honour Com'33 in English Language, Literature and
History.
I. Language.
Klipsteiu's Anglo-Saxon Grammar.
Thorpe's Analecta Anglo Saxonica.
Marsh's Lectures on the English Language, by Smith.
Craik's Outlines of the History of the English Language.
Tyrwhitt's Essay on the Language and versification of Chaucer.
Trench's Study of Words.
Trench's English Past and Present.
Trench's Glossary.
II. Literature.
Required from the Student a general acquaiutauco with the works of the
English Classical authors, and a more minute study of the following
portions of English Literature .—
Shakespeare's Plays.
Chaucer— Canterbury Tales ; The Prologue and the Knights Tale ; the
Flower and the Leaf; The House of Fame.
Spenser — Faerie Queen ; Books I., 11.
Marlowe — Faustus and Jew of Malta.
Milton— Paradise Lost ; Comus ; Lycidas ; L'Allegro.
Dryden— Absalom and Achitophel ; Annus Mirabilis ; Dedications to his
Translations of Virgil's ^neid and the Satires of Jurenal.
Pojc— Dunciad; Essav on Criticism; Rape of the Lock; Eloisa and
Abelard ; Prefaces" to his Translations of Homer's Iliad and Odyssey.
Bacon— Essays.
Required to be read, in connection with this part of the Course : —
Craik's History of English Literature. _ ,.,-.,
Hallam's Literary History of Europe— the parts relating to i!<nglish Lite-
rature.
Johnson's Lives of Milton, Dryden, Addison, Pope.
Dunlop's History of Fiction.
III. History.
Required a general acquaintance with the History of Englanl to the year 17H,
and a more minute knowledge of the Anglo Saxon period, of the Icth
and ] 4th centuries, and of the period from the accession of Elizabeth
to that of George I. The following books are recommended : —
Hume's History of England.
Godwin's Life and Times of Chaucer.
Pauli's Life of Alfred the Great.
Froude's History of England.
Macaulay's History of England.
Clarendon's History of the Rebellion.
Hallam's Constitutional History of England.
28
FRENCH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE.
Professor, 1*. J. Daret, M.A.
Fint I't'iw. — For Stwients commencing the study of French. : — Student's Com-
panion to the study of French; Fenelon, le T616maqne.
For Studenlt having already a knowledge of the French Language: —
MoLiERE, I'Avare ; Poitbvin, Qrammaire francjaise ; Gema
from the Spectator (to translate into French) ; Dictation ;
Parsing.
Second Year.— Elementary Course : — Student's Companion to the study of
French; Molikre le Bourgeois gentilhomme, Le Misan-
thrope.
Advanced Course .•— MoLiiiRE, Tartufc, Lcs Femmes sarantes ;
PoiTPviii, Grammaire fran^aise ; Gems from the Spectator
(to translate into French) ; Dictation ; Parsing ; Composition.
Third Year. — Elementary Course /—Student's Companion to the study of
French; Racine, Iphig^nie, Esther; Dictation: Vicar of
Waketield (to translate into French).
.Idvanred Course : — Poitcvin, Grammairo fran^aisc ; Racins,
Phudre ; CoRXEiLLE.Cinna ; Siiakkspeaue, A3 You Like It (to
translate into French) ; Lectures upon ihe French Litera-
ture of the 16th, 17th, and 18lh centuries.— Text-Book :—
Dbuogiot, Litt6rature fraji«;aise.
Fourth Year. — Cobneille, Le Cid, Horace ; Racise, Les Plaideurs; Lectures
upon tlie Literature of the 19th century.
(JERJJAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE.
Professor, C. F. A. .Makkgbaf, UJl.
First Year. — A Preparatory Course for Students unacquainted with the
Language. Tcxt-buoks — .Sciioiidt's Gcrni.-xn Guide (1st Course) ; and Schmidt's
(ierman Reading Book for Beginners.
Second ami Third Years — The exercises of the Klementary Course will
consist of recitations, reading and analysis, translations, oral and written,
and writing from Dictation. Speci.il regard will he had to the attinities of
the German with the English. Text-books :— Schmidt's German Guide
(Isi— 3rd Course); Schmidt's Reading Book, and Adler's progrciaivo Ger-
ninn Reader.
In the Advanced Course the theory of German Grammar will receive greater
pipansion, and ilie Excrci'os will comprise select readings iu German prose
and poetry, compositjnn i'l the various styles of writing, and translations
from English writers.
The Text-book for Ibist course will bo made known at the commencement
of the Session.
During the Advanced Course a Series of Lectures will bo delivered on the
History i)f (lemmn Lilcriilurc, fronj the earliest periods down to the classical
iig<« of Gortln- and Schiller ; — closing with a brief notice of the state of Ger-
man Liieruturc in tin" present day.
Fourth Year.— \n additional Course of (iurman Literature, for Students
drsiring a more complete knowledge of the Language.
29
HEBREW AND ORIENTAL LITERATURB.
Professor, Rev. A. De Sola, LL.D.
Elemmtary Course.— {For Students of the First and Second Fears)— Gram-
mar:— The Text-book employed will be Gesenius' Hebrew Grammar, with
exercises in Orthography and Etymology.
Reading -—Translation and Grammatical Analysis of Historical Portions
of the Scriptures— Syntax— Mishit ^hualim— Fables, &c.
Advanced Course.- {For Students of the Second, Third and Fourth Years.)
— Introduction to the Study of Hebrew Poetry— its spirit and characteristics.
Lowth and Sarchi as Test Books. Translations from the Psalms, Lamen-
tations and 'saiah. Ancient compared with Modern Hebrew Poetry ; the
productions of Halevi Gabirol, &c. Grammar, Ex. reives &c., continued.—
The Chaldee Lan^ua^i'. Grammar Mebo Halashon Aramith of J. Jeitteles.
The (.'haldee portions of Scripture. largum of Onkelos and T. Yerusbalmi,
The Syriac Language, Grammar, (Uhlemann's) and Translaiions.
The course will comprise lectures on the History of the Hebrew Language
and Literature in particular, with a general notice of the other Oriental Lan-
guages, their genius and peculiarities. Comparative Philology, affinity of
roots, (fee, will also receive due attention, while the portions selected for
translation will be illustrated and explained by reference to Oriental manners,
customs, bistory, &c.
SPANISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE.
Rev. Professor De Sola.
(Extra Fee for this Class, |5.00. Spanish may be taken by Students instead
of French or German).
The Btudy of the Spanish Language on this Continent, being generally pur-
Sued witb special reference to commercial purposes, it will be sought to
impart in this Course a practical knowledge of the Castilian, the richest and
most harmonious of the Peninsular languages — as well as an acquaintance
with its Literature.
OUendorf 3 Spanish Grammar by Valazque?: and Simonne, and the Reader
of M. Valazquez are the Text-books employed in the Junior Class, who will
also be exercised in composition by both written and oral exercises. In the
Senior Class, Fernandes' Exercises, continuation of Grammar and Composi-
tion, Cervantes' Don Quixote, Quintana Vida del Cid, and Marianas Historia
will be the subjects of study. Besides a special comparison with the Portu-
guese Language, a general notice, literary and historical, of the Bascueace
and other dialects will be given.
30
IJATHEMATICS AND NATURAL PUILOSOPHY.
l'rofe53or, Alexasdeu Jobnsos, LL.D.
MATUEiiATiC3. {First i'eur.) — Arithmetic— Euclid, Books 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, with
Definitions of Book 5 (omitting propositions 27, 28, 29, of Book 6). Galbraith
unJ Haughton's Edition. — Colenso's Algebra, part 1 to end of Quadratic
E'luations. — Galbraith and Haughton's Plane Trigonomctrj to end of Solution
of Plane Triangles. — Nature and use of Logarithms.
Mathematics. — (Second Year.) — Arithmetic, Euclid, Algebra and Trigono-
metrjr as before. — Remainder of Galbrailii aud Ilaughton's Plam; Trigono-
metry. — Conic Sections treated Gcometricall}'. (The Parabola us in Drew's
Conic Sections, the delinitious of the Ellipse and Hyperbola, with lh<' funda-
mental properties of their tangents.) Euclid, Book XI , Props. 1 to Jl ; Book
Xil., Props. 1, !!.
The Course for the Intermediate University Examination consists of the
Mathematics for the first two years, except Conic Sections and Solid Geometry.
Matbimatical Puv?ic3 and Astrokojiy.— (T/uV(f Year.) — Galbraith and
Ilftughton's Mechanics, (omitting chap. 5 of Statics), Hydrostatics, Optics and
Astronomy.
At the Ordinary Examinations, answers to questions in Mechanics on the
Chapters on Friction, Collision of Bodies, and Projectiles, will be taken into
account only in determining the relative positions of those whose other
answers shall entitle them to be placed in the First Class.
ExrBHiMi.NTAL Puvsics.— (T/uVd and Fourth Fear.)— l.—iig-/*/— Theories-
Reflection.— Refraction. — Dispersion— Interference and Diffmction.— Double
Refraction.— Polarization. 2. //ea/— Dilatation of Solids, Liquids and Gases.
— Specific and Latent Heat. — Radiation and Conduction of Heat. 3. Electri-
city — Frictional and Voltaic. 4. Magnetism. 5. Acoustics — Theory of Undula-
liona. — Production and Propagation of Sound. — Vibrations of Rods and
Plates. — Vibrations of Fluids. — Musical Sounds. Text-Books— Lardner's
Hand-books and Tyndall on Heat. This Course extends over two years.
The Lectures in Mathematical and Experimental Physics will be illustrated
by Apparatu-'.
Honour Courses.
.MATBEUATirs.— (/'jMi IVar.)— Mulcahy'd Modern Geometry, first fire cbap-
tcrH.— Townscnd'd Modern Geometry. — Wood's Algebra.
MATiiEsiAric3.~(5«co/i<i i'tar. )— Young's or Todhuntcr's Theory of Equa-
tionj. — Hind's Plane and Spherical Trigonometry.— Salmon's Analytic Gcome-
iry, fir«l thirteen chapters.— Hall's Calculus, Chapters 1, 2, 3, 4, C, 7, of DifT.
Cal., Chapters I, 3, 4, 6, of Integ. Cal.
31
Mathematical Phtsics.— (T/nVi Fear.)— Todhunters Staiics, (omitting
Chap. 13.)— Sandeman's Dynamics of a Particle. — Besanis Hydrostatics,
Chaps. 1, 2, 3, 5. — Walton's Mechanical Problems —GrifiRn'? or Parkinson's
Optics. — Hymers Astronomy, (selected course.)
Course for the Anne Molson Prize-
Ilall's Ditfereutial and Integral Calculus. — Salmon's Conic Sections
The value of the prize is about $64. Candidates must have completed their
Second Year of study. An examination for it will be held in the beginning
of the Session of ISeC-T.
B. A. Honour Course.
Fire Mathsmatics.— Hind's Plane and Spherical Trigonometry. — Youngs
or Todhuuters Theory of Equations. — Hall's Diflfcrential and Integral Calculus'
— Boole's DiCcrential Equations, (selected course.)— Gregory's Examples of
the Calculus, (omitting the last 2 chapters.)— Salmon's Conic Sections.—
Salmon's Geometry of three Dimensions, (selected course.)
Mechakics. — Todhunter's Statics.— Sandeman's Dynamics of a Particle —
GrifBn's Dy-namics of a Rigid Body.— Besant's Hydrostatics and Hydro-dyna-
mics. — Walton's Mechanical Examples. —Walton's Examples in Hydrostatics.
AsTROKOMY. — Hymer's Astronomy. — Sir John Hcrschcl's Outlines of As-
tronomy, (Part II. on the Lunar and Planetary Perturbations.) — Godfray's
Lunar Theory.
Newton's Principia, Lib. I, Sects. I, 2, 3, 9, and 11.
Light. — Lloyd's Wave Theory of Light.
Heat. — Lardner's Hand-book. Tyndall's "Heat considered as a mode O/.
motion."
Electricity. ) Larduer. Hand-book.
Magnetism. ^
The examination f<.'r B. A. Honours will continue for fjur days, during
«ix hours each day.
The examiuationi I'-.t Honours in the other years will continue for two day?.
Enj;inccriag Students may be candidates for Honours.
At every examination (whether Ordinary or Honour) in the first two years
.Students are liable to examination in all the subjects of the previous course 'â–
HDd in the last two year.', in all the subjects of the third .and fourth years.
C
32
NATURAL HISTORY.
Professor, J. W. Dawson, LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S.
I. Botany. — (Second Year and part of the Third Year.)
1. Histology awl Morpholozy of Ihr PUtnl, or description of its clemcntary
t issues and organs.
2. rhyiiohgy of Ihe Pl.int, or investigation of its functions of Nutrition
and Reproduction.
.'I. Sysl'^vuilic and Dcsaijitiir Botiini/, or tlie principles of the Clasjilieatiou
<»f Plants, wiili dcscriplious of llic move imporlani Natural Orders, special
ituticos of the Flora of Canada, and instructions for collecting and determin-
ing Plants, and for the use of tiie Microscope.
•1. Geographical Jiotany, or the distribution of Plants over the Globe
Tist-book — Gray's Structural and fvstemaiic Botany.
Students desiring a more comjilcte knowledge of the subject, or who have
collected Plants in the summer vacation, will have the benefit of an additional
I'our.^e of determinative and Canadian Botany in the two first months of
their third Session. Prizes will be given in this course for thcbef^i collections
of Plants, and the greatest proficiency in tlieir determination. The prize col-
lections or duplicates of them to remain in the College Museum.
II. Zooi,of;v A.ND CoiirARAinK Piivsi0L0(;v, (Third Year.)
1. General Zoolo^, including the elements of the Histology, Comparative
.Anatomy and Physiology of Animals, with the Principles of Classification,
and the division of the animal Kingdom into Provinces oc Snb-King-doms.
2. Dcicriptii-e Zoolue;y, including the characters of the classes and orders
of the Animal Kingdom, illustrated by typical examples, and as far as possi-
ble by Canadian species.
Ttxl-booki — Synopsis by the Professor, wiih Agassiz and Gould's Principles.
HI. .MixERALOfiv AM) Gkologv, (Fourth Year.)
1. -Vi/jfrt/oifi,.— Chemical and Physicil characters of Minerals, including
Crystallography, the methods of detemiining species, and Descriptive Miner-
alogy ; with special refer* nee to those species most important to Geology, or
useful in the Arts.
2. I'hytical Geuhi^y. — Composition of Rocks and their structure on the
sniull scale.— Origin of Rocks, considered as aqueous, igneous, or mctamorphic.
.\rrnngcrocnt of Rocks on the large scale; stratification, elevation and dis-
turbances, denudation.
3. Chronotoqirnl Gtoli>c;ij and /'iz/ffo/i/o/o^'i/. - Data for determining the re-
lalivo ages of fonnations. Classification according to age. Fauna and Flora
f'f the successive periods. Geology of British America
4. Pra--tiral and Economical T/Vo/oiry. — Methods of observation and of
making (Jcologirnl surveys. Applications of the science to Mining, Kn-
Kinccring, and Agriculture.
Ttxt-Bookt — Dana's Manual of .Mineralogy and LycU's Kkmcnts of Geology.
33
B. A. Honour Course.
Students entering for Honours must have passed creditably the examinations
in Elementary Chemistry, Zoology, Botany and Experimental Physics ; and
should know the Elements of Drawing Students entering for practical pur-
poses will he required onl}' to satisfy the Professor of their fltness for the
studies of the class.
Candidates for Honours will be expected to attain such proficiency as to be
able to undertake original investigations, in some at least of the subjects of
study.
The Lectures v/ill include : —
1. An advanced Course in general Geology and Palajontology, in con-
nection with which the Students will be required to read Dana's Manual and
Owen's Palreontology.
2. Canadian Geology in connection with which the Students will read the
Report of the Geological Survey of Canada.
3. Practical Geology and determination of species ; with books of reference
from the College Library, specimens from the Museum, and field work when
practicable.
In addition to the above, the Student will be examined in any two of the
following subjects :
1. The Systematic part of Botany, as in Gray's "Text Book" and '•'• Manu li,"
and specimens illustrative of these books from the iMuseum.
2. Owen's Lectures on the Invertebrate .Animals, and specimens illustrative
thereof from the Mueeum.
3. Dana's Mineralogy, and specimens illustrative thereof from the Museum
The Lectures in Natural History will be accompanied with demonstrations
in the Museum. Students in Natural History are also entitled to tickets of
admi'non to the Museum of the Natural History Society of Montreal.
CHEMISTRY.
Professor, T. Sterrv IIu.vt, LL.D., F.R.S., &c.
Chemistry, Ordinary Lectvurh.— (Students of the. First Year, and Sperial
Students.) A course of about forly-five lectures, accompanied with experi-
ments, and comprising an Elementary Course of General Chemistry. It will
include the principles of Chemical Philosophy, the History of t'le Elements ,
and their combinations, the principles of Organic Chemistry, and thi History
of the most important groups of Organic Compoixnds.
_ „ C Youtnan's New Chemistry,
Text-Books : J SilUman's Chemistry.
Should Students offer, arrangements will be made, if passible, for a class
of Analytical Chemistry, to commence in November.
METEOROLOGY.
Professor, Charles Sit. \m.wood, M.D., LL.D.
Instruction in Meteorological Observations will be given in the ()li=erv:ttoiy,
at hours to suit the convenience of the senior students.
34
AGRICULTURAL CflEiHSTRY
PaoFKsaoB Dawsos.
A course of Lectured on llii3 subject is (lelivere-l ut the Normal School, and
adJitiooal Lectures anr! instructions aro given to stmlents in the special
course of Agriculture.
SPECIAL COURSE OF AGRICULTURE.
Matriculation-
Studeatg entering on thii course must pass the .Matriculation exauiiaatiou
in Arithmetic, and writing English from dictation. Occasional Students
may enter on satisfying the Professor that they are competent to f roceed with
the work of the class.
Course of Study, &:c.
Firtt r<ar. — Elements of Agriculture as in Dawson's First Les.ons.
Chemistry, ]
Vegetable Phynloloqij f( Botany, ! As in the First and Second year.^ of the
English, [ College course.
French, J
Second Year, — Advanced A jjri culture, as in Johnson's Scientilic Agriculture,
and in suitable te.xt-books in practical Agriculture.
Experimental Physics, 1
Jlnimal Physiology ^ Zwlozy. ! As in the Second and Third years of
English, j the College course.
French^ J
Fee for the Course, §20 per Session, or for Agriciiliurc a'oue, So .Matri-
culation, $4. Library and Gyrannsium, $â– (.
On passing the examination, Stu'Ionls will be cnlitlud to certificates.
Bursaries, &c.
Two Bursaries of §30 each, provided by the Board of Agriculture lor Lower
Canada, (and for the present session exemption from the sessional fee of $20)
will be granted on the follov. ing conditions : -
Candidates must not be less than IGycars of age ; must produce certiticates
of good character, and must pass creditably the .Matriculation Examination
in Arithmetic and English. They must also declare their intention to apply
the education received to the prosecution o*" practical Agriculture.
Should more than two candidates apply, the Bursaries will be given to those
who shall pas* tlip best .Matriculation Examinations.
Free 8chol)ir<ihips ezeropling from the Sessional Fees, will U' given to
• lud*nl« who, in addition to the course stated above, shall pass the Matri-
culation Examination in Mathematics, .and pursue creditably the College
coune therein for one or two «eiiiuns.
I
35
LIST OF THE PRINCIPAL DONATIONS
TO THE
LIBRARY AND MUSEUM OF THE FACULTY OF ARTS,
FROM MAY 1865 TO APRIL 186G INCLUSIVE.
1. To the Library.
Peter Redpatb, E.'^q..
Miss Mary Dumford,
Government of Canada
G. \Vashii)gioii Moon, Eicj.,
Supeniitendent of the U.S. Coa.^t Survey
I'rof. P. J. Darey
Government of Canada,
Do. Do
Do. Do
Corporation of Montreal
Superintendent of Education, I..C!. . .
Colonel Rol:o,
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
E.Billings, Esq., F.G.S
John Lee, Esq.,
Government of C«njda .... ....
John H. Potter. E:q
Geological Survey of Greai Britain . .
Seminary of St. Sulpice, Montreal.
Principal Dawson,
Do. Do
Do. Do
Lords Commissioners of the Admirallv
Do. Do.
Royal Society of London, ....
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Ven. ArcliJiaoon I.each
Government of Nova Scoiia
Government of Canada. . . .
T. J. Claxlon, Esq
F. Griffin, Esq., Q. C ...
University ofToronto
London University
Prof. Teodoro Caruel
Do do .
...Seventy-six vols., comprising works on
English Literature and English History,
Mental and Moral Philosophy, &c., &.C., bd.
unitormly in half calf.
Family Recollections of Lieut.-Gen. E. \V.
Durnford. 1 vol.
.. .Sessional Papers. vdI. 84th. jVos. 1 & 2.
The Dean's English. 1 vol.
. . .Report of ihe U. S. Cojsi .Survey for 1862.
La G^olopie du Catimla. 1 vol.
. . .Statutes of Canada for 1865. Eng. & French.
2 vols.
Journals of Legislfilive Council. \'i)l. 21th.
. ..Journals of Leg. A.s.<embly, Vol. 21th.
The Charter and By-Laws of the City o(
Montreal. 1 vol.
. . Report on Educ. for 1864. Eng. 1 pam.
Keport.s of the U. S. Coast Survey, 1865-5".
3 vols,
...Borneo, Reports, relaliiig lo Sir J. Brooke.
1 vol.
Reports rel<iling chiefly to .Military matters.
12 pam.
...Palaeozoic Fossils, 1861-65. vol. Ist.
MoAlpine's Catalogue of the Law Library at
Hnrtwell House, Buckinghamshire, 1 vol.
...Sessional Papers, No. 3 to vol. 24tli,
Diplomatic Correspondence, 2 vols.
...Memoirs and other Publications of the Geol.
Survey of Great Britain, 5 vols and 66 pani.
Histoire de la Colonic Frangaise en Caimda.
2 vols,
. . .The Edinburgh University Calendar for 1865
1366.-1 vol.
General Report of the Commissioners under
the Universiiies (Scotland) Act. 1868, 1 vol.
,..A number of Pamphlets cumprising Agricul-
tural Journals. Papers on Natural .Science.
Collegiate and Educational Repiirtj, &c,
Greenwich Observations In 1803, 1 vul,
. . Paramatta Catalogue ol 7335 Sluis, 1 v.l.
Proceedings of the Royal Sotieiy. Nns.
lO-n. 8 pam.
...Philosophical Transaclions for 1861-65. Vol.
154tb, 3rd part, & vol. 155tb, 1st pHiI.
List of Fellows o( the Royal Socv . SOlh Nov ,
18&1. Patn.
. ..The Stiideni's Praciical thfmislry. 1 vol.
Journals of House of Assembly, N.S., f.ir 1865.
...Statutes of Canada for lt,65. Eng, & Fr.
2 vols.
...Keith Johnstoi's Physirai Atlas of Natural
Phenomenu, I vol., tbiio
Audubon & Bachiiian's Viviparous Quad-
rupi-ds of North Ameriia, 3 vois., with Plaits
in 3 vols., crown fol.
. . .Examination Papers A>r 1865, I vol.
liondon University Calendar for li-66, 1 vol.
. . .Prodrome della Flora Toscana, 4 pam.
llliistralio ill Horium Siccum Andreee CocJaU
pini, pam.
36
2. To the Museum.
T. D. King, Esq .
Mrs J. .Molsoii
G. Oliver, Kfq., ....
.\, .M..ms. E.q , M.P.P.,
8milhsuiiiuii liisliluie,
G. UariKiOM, Esq , —
r. J. Moore, Ki.q., Cututor of Liverpool
Free .Mu-euni
11. \V..o»lwMr«l, Esq., Briii.h Mu-euiii .
U. Hicks, i:sq., i J. \V. ."^nlltr, E»q.,
Prof. Uiircv...
Mr. C. Buiicroft,
K. W. Coffin. Esq.,
P. P. Ciirpenler. V. A., Pli- f
O. Uariuloo. Esq.,
n. A. Wall, Esq . .
Ktv. J. Geddie,
Dr. Hrddie,
.Mr. McRae, Dludciii,.
Mr. Uraiidy, siudrnt,
W. J. Aiiiler^on. Esq.
P. Rtdpalli, Esq
Pri.f T CarucI,
Mr. I'lice. studcnl
. . ,21 Microseooic objecis, mounted,
ticarnbncua from Eyypt.
Apaiite from N. BurgfS*.
fjpei'imeiis of IronOre.
....Spcciiiiciis of Myriopod.'!
Skull of llie Walrus, Skull of the Polai trai.
Casls of footprints of IjihyrnilhoJoii mid Iguaii-
.... odon.aiid of bkuHsi'f GorilliiandChiiiiiaiizec.
Cast of Cone of Zamioslrobus Fiuoni.
. ...Specimens of Fossils from the Liiigula Fliijjs.
.'^Iieciinciis of Fo?siU frorn France.
... FossiUfroni ihe Greeiisand of t'ambrid)'**.
iSkull of Mink. Spetinieus of Calciirenu-. .*^paf.
. . .A vulU'il'lc lolleLlion of ilie shells ot llie \Ve>l
Coast ( f .\inerica ; being a d(i|iliriiic of ili-ii
preiiare I bv l)r. Carpenter for ilie Briii-li
.Mu-euH. Mrs. G FroiliiiighMm. ot .Mtii-
lieu'. lias givrii a donnlion ot §234 to defia>
tiie e.xpeiiie ot arrangin;; this collrciioii. oiii
the Uiiiveisiiy is iudeliled to H. Allan, \'.~q.
liir reiiiitling the trcglit on the lio.\eH.
E'eveii fpecies of Fossii Kislies fioin tin:
Devonian of Urkney.
. . ..Specimens of .several rare C:inadiaii Frriii.
Sjxcimens of Native Cloili, &<-., I'ron.
Aiieiieuin. New Hebrides.
... .\ tliiit implempiil and specini'-n of FoNsil Cor-jl.
JSpecini- n of A>liesioi.
. . . .Specimi-ns of Miitchisoma.
!<peeimens of Wonii-triicks I'lOiii P; LtViS.
. . . .Sprciiii' lis of LijurtS analijtm
Collection of Plants of Tii-cany.
. . . .Prepared specimen of a Frog from Doiniii'.ta.
The Lihmry of the FticuUy of Arts contains about 0,000 volumes
of standard works, selected with o.^pccial reforencc to the wants ol'
Professors and Studejits, and open to their use durintr the Session.
The Apparatus includes Electrical and I'neuinatic Instruments oi
the larccst size and most modern construction, several Micro.scopcs, a
Telescope, and instruments illustrative of Statics, Dyn;uiiics. liydro-
Htatics, Heat. Optics, Astronomy and Geodesy. The Laboratory is
(itted up with tlio apparatus necessary for the pursuit of practical re-
.'scarchcs in Chemistry. The Observatory is in constant use for Mag-
nctical and Metcurolonical objcrvatinu'^.
The Museum consists of :
I. The {;eneral collection in Zoology, including specimens illustrative
ttf tlic loading types in all the classes of Animals.
â– J. 'f he general cullcetion in (Jeology and Pakxjontology, including
^pecimons illustrative til' all the tloological periods.
3. The Holmes ctillictiou of 2,000 Canadian and Foreign Minerals.
I. The Holmes Herbarium, cttntaiiiing specimens of nearly all the
j)lanls indigcntius to Lower Canada, and a hirgc collection of
exotic plant*.-
5. The I^igan collection of Ho characteristic Canadian Fossils and
Hocks.
G. 'I'he (.'uupcr collection of li,400 Canadian Insect's.
7. 'Ml'- ('arpenter collectiun of Maziitlan Shells.
All these cnllections arc used to ilhistrate the lectures, or are oppu
to the inspection of Students.
37
.1
c =
= 1
2 ^
3 O
• t-
CO
to
"^
o
«>
—t-
n
o
â– *
2."T^ p g 2
_l_
,
ts
!i>
•^
•
o
â– o
^
o
â–ºTj
p
•-!
O
p
d
W
â–ºt
o
C
wt
rt.
~
P
o
o
!U
_
o
"^
In3
"
o
to
+-+
_H-
.Tl
i-
te*
^
P
-
P
o
!?
O
3
p
P
1 -^
C
C
o'
p
I
c
1
5
^
2
i_,
^«^
'-*•
i
1
i
r;
vy>
â– ^
1
P3
r.
1
y.
y.
i
a
.^
(^
N
-i
^
p
Q
r,
C.
^
CO
oq
1
P
u-
-<
—
p
-^
— *â–
p>
IS.
o
o
re
p
C
o
p
Tl
cr;
tJ.
rr
vj
o
o
rn
3
*-<
H-.
""
M
_4.
ci
ta<
1 rn
O
•
C!^
o
P
>—
a 2
m —
p
2
2
o
p
5"
'5
►-• lO H- o <o
(L «° 3 o — I
T S o o' ■» '
^ 5 -• o'i
^ t-. _. o
K- t») ►- O C£ 2
p I ^
1"^ ^ S
ai_ _
* S
S ^ =- S' =-
^3 _
o 22. *
a
"^ o
M P
o ^ — ^
-- /-v oi O
2?!-
(
m
z
-' P p rr
2 S g. •
2Bg-
-i D S^
C P
2 — ii; 2
S. o g
£."''-<
o
p
3
o
1
p
o
O
o
p
o
•-^
B
p
VI
p
u
3 2-?
2. 'â– â– '
a
•^ "^ "^ ^=^ O
j;: c^' 1^ P
:rt o - ;/j
SC
* S
E" P S"
_ •-» n>
O v; s
IP
P tc
3 sr
p' 3 o tr
^
o
3q
o
o
o
3
p
o
;J,
â– -!
n
o
ft I
£ S-3
. • p
H I*
(II §
®
HA
^
|ar«lti| of ^fclicittc.
The Principal (ex officio.")
Profeesors,— Campbell.
Hall.
Fraskb.
sctheblasd.
Scott.
Wright.
Howard.
McCallcm.
Cr.mk.
DenionBtrator, — Dn. Fenwick.
Dean of the Faculty, -G. W. CAMPnELL, A.M., M.D.
The thirty-fourth Scs.'sion of the Medical Faculty of tl;c McGill
University, will be opened on Monday, 5th November, 1866 ; and
will be continued during the six months followinpr.
To meet the circumstances of General Practitioners in British
Nf>rfh America, wlicre there is no division of the profession into
Physicians and Surgeons exclusively, the degree awarded upon grad-
uation is that of " Doctor of Medicine and Master in Surgery."
This designation is also appropriate, from ngrecing with the gcncnil
nature and equable character of the previous curriculum demanded
of the candidates for this double rank, as is fully specified hereafter.
The degree is received by the College of Physicians and Surgeons of
Lower Canada, and upon ownership being proved, admits the holder
to become a Licentiate of that body, and to practice Physic, Surgery,
and Midwifery.
To intending .students desirous of information upon the best m.in
net of pursuing their studies, the following suggestions are made by
the Faculty : —
(1.) Exclusively of general education, professioniil reading for
WDic time previously to matriculation is advi>ed as a preparation,
whereby familiarity with technical terms will le gained, and an
inoiglit <»ht:iiiio I ititn ilw '•ubjocts to be brougli' mh'I-t ?i'itipc during
lectures.
39
(2.) Though three years constitute the shortest time required for
College attendance, yet the Student is at liberty to extend this as
much further as he pleases ; the addition of a year, or even two, is
considered to be a great benefit, for it obviates the crowding of
branches within too brief a term, and permits of a more extensive
attainment of the topics they embrace.
(3.) Attention isrecommended to be given during the first Session
to the primary branches entirely: during the second Session an
increase is proper, and two of the final courses may be profitably
conjoined with such of the antecedent as are required; while during
the remaining period further advance is to be made by completing
the curriculum required of the candidate for graduation. Clinical
courses .should not be taken out during the first Session.
Matriculation is necessary every Session ; it is required upon en-
trance or as nearly afterwards as possible, and always before any class
tickets are procured. The Register is closed annually in the month
of December. Class ticket? are payable in advance, and if not taken
out within the prescribed period of the current session, will not be
granted after its expiration.
The ample and varied means which are placed at the disposal of
the student by this school in its spacious accommodations and abun-
dant provisions, together with the large hospitals in connection with
it, are briefly referred to in the following pages.
Courses of Lectures.
The number of Professors in the Faculty is nine; the number of
Classes, ten ; two of the classes (often conjoined in European Schools)
being held by one Professor.
1. Anatomy. — (Prof. Scott) — The fresh subject is chiefly employed in the
illustrations of the Lectures in this branch, aided however, by dried i>repara-
tions, wax models, plates full size of life, &c.
The Dissecting Room is under the direction of the Professor, aided by the
Demonstrator of Anatomy. It is open from 8 a.m. to 10 p.m., being lighted
with gas. All the usual conveniences are supplied, and the Demonstrator
will be in attendance to assist the pupils in their operations.
2. Chemistry. — (Prof. Sutherland) — Inorganic Chemistry is fully treated ;
and a large portion of the course is devoted to Organic Chemistry and its
relation to Physiology. The branches of Physics bearing upon or connected
with Chemistry, also engage the attention of the class. For experimental
illustration, abundant apparatus is possessed by tho Professor, among which
E
40
may be enumerated, a powerful Air Pump— Oxy-Bydrogen Microscope—
Polariscope — extensive series of Crystallographic models— Electrical and
Galvanic apparatus, &c., &c.
3. Materia Medica.— (Prof. Wright; — This course is illustrated from a
Cabinet of Pharmacological objects ; by plates of Medicinal Plants, (Wagner,
Roque, Stephenson and Churchill)— by dried specimens ; by carefully prepared
Microscopical objects, &c., &c. Analytical experiments with the ordinary
re-agents are also shown ; and diagrams, with other illustrations, are used.
4. Institutes of Medicinb.— (Prof. Fraser)— Under which are comprised
Histolo^, Physiology, General Pathology and General Therapeutics. The
minute Structure and Composition of the various Organs, and the Fluids and
Tissues of the body in health and disease are explained and illustrated by
Microscopic Preparations, Plates and Preparations from the Museum.
5. Practice ov Miuicine.— (Prof. Howard)— The extensive series of plates
contained in the Library, Libert, Cruveilhier, Carswell, Hope, Alibert, Willis,
Bateman, &c., &c., will be emi)loyed; also Morbid Preparations and models
of diseased parts.
5. Surgery. —(Prof. Campbell) — Divided into Principles and Practice,
including Surgical Anatomy and Operative Surgery, exhibited on the subject.
— Quain's large plates, Maclise, Dalrymplc, kc. The various surgical instru-
ments and apparatus exhibited, and their uses and application explained and
practically illustrated.
7. MiDwiFKRY. — (Prof. Hall) — Including diseases of females and infants,
illustrated by a series of Drawings on a large scale ; by humid Preparations ;
by models in wax ; and by the use of the artificial Pelvis.
8. Medical Jorisprcdimcb. — (Prof. McCallum)— Includes Toxicology— the
modes of testing for poisons are exhibited, and post-mortem appearances
illustrated by plates— Insanity, Public Hygiene, and Medical Police are
touched upon.
9. CLisiOAt Medicinb.— (Prof. McCallum)— Taught by lectures and at the
bed side — Physical Diagnosis taught practically, and each pupil invited to
take part in it. — Examination of the urine, chemically and microscopically
explained and illustrated.
10. Clinical Scroerv.— (Prof. Craik)— Taught ia similar manner. For
both these Classes ample material is afforded by the cases at the Montreal
Ucneral Hospital.
11. Botany and Zootociv. — (Prof. Dawson)— In addition to the above
classes, Students are retiuired to attend one course of Botany and one course
of Zoology, on which subjects sejiarate courses of Lectures are delivered to
Medical Students. For details see announcement of the Faculty of Arts.
Library and Museum-
The Library contain.s upwards of 3,500 volumes, including the
ino«t useful book.s for reference, as well as the most elementary ones;
the works of the older authors as well the most recent. It is open
to the Student without charge, under necessary regulations for the
care of the hooks. The Museum contains a large number of prepara-
tions, chiefly pathological ; also, wax and papier machc models.
41
Hospitals-
The Montroul General Hospital is visited every day by the
Medical officers in attendance. After the visit, a large number of
out-door patients are examined and prescribed for. The Fee for a
six months' ticket is Six Dollars ; for perpetual, Sixteen Dollars.
The Operating lioom (used also for a lecture room) is so con-
structed as to suit the convenience of the Students in obtaining a
good view of the operations going on.
The University Lying-in-Hospital is under the direction of the
Professor of Midwifery. Students who have already attended one
course of his lectures, are furnished with cases ia rotation. The
Fee for a six months' ticket is Five Dollars.
Past Session.
The total number of Students in the past Session was 178, as
follows : — From Canada East, 93 ; Canada West, 72 ; New Bruns-
wick, 3 ; Prince Edward Island, 2 ; Nova Scotia, 3 ; Newfound-
land, 1 ; United States, 4.
The names of the students who passed the Examination in Natural
History are as follows : —
Botany.
Class Is/.— 0. H. E. Clark, A. A. Henderson, G. F. Bull, W. H. Howitt, F. J.
Tuck, W. Cherry, and A. E. Spobn.
Class Ind.-k. Renfret, F. A. L. M'Nab, T. J. Alloway, W. M'Farlane, W. P.
Buckle, J. Campbell, T. Wilson, J. Pridham, C. J. Renfret, R. A.
D. King, and J. M'Fie.
Class 3rd. — A. Harkness, F. Hall, T. Archer, J. A. Whyte, A. Garneau, A.
Gellatly, D. D. M'Bain, C. Dansereau, J. H. Wye, T. de Grosbois,
D. Fraser, J. Stiusou, J. Stewart, A. L. Wilson, W, Cruise, R,
Spencer, A. Tanguay, and A. V. Clement.
Zoology,
Class 2nd. — T. A. Rodger.
42
The number of Students who passed the Primary Examination.
which includes Anatomy, Chemistry, Materia Medica, Institutes of
Medicine, and Botany or Zoology, was 39, as follows : —
W
Mr. John U. ^'mallwood, Montreal, Mi. IIenuy
" Emeby Allahd, Bela-il, C.E.,
" Albert Roy, St. Hyacinth.
" James O'Leaky, Kamotiiaska,
" (Jkouge [)icki.N(!on, Ottawa, C W.,
" fJiCHAiti) Ki.NG, I'eterli. trough, C.W.
" Richard S. Mahkell, Osnabnick,
C.W.
" Clinton W. Kllly, Kentucky,
" \Vm. .McCarthy, Henryville, C.E.
" James Howard, St. Andrews, C.E.
" John K. Wanlkss, Montreal,
" Peter A. .McIntybe, Charlotte-
town, I'. E.I.
" Wm. II. Fraskr, Perth, C.W.
" Edwd. K. Patton, Quphec, C.E.
" Robert L. McArtuir, Jlartintown,
C.W
" Fra.nch L. IIowland, Arkona,C.W.
" David M. Cassidy, Montreal,
" Donald McDiaruid, Newington
C.W
" JoHH Vioat, Montreal, C.E.
'• LAroNTAiNE H. PowiRS, Port Hope,
C.W
" JoiiN S. Puoi'DFOOT, Clmtsworth, "
.McGov.'AN, Kingacy,
O.K.
" Edward II. Roberts, Fredericton,
N.B.
" WiLi lAM B. Malloch, Ottawa, C.W.
' Jamks a. Nksbitt, Hemmingf )rd,
C.E.
" Clalbnce R CiiCKCH, Merrickville,
C.W.
•' James W. Oliver, St. Catherines,
C.W.
" John A S. MacDonald, Charlotte-
town, P.E.I.
" IIenrt FIarkin, .Montreal, C.E.
" John Drando.v, Warwick, C.W.
" WiLLiA.M Grant, Williamstown,
C.W.
" Chaulks O'Pveilly, Hamilton, C.W.
" F.dmond PARADia, St. Denis, C.E.
'' CfKLi.xTE Ethier, St. Joseph, ('.E.
" John Gillies, Morriston, C.W.
" John Madill, West Kssa, C.W.
" William Docoan, St. Catherines
C.W'
" Archibald MacLean, Sarnia, C.W.
" John Bell, M.A., Kingston, C.W_
The following list contains the names of the students presented
for the degree of M.D., CM., their re.'jidcnces and the subjects of
ihcir Tlicses : —
Names.
Grouue Ross, M. a.,
Saml'bl Campbell,
Ale.xandeb Falkneu,
Edmckd C. Walbh,
William Fclleu,
.lolIN McClHDV,
TiiouAS D. Lano,
James A. Knowlbk.
JuHX Carbon,
Jl'LIL'8 LiAVITT,
ClIARLN R. HlCKBY,
James K. Hall,
RrriH S. Parker,
AUCJLANOIR R. FgBGCBON,
Rk-sidences.
Montreal, C.E.,
Williamstown, C.W.
Lancaster, C.W.,
Durham, C.E.
Montreal, C.E.,
Chatham, N.B.,
Owen Sound, C W.,
Cookstown, C.W.,
Milwaukie, U.S ,
.Melbourne, C.E.,
E.W'msburph.C.W.
Montreal,
Newport, N.S.,
Williamstown, C.W
Theses.
Asiatic Cholera.
Pneumonia.
Croup.
Kxcision of Joints.
Nutrition.
Fatty Degeneration.
IMouritis.
Some causes of Disease.
Evils of tight lacing.
Functions of Plants.
Carcinoma.
Asiatic Cholera.
Stricture of Urethra.
.Hydrophobia.
43
Alexandbr Anderson,
Chas. H. Cooke,
Wm. Wakbham,
Alex. C. Savage,
James Hayes,
Philip Bckrowes,
Benjn. F. Buncn,
Emery Allaud.
John Bell, M.A.,
James O'Leary,
Jonas J. Hervky,
James C. Irvine,
Charles G. Parke,
George Duncan,
Thomas Gkndron,
Bengn. S. Willson,
Georgina, C.W.
Mt. Pleasant, C.W
Quebec, C.E.,
Uttawa, C.W.,
Simcoc, C.W.,
Ot'awa, C.W.,
Ft. Coddingtou, U.S. Dyspepsia.
Belail, C.E., Cholera.
Kingston, C.W., Acute Rheumatism.
Kamourasl^a, C.E., Hysteria.
Scrofulous Oiihthnlmia.
Chlorolbnii.
Mania.
Typhoid Fever.
An;:'3thetics.
i'ueumonia.
Brockville, O.W.,
Montreal, C.E.,
Quebec, C.E.,
Montreal, C.E ,
Bcauport, C.E.,
Roslin, C.W.,
John Adsetts, Asst.Surg., H.A.Quebec, C.E ,
Hdmcnd Longley, Waterloo, C.W.,
The following gentlemen passed, but did not receive their degrees
as they were not of age : —
David M Cassidy, Montreal, C.E. , No Thesis.
Wm. Gardner, Beauharnois, C.E., Valvular Heart Disease.
Patrick Robertson, St. Andrews, C.E., Scarlet Fever.
Tetanus.
Peritonitis.
Pneumonia.
Abortion.
Hernia.
Typhoid Fever.
Delirium Tremens
Arterial Haemorhage.
EXTRACTS FP.OM THE REGULATIONS.
g 1. Courses of Lectures^ Fees, &c.
1st. Each Professor shall deliver at least five lectures during the week,
except in the classes of Clinical Medicine and Clinical Surgery, in which
only two Lectures shall be required; and in that of Medical Jurisprudence, if
extended through six months, in which case three Lectures a week will
suffice.
2nd. Each Lecture shall be of one hour's duration,
3rd. Every Professor shall occasionally examine his class upon the subjects
treated of in his preceding Lectures ; and every such examination shall be
considered a Lecture.
4th. A roll of the names of the Students attending each clasj shall be
called from time to time.
5th. All tickets which have not a Certificate of Attendance attached, shall
be rejected when presented as testimonials previous to cxamiaation, unless
the omission can be satisfactorily accounted for.
6th. The Fee for each class shall be $12, with tlie following exceptions :
for that of Medical Jurisprudence, $10 ; for those of Clinical Medicine and
44
Clinical fciurgery, §6 each, for liulany and Zoology, $5. The Class lees aie
payable in advance.
7th. Any Student, after having paid the Fees, and attended two courses of
any class, shall be entitled to a perpetual ticket for that class.
Sth. The course of all the classes, except those of Clinical Medicine, Clini-
cal tjurgery and Medical Jurisprudence, shall be of six months' duration ; the
Classes of'Clinical Medicine and of Clinical Surgery of three months' dura-
tion ; and that of Medical Jurisprudence, either of three months' duration, in
which case Five Lectures a weeli shall be given, or of six months' duration, in
which case only three Lectures a week shall be required.
3th. The courses shall commence on the first Monday in November, and
with the exception of a vacation at Christmas, shall continue to the end of
A pril .
loth. The Matriculation examination shall be held during the first week ot
the Session, and shall consist of an examination in some Latin Classic, such
as Caesar, iSallusl, Virgil or Horace, at the option of the Student, and] in
English or French composition.
^ '2. i^uaiino.itium .uui tSfudies of Stadeuts and Candidatts for the
Medical Degree.
Ist. All Students desirous of attending the Medical Lectures, shall, at the
commencement of each Session, enroll their names and residences in the
Register of the .Medical Faculty, and procure from the Registrar a ticket of
Matriculation, for which each Student shall pay a fee of $2.
2Dd. The said Register shall be closed on the 31st day of December in each
year, and no tickets obtained from any of the Profcssors shall be received
without previous Matriculation.
.Ird. \o one shall be admitted to the Degree of Doctor of jMedicineaud Mas-
tor of Surgery who shall not either; Istly, have attended Lectures for a jieriod
of at least Four Session.s in this University, or some other University, College,
or School of Medicine, ai)iiroved by this University, or 2ndly, have studied
medicine during at least Four years, and during that lime have attended Lec-
tures for u period of at least Three Sessions, either in this University or some
other University, College, or School of Medicine, approved by this Univer-
sity.
4lli. Candidates for the final Examination shall furnish Testimouia's uf
aitoudance on the following branches of Medic.il Education, viz. :
.Inalomy, ]
Lheinutry, j
Mnltri't iMi-ucii Olid Phariinicij, I
' ' Mfilicine, \
il Practice of Surgery, \ Of which two Courses
• 7 '•''"' lh»east% of Wointn and Child'm, f will b'.- reipiired.
Th'uty mtd i'ntitue vj Mrdicinc, I
Cltntcal Mtdinnc, I
t'linienl Surt:riy, I
I'rarltral Jlnit'finy^ J
Mfd'cal Juritprit Inter, f Of which one Course
Holany and /(>< .'nry, || will be rc<iuired.
45
t^rovided, however, that Testimonials equivalent to, though not precisely
the same as those above stated, may be presented and accepted.
5th. The Candidate must also give proof by ticket of having attended dur-
ing twelve months the practice of the Jlontreal General Hospital, or that of
-onie other Hospital, approved by this University.
6th. No one shall be permitted to become a Candidate for examination who
shall not have attended at least One Session of this University, and during
that Session at least four six months' classes, or three six months' and two
three months' classes.
7tb. Every Candidate for the degree must, on or befoie the first day of
April, present to the Dean of the Medical Faculty testimonials of his qualifica-
tions, entitling him to an examination, and also a Theses or inaugural disser-
tation, written by himself, on some subjects connected with Medical or Surgi-
cal Science, either in the Latin, English, or French Language. He must at
the same time, deliver to the Dean of the Faculty the following Certificate.
Montreal, 18 — .
I, the undersigned, being desirous of obtaining the Degree of Doctor of
Medicine and Master of Surgery, do hereby declare that I have attained the
age of twenty-one years (or, if the case be otherwise, tbac I shall have attain-
ed the age of twenty-one years before the next graduation day), and that I am
not, (or, shall not be at that time) under articles as a pupil or apprentice to
any Physician, Surgeon, or Apothecary. (Signed,) A.B.
8th. The trials to be undergone by the Candidate shall be :
1. The matriculation examination referred to in Section 10 supra. Students
will tmdergo this Examination at the commencement of the first session of
their attendance.
2. The private examination of his Theses as evidence botli of Medical and
General acquirement, followed (if approved) by its public defence.
3. A general examination on all the branches of Medical and Surgical
Science, oral, and by written papers.
This examination will be divided into Primary and Final, the former com-
prehending the branches of Anatomj', Chemistry, Materia Medica, Institutes
of Medicine, and Zoology or Botany ; the latter, those of Practice of Medicine
Surgery, Midwifery and Medical Jurisprudence. It will be optional with the
student to present himself for the primary examination at the end of the third
session.
9tb. The following- Oath or affirmation will be exacted from ihc Candidate
before receiving his Degree.
SPONSIO ACADEMICA.
In Facultate Medicinse Universitatis McGill.
Ego, A — — B ; Doctoratus in Arte Medica titulo jam donandus,
sancto coram Deo cordium scrutatore, spondeo, me in omnibus grati anirai
officiis, erga hanc Universitatem ad extreinum viar halitum, pcisevcraturum ;
turn porro artem medicam, caute, caste et probe cxfrcilaturum, et quoad in me
est, omnia ad a^grotorum corporum sahitcm couducentia cum fide procuratu-
rum ; qua? denique, inter medendum, visa vel audita silere conveniat, non sine
gravi causa vulgaturum. Ita prresens milii spondenti adsit Xumen.
46
nth. Tlie Fee For the degree of Doctor of Medicine and Surgery sliall be
twenty dollars, to be paid by the successful Candidate immediately after ex-
amination, together with a Registration Fee of one dollar.
12th. Tiie money arising from the Fees of Graduation, as -well as those of
Matriculation, shall be applied to the enlargement of the Medical Library and
Museum, and to defraying their expenses.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED TO STUDENTS.
Anatomv.— Gray, Wilson, Ellis, Dublin Dissector, Sharpey and Quain.
CHSMisraY. — Graham, Kane, Silliman.
Materia .Mbdica.— Percira's Manual by Farre, Bentley and Warrington,
I.N3T1TUTS3 OK Medicixe, Physiolo^. — Todd and Bowman's Physiological
Anatomy. Carpenter, Dalton or Dunglison's Principles of Human Phy-
siology. Kirke and Paget's JIanual. i'd/Zio/og^i/.— Williams' Principles
of .Medicine, Chorael's General Pathology. Jones and Sieveking's or
Gross' Pathological Anatomy.
SuRoiRY.— Holmes' Surgery, Miller's do, Gross' do, Erichsen's do, Druitt's do.,
Practice of Medicine. — Aitkin's Science and Practice of Medicine, Wood's
Practice of Medicine, Watson's Practice of Physic, Barlow's Practice,
Medical Jcrisprudence.— Orfda Medicine Legal, Devcrgie Medicine Legal,
Theorique et Pratique, Taylor's Jurisprudence, Guy's Forensic Medicine
Taylor on Poisons.
Midwifery.— Churchill, Ramsbotham, Cazcan.x.
N.B. Boarding may be obtained at from Twelve to Si.vteen Dollars per
Month.
I
47
en
H
â–º^i"
'-^
^
w
>
td
M
H
>
1— 1
Cl
o
O
W
H
l-H
1— 1
O
1— 1
CO
ci
H
O
o
o
>
o
o
o
CO
I— I
o
Kj
!i=5
CO
H
I— t
CI
H
CO
O
1^
t=3
!Z5
^ Qi hU ^ W to to
!*». 00 to ! to
to lO to
^
~4 C" >t^ 4- CC to to
>— O CO
00
I
o
o
lacuUi! of ^m.
The Principal, (ex-officio.)
Professors — Badglkt.
Abbott,
tohranci.
Lafrenayk.
Laflamhb.
Carter.
Dean of the Faculty,— Hon. J. J. C. Abbott, Q.C, B.C.L.
The several cour.ses of Lectures in the Faculty of Law, comprise
every branch of Legal Study-
The Educational Officers of this Faculty have felt that the Law
of Lower Canada, though in many of its details purely local, retains,
as its leadin" characteristics, the noble and imposing features of the
civil law and that the principles established in the Roman juris-
prudence, still form the groundwork of many of its departments.
The Jjcctures, therefore, though prepared with especial reference to
the Law of Lower Canada, have been as far as consistent with their
primary object, divested of any purely sectional character, and arc
made to inculcate such comprehensive principles, as form, to a great
extent, the bafiis of every system of jurisprudence.
It is considered that this system will afford to students of the
Laws of Lower Canada, a better foundation for their subsequent
Btudicfl, and tend to give them a more extended and comprehensive
i^-a.'^p of legal subjects, than a course of instruction conducted solely
with reference to local law ; while it is hoped, in view of the increased
importance which the study of civil law is everywhere assuming,
that the advantages offered, and the mode of education adopted by
this Faculty, will open to it an extensive field of usefulness.
The complete course of study in this Faculty extends over three
years ; but niay be shortened to two years, when the student matricu-
lates in the tliird year of Lis indentures.
i
49
The following are the subjects comprised in the complete course
of three years : —
Course of Study.
FIB3T YEAR.
On Public and Constitutional Law.
Professor Carter.
On obligations, and on the general principles of the Law of Contract?.
Professor Abbott.
On the CiTil Law. Persons under the Roman Law, Inst. B. L
Professor Torrance.
On the origin and History of the Laws of France, of England, and of Lower
Canada.
On the Law of Real Estate and Customary Iiaw.
Minority.
Tutors and Curators. •
Husband and Wife.
Fiefs.
Servitudes.
SECOND TEAR.
On Criminal Law.
On Commercial Contracts.
Agency.
Bailments.
Partnerships.
Bills and Notes.
Insurance.
Professor Lafrenayb.
Professor Laplamme.
Professor Carter.
Professor Abbott.
On the Civil Law.
Property in possession, jws in re. Inst. B. I. & II., B. III. T. 1 — 13.
Professor Torrance,
On Legal Bibliography,
The Bibliography of English Law ;
of French Law ; and
of Canadian Law.
On the Law of Real Estate and Customary Law.
Successions.
Donations and Wills.
Contracts of Marriage.
Community of Property.
third year.
On Criminal Law.
On Commercial Contracts.
Shipping, and Merchant Seamen.
Sale.
Pleading.
Practice.
Professor Lafhenaye,
Professor Laflam.ue.
Professor Carter.
Professor Abbott.
50
Inst. B. III. T. 14-30, & B. IV
International Law.
Evidence.
Professor Torrance
On Leases.
Deposits.
Sequestrations.
Pledges.
Suretyships.
Compositions.
Imprisonmenti.
FrofesiTii L-^FRSSAit
On the Law of Real Estate and Customary Law.
Dower.
Privileges and HyT)otheque3.
Prescriptions.
Judicial Sales.
t Professor Laflamme.
HoNOCB CocRSB. — To thosc Students who compete for honours, additional
iluesUons will be put on portions of the following works, namely .
To Students of the lirst year — Maine — Ancient Law, chapters 1, -, 3, 4, 5.
To Students of the second year — Maim; — Ancient Law, ch.ipters C, 7, 8.
To Student.s of the third year — Maine — Ancient Law, chapter.'^ 9 and 10
Kent — part 1, l>aw of Nations, Icet. G and 7. Westlake — Private International
Law, clmi)tcr 2, National Character ; chapter '^, Domicile.
Exti'acts from the Regulations.
1. Any person desirous of becoming a Matriculated Student shall apply to
the Dean of the Faculty for examination, and for entry in the Register of
Matriculations, and shall procure tickets of Matriculation and of admission to
the Lectures for eacli Session of the Course.
2 Candidate.^ for Matriculation Bhall be examined in at least one Latin
Classic and in English or French, tlte standard being such as may be deter-
mined by regulation of the I'aculty, approved by the Corporation.
3. Students in Law shall bo known as of the First, Second, and Third
Years, and shall bo so graded by the Faculty. In each year Students shall
lake the studies fixed for that year, and thoic only, unlesj^ by special per-
iniddion of the Faculty.
4. The register of .Matriculation shall be closed within two months after
the commencfrnenl of the Session, and return thereof shall be immediately
made by the Dean to tho Registrar of the University Candidates applying
Ihercalier may be admitted on a special examination to be determined by the
Faculty, and if admitted, their names shall lie returned in a supplementary
list to the Registrar.
5. Persona desirous of entering as Occasional Students shall apply to the
Dean of the Faculty for admission as such Students, and shall obtain a ticket,
">r lickola, for the classes they desire to attend.
6. Students who have attended Collegiate courses ot study in other
Fnivcrsities for a numtcr of terms or sessions, may bo admitted, on the
pruduclion of ccrtificate.i, to a like standing in this T' Diversity, after examina-
tion by the Faculty.
7. Alt Students shall be Buhjcct to the following rcgulatioos for attendance
and conduct —
51
(1) A Class book shall be kept by each Professor and Lecturer, in which
the presence or absence of Students shall be carefully noted ; and the said
Class-books shall be submitted to the Faculty at all the ordinary meetings
during the Session.
(2) Punctual attendance on all the classes proper to his year is required of
each Student. Professors will note the attendance immediately on the com-
mencement of their lectures, and will omit the names of students entering
thereafter, unless satisfactory reasons are assigned. Absence or tardiness,
without sufficient excuse, or inattention or disorder in the Class-room, if
persisted fn after admonition by the Professor, will be reported xo the Dean
of the Faculty, who may reprimand the student or report to the Faculty, as
he may decide. While in the College building, or going to or from it,
students arc expected to conduct themselves in the same orderly manner as
in the Class-rooms. Any Professor observing improper conduct in the Class-
rooms, or elsewhere in the building, will admonish the student, and if neces-
sary, report him to the Dean.
(3) When students are reported to the Faculty under the above rules, the
Faculty may reprimand, report to parents or guardians, disqualify from com-
peting for prizes or honours, suspend from classes, or report to the Corporation
for expulsion. â–
(4) Any Student injuring the furniture or building will be required to
repair the same at his own expense^ and will, in addition, be subject to such
penalty as the Faculty may see fit to inflict.
(5) The number of times of absence, from necessity or duty, that shall
disqualify for the keeping of a Session, shall, in each case, be determined by
the Faculty.
(6) All cases of discipline involving the interests of more than one Faculty,
or of the University generally, shall be reported to the Principal, or, in his
absence, to the Vice-Principal.
8. At the end of every Session there shall be a general examination of all
the Classes, under the superintendence of the Professors, and of such other
Examiners as may be appointed by the Corporation, which examination shall
be conducted, as far as possible, by means of written or printed questions,
answered by the students in writing, in the presence of the Examiners. The
results shall be reported as early as possible to the Faculty, which shall
decide the standing of the Students accordingly.
9. Each Professor shall deliver one Lecture in each week to the Students
of each year, and each Lecture shall be of one hour's duration ; but the Pro-
fessors and Lecturers shall have the right from time to time to substitute an
examination for any of such Lectures.
10. No Student shall be considered as having kept a Session in this
Faculty, unless he shall have regularly attended at least three Courses of
Lectures, one of which courses shall be on the Civil Law ; nor unless at the
end of such Session he shall have passed the Sessional examinations to the
satisfaction of the Faculty.
11. The Faculty shall have the power, upon special and sufficient cause
shown, to grant a dispensation to any student from attendance on any par-
ticular Course or Courses of Lectures, but no distinction shall, in conse-
quence, be made between the examinations of such Students and those of the
Students regularly attending Lectures.
12. The final Examination for the Degree of B.C.L. shall be conducted in
the same manner as in ordinary Sessional Examinations, but the Preparation
of a Thesis, either in Latin, French, or English, upon some subject previously
approved by the Dean of the Faculty, shall form an essential part of every
such final Examination,
52
13. The Elizabeth Torrance Gold Medal in the Faculty of Law shall be
awarded to the Student who, being of the Graduating Class, and having
passed the final Examinations, shall have prepared a Thesis of sufficient merit
in the estimation of the Faculty to entitle him to compete, and who shall
take the highest marks in a special examination for the medal, which exami-
nation shall, iu all cases, include the subject of Roman Law.
14. The exercises required, under the 3rd Art. of the 7th Chapter of the
Statutes of this University, to entitle the Student to receive the Degree ot
B.C. L. in this Faculty, shall consist of attendance upon Lectures and sub-
mission to Examinations as hereinbefore prescribed ; and no distinction in
respect thereof shall be made between Students applying for their Degrees,
whether their attendance upon Lectures shall have been for two or three years.
15. The fees exigible in this Faculty shall be as follows :—
Matriculation Fee * 2 00
Sessional Fee by ordinary Students 15 Ou
Sessional Fee by occasional or partial Students for each course 5 00
Graduation Fee, including Diploma 6 Oo
All of which Fees shall be paid in advance. But Students already on the
Books of the University shall not be required to pay any Matriculation Fee,
and Students simultaneously attending Lectures in the Faculty of Arts shall
be received upon such terms as shall be fixed by that Faculty.
Applications for admission may be made to the Dean of the Faculty or tu
the Secretarv of the College. The classes will be opened on the 6th Novem-
ber, 186C.
Lectiu'es in Law.
SESSION 186G-7.
STUDENTS OF THE FIRST YEAR.
PROFESSOR ABBOTT at 5 P.M., Monday.
" TORRAN'CE. " '« Tuesday.
« LAFKE.NAYE " " Wednesday
« LAFLAMME " «' Friday.
STUDENTS OF THE SECOND YEAR.
PROFESSOR LAFLAMME, at 5 P.M., Tuesday.
♦' TOUKANCK " " Wednesday.
" LAFllENAVE " " Thursday.'
" ABBOTT " ♦• Friday.
STIDENT.S OF THE THIRD YEAR.
PROFESSOR LAFliKNAYE at 5 P.M., Monday.
»' LAFLA.MME " " Tuesday.
« CARTER «' " Wednesday.
*« TORRANCE " '* Thursday.
ABliOTT " " Friday.
The Lectures will be delivered in the Lccture-roonis of the Faculty
in Burnsidc Hull.
Every Student, on eoniuicncing his altendnnce, will be required
to exhibit his Ticket of adnii.ssion.
Session 1865-66.
FACULTY OF LAW.
RANKING OF STUDENTS AS TO GENERAL PROFICIENCY.
Third Year,
John Alexander Bothwbll, B.A., first in all c\a.Saes— -Elizabeth Torrance Gold
Medal. Christopher Alphonse GeofiFrion, 2iid in four classes.
Second Year.
Asa Gordon, first in three classes, and second in one. John Rice McLaurin,
first in two classes.
First Year.
James Robertson Gibb, first in two classes and second in one. John James
MacLaren, first in one class and second in one class.
STANDING OF STUDENTS IN THE RESPECTIVE CLASSES.
Third Year.
COMMERCIAL LAW — PROFESSOR ABBOTT.
First., John Alexander Bothwell; 2nd., Christopher Benfield Carter.
CIVIL LAW — PBOFKSSOR TORRANCE.
First, John Alesander.Bothwell ; 2nd., Christopher Alphonse GeofiFrion.
JUBISPKUDENCE— PROFESSOR LAFRENATE.
First, John Alexander Bothwell ; 2nd., Christopher Alphonse Geoflfrion, and
Christopher Benfield Carter, equal.
CUSTOMARY LAW AND LAW OF BEAL ESTATE — PROFESSOR LAFLAMME.
First, John Alexander Bothwell ; 2nd, Christopher Alphonse GeofiFrion and
Emery Robidoux, equal.
CRIMINAL LAW — PROFESSOR CARTER.
First, John Alexander Bothwell ; 2nd, Christopher Alphonse GeofiFrion.
Second Year.
COMMERCIAL LAW.
First, John Rice MacLaurin ; 2nd, Asa Gordon.
CIVIL LAW.
First, Asa Gordon, John Rice MacLaurin, equal ; 2nd, Alexander Edward
Mitchell.
Jurisprudence.
First, Asa Gordon ; 2nd, George Robert William Kittson, Wi'liam Dominick
Drummond, equal.
CUSTOMARY LAW, AC.
First, Asa Gordon ; 2nd, Alexander Edward Mitchell.
First Year.
commercial law.
First, James Robertson Gibb; 2nd, John James MacLaren.
civil law.
First, John James MacLaren ; 2nd, James Robertson Gibb.
jurisprudence.
First, William Warren Lynch ; 2nd, John Jaones MacLaren.
CUSTOMARY LAW, AC.
First, James Robertson Gibb ; 2nd, John James MacLaren.
54
FACUL'IT OF 3IED1CINE.
GtoKiit; Roai, il A., MuuLi-eul, for The.-is aud Si)ccial Exaniiuauon )u all iLc
bruuches of Study— Wo/mcs Cold Medal.
WiLLtAM Gauli.neu, Beuuharuois, C, E., I'vun for lUe best Exajuiuuliou iu iLe
Final HrftUfUes.
(-"i.i.NioN Way.se Kellv, Kentucky, U.S., Prize for the bi'sl Examinatiou ii.
tlic Primary Branches.
.loHN JIcCuitiiY, Professor's Prize iu Clinical Medicine.
O. H. Clarkk, Prize in Lotany.
A. A. IIendkuson, Second Prize iu Botany.
I'SACTICAL ANATOMY, DBMO.NSTRATOB'S PHIZES.
A E. Sion.N, Demonstrators Prize in Practical Anatomy.
W. H. Fbaser, C. W, KELfA', L. H. Powers, T. G. Roddick, a.nd J, Quahky,
Honourable Mention as good Practical Anatomists.
OcTAViud H. E. Clahke and Tuomas J. Alloway, Demuu^tralor ^ Prizes in
Practical Anatomy, Junior Class.
G. J. BcLL, A. L. W11.8ON, F. D. Lucas, and C. J. Hamilton, Honourabl-
Mention as good Practical Anatomists.
hTLDENTd WHO HAVK PASSED THE EXAMINATIONS IN NATL'UAL HISIOBV.
Botany. (Class l.'i/.)-0. n. E. Clarke, A. A. Henderson, G F. Bull, W. H.
Hewitt, F. J. Tuck, W. Cherry, and A. E. Spohn. {Cass 2nd.)
—A. Renfret, F, A. L. McNali, T. .J. Alloway, W. McFarlane,
W P. Jiuckle, J. Campbell, T. Uil.<ou, J. J'ridham, C. J
Keufret, R. A. D. King, and J. McKie. {Class 3id )— A. Hark-
I1CS3, F. Hall, T. Archer, J. A. Wliylo, A. Garneau, A. Gcllatly,
0. D. Mcliain, C. Dai serean, .1. H. Wye, T. de Grosbois, D
Fraber, J. Stinson, J. Stewart, A. L. Wilson, W Cruise, II
Spencer, A. Tanguay, and A. \'. <l(n?tit
Zoology. (Cla$s 2nd.)—T. A. Rodger.
KACULTy OF AllTS
Graduatii:
Huivjurs in Clasius.
ANDiRBO.t, Jacob DeWitt— First Rank Honours in Classics— C/i//-
man Gold Medal.
Watt.-', WiiaiAM Joum — FLr8t Rank Honour-; in Classics
Vatural Science.
f.Aiwrsr. '■I Bl.BNKAliSE— I list li.iiiV ilfuuur^ 111 .Naliira.
1 /.o-./H Gold Medal.
Tahb, Si.,,., ...r..., i I' — First Rank Honours in Natural Science
Pkukii;o, Jamkh — First Rank Honoars iu Natural Science.
fl. .1. Honours in i' nre,
Browhe, . .^\ — First Rank Uouourj ill English Litcra-
iiirv lu.l >.'(â– ./fire Gold Mtdal.
\\ iLs x, Jou.>« — First Uj^nk Honours in English Litcrflt ire
CiiirsiAN, Ci..\tiKS(E H.,— (Pfuc in Ucrtnau )
Ob
Third Year.
Archibald, John,— First Hank General Standing: Prize in Mental aud Moral
Philosophy.
FuASER, G. D.,— Second Rank General Standing ; Prize in Zoology.
Holiday, Caleb, — Prize in French.
Brown, Ciiakles, — Prize for a collection of Plants.
Passed the Sessional Examinalion.
Archibald, Fr^ser, Holiday, Carmichael.
Second Year.
Brook-', Charles PI. (Leuuosville)— First Rank General Standing ; Certifi-
cate in Classics ; Prize in Botany.
.Maeler, William, (High School)— First Rank Honours in Mathematics and
Prize ; First Rank General Standing ; Certificate in Classics ;
Prize in French.
Lai.ng, RoEBRT, (Normal School)-Fir3t Rank Honours in Mathematics and
Prize; First Rank General Standing; Priza in Logic; 2nd
Prize in Hebrew.
Dart, William J. — Prize in Cbaldee.
Passed the Sessional Exaniination.
Brooks, Marlek, Laixg, Dart and Slack cqnal, Moore, Kennedy.
First Year.
Davies, (High School)~First Rank General Standing; Prize in Classics;
Prize in Logic.
Cruicksuank, (Ottawa Grammar School)— First Rank General Standing ;
Prize in Classics ; Prize in English ; Prize in History.
Lewis, Montgomery, (High School)— Prize in Chemistry.
Kahleb, Frederick, — Prize in Hebrev/.
Passed the Sessional Exainiaalion,
Davies, Croickshank, Mackenzie, Greenshields, Lewis (Montgomery), Har-
rington, Lewis (Albeut), Kahler (Frederic), McLean (John), Jonbs,
Clarke, Vennou, McRae.
CHRISTMAS EXAMINATIONS, 18G5.
bTANDlNG OF STUDE^'TS IN THE SEVERAL CLASSES.
classics asd history.
Third Year. — (Greek)- C'/t/^s /.—Holiday. Class II. — Archibald aud Fraser,
equal; Duncan, Carmichael. CV«ss ///.—None.
(Latin)— C/«ss /.— Holiday. Class //.—Archibald and Duncan,
equal; Carmich.iel, Fraser. Class III. — (iussell.
Seco.nu Year.— (Greek)— C7i/ss /.—Brooks and Marler, equal. Class II.—
Slack ; Laing and Franklin Wood, equal ; Dart, Moore. Class
III. — Spong, Hiiidley, Franc 0. Wood, Kennedy.
(Latin) - Class /.—Brooks, Marler, Slack, Franklin Wood. Class
II- — Dart; Laing and Moore, equal. Class III. — Kennedy and
Franc 0. Wood, equal : Hindley, Spong,
CI
66
First Year.— (Greek)— C/a« /. — Cniickshauk, Davies, Albert Lewis, Kahler ;
McKeiizie and Greeusbields, equal. Class //.- Harrington and
MoDtgonierv Lewis, equal ; Jones, Breadalbane McLean and
Rodger, equal. Class III. — John McLean, Vennor, Stevenson,
Mcliae, Clarke, Sutherland.
(Latin) — Class I. — Cruicksbank ; Davies and Greenshields,
equal; Rodger, Ferguson and Albert Lewis, equal; Mont-
gomery Lewis, Jones. Class II. — Uarrington, Kahler and
.McKeuzie, equal ; Breadalbane McLean and Vennor, equal ;
Ciarko and Forrester, equal. Closs III. — Price ; Stevenson
and Vanneck, equal ; Torrance, John McLean, Sutherland.
(Histor,)' of Greece) — C7ass /. — Cruickshank and Davies, equal ;
(.'larke, Albert Lewis. Class 11. — Montgomery Lewis, Vennor
and Greenshields equal ; John McLean, Kahler, Walker, Breadal-
bane McLean, Harrington. Class III. — McRae, Jones, Rodger,
Stevenson ; Price and Sutherbind, equal ; Bagg and Torrance,
cquaK
MEN'TAL AND UOHAL, PUILOSOiniT AND ENGLlSn LITERATL'RB.
FoLKTH Vbah.— (.Mental and Moral Philosophy) — Class I. — Grandy and
Macduir, equal. Class //.—Morrison, McLeod. Class III. —
None.
Tniui> Veak. — (Mental and Moral Philosophy) — Class /.—Archibald, Holi-
day. Class II. — P'rasor, Garmichael, Duncan. Class III. —
Russell, Foster.
Skco.sd VrTAK. — (English Literature) — C/(m.<! /. — Brooks and Laing, eciual ;
Marlcr. Clius //.—Wood (T. F.), Dart, Slack. Class III —
Kennedy, Hindley, Spong, Wood (F. 0.)
FiHST VrAi'.. — (Enjrlisli) — Class I. — Davies and Cruickshank, equal. Class
II. — .Mackenzie, Harrington, Greenshields, Jones, Ferguson.
Class III. — Stevenson, Walker, Price, Rodger, Clarke, Lewis
(Albcu-t), Torrance, Hagg, Forrester, Lewis (.Montgomery),
Vennor, .^IcLean (B), McRac.
Third Ykak.— (Advanced Course)— Class /.—Holiday. Class II -Sonc.
Class III. — None.
(ElemcnUry Course.)-'/^!** /.— Archibald, Frazcr. Class II. -
Carniichael. Class HI. — Russell.
SicoxD Yeak.— (Advanced Oonrsc.)— Class /.— Marler. Class //—Slack,
F. 0. Wood. Class ///.-Kennedy.
(Elementary Course.) — Class I — Brooks, T. F. Wood. Class
II. — Moore. Class III. — Spong.
FiBST Ykai:.— (Vol. Cmtac.)— Class /.—Jones, Price. Cla^s //.—Stevenson,
M. Lrwn. r/rm ///.-Cruickshank.
liiCn.MAN.
SlcoKD Ybau — Ci<('; /.— .-^pong. Class II. — None. CV<7.« ///.— None.
Tiimn Y«AH.— C/a« /.— None. C/ait //—Duncan. Class III.— None.
IIKDBBW.
SiMton Class.— Dart, Laing, Marlcr, McRae, Spong.
JrvioB CfcABS. — Hindlcy, Cruickshnnk and Stevenson, equal ; Walkrr.
57
MATHEMATICS AND NAT0RAL PUILOSOPHY.
Fot'UTH Year. — (Mathematical Pbysics.J—C/ass 7. — Bethiine, Macduff. Class
II. — McLeod, Ilartt. Class HI. — Graudy, Beckett, Chipmau,
Joliu Morrison, Perrigo.
(Experimental Physics.) — Class I. — None. Class II. — Beckett,
Watts. Class ///.— Hartl.
Third Year. — CVass /.— None. C/(/ss i/.— Fraser. Archl!)ald. Class III. —
Holiday.
SEOO.vn Yeau. — Class I. — Brooks, Marler, Laing. Cla<s II. — None. Class
111. —Dart, Franco. Wood, Thos. Franklin Wood, Slack, Moore,
Spong, Kennedy.
Fiusr Yeau. — Class I. — Ferguson, Jones, Cruicksliauk, Mackenzie, Wm.
Vennor, Greenshields, Rodger, W. A. Davies, B. Harrington,
Price. C/as.< //.—Robinson, Albert Lewis. Class III. — Clarke,
John McLean, Montgomery Lewis, Torranc', Forester, Steven-
son.
NATLTwAL SCIENCE.
FocRTu Year. — (Geology.) — Class /.— Bethune, Tabb, Brown, Perrigo, Mac-
duff, Grandy. Class II. — Morrison, Chipman, Anderson. Cla^s
///.— McLeod, Hartt, Wilson, Beckett.
Third Year. — (Zoology.) — Class I . — Archibald, Frazer. Class 7/.— Holiday,
Rus,sell, Duncan. Class III. — Carmicbael.
Skcond Year.— (Botany.) — Cla.^s /.—Brooks, Laing, Marler, Moore, Dart,
T. F. Wood. Class //--lack, Hindley, F. 0. Wood, Kennedy,
Spong.
First Yeai;. — (Chemistry.) — Class /. — M. Lewis, Davies, Walker, Torrance,
Ferguson, A.Lewis. C/ass //. — Mackenzie, Sutherland, Har-
rington, Stevenson, Jones. Cliss III. — Clarke, Rodger. Vennor,
Bagg, Greenshields, JIcRae, Cruickshank, J. McLean, Kahlcr,
B. McLean, Price.
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
STANDING OF 8TDDENT3 IN THE SEVERAL SUBJECTS.
CLASSICS AND HISTORY.
Ordinary B. A. E.xamination. — (Greek) — Class I. — Anderson and Macduff,
equal ; Watts. Class II. — Hartt ; Beckett and Morrison, equal.
Class III.— Tahh.
(Latin) — Class I. — Chipman, Anderson; Grandy and Hartt,
equal; Walts. Class II. — .McLeod, Morrison; Tabb and
Beckett, equal.
(History) — Class I. — Brov/ne, Wilson. Class /A.— Chipman.
Class III. — None.
Third Year.— (Greek) — Cluss I. — Archibald ; Fraser and Holidaj', equal.
Class II. — Carmichael. Class III. — None.
(Latin) — Class I. — Holidaj ; Archibald and Carmichael, equal.
Class //.—Fraser. Class III. — None.
58
Secosd Year. — (Greek)— Class 1. — Brooks (certificate), ilarler (certificate),
Slack Class //.—Dart ; Laing and Moore, equal ; Kennedy.
Class 111. — None.
(Latin)— C/rtss I.— Brooks, Marlcr, Slack. Cla^<is 7/.— Dart,
Laing, Moore, Kennol' ri.,,^ jii — Sfon'r. Tlios. Franklin
Wood.
First Vejp- — (Greek) — Class 1. — Cruick.-liaiiic (pn.o) ; Da\ic.> ; Harrington,
Fred. Kahler and McKenzie, equal ; Greenshields. Class 11. —
John McLean, Montgomerj- Lewis ; Albert Lcvris and Breadal-
bane McLean, equal. Class HI. — Jones ; Clarke, McEae ami
Venuor, equal ; {Stevenson.
(Latin) — Class I. — Crnicksbank and Davies (prize), equal :
McKcn/.ie, Albert Lewis and Creensbields, equal ; Montgomery
Lewis ; Clarke and Ferguson, equal ; Harrington and Price,
r-qual. Class 11. — Jones, Fred. Kalder and John McLean, equal ;
F.rcadalliane McLean. Class 111. — Vennor, McRae, fctevonson.
(History) — Class I. — Crnicksbank (prize); M. Lewi--, Green-
.'^bields, Davies, Ferguson. Class 11. — Albert Lewis, Fred.
Kahler, Price, McKenzie. C/ass 7/7.— Torrance, Clarke; McRae
and Breadalbane McLean, equal : Jones, Stevenson, Vennor.
Fo' \=!ter.
I-OGIC, ME.NTAI, AND liOHAL PniLOSOrUY, AND EXfiLISII LITEBATCUK.
OnDi.VARY B. A. E.xAMixATioxs— (Mental and Moral Philosophy)— C/ir^^ I.—
Grandy. Class 11. — McLeod, Morrison.
TriiRD YE.\n.— (Moral Pbilosoidiy and English Literature)— C/fls,? 7.— Archi-
bald (prize). Class 11 — Carniichael, Frascr, Holiday.
Skcond Vkar.— (Logic) — C'/as«7. — Laing (prize), Brooks. Class 11. — .Moore.
Dart, Marler. Class 77/.— tjpong, Kennedy, T. F. Wood, F. 0.
Wood.
(English Literature) — Class 7.— Laing. Class 11. — Dart,
Marler. Class 7/7.— Spong, Brooks, T. F. Wood, F. 0. AVood.
FinsT YBAn.— (English) — Class /.— Cruickshank (prize), Davies. Class 11.
— (frccnabieldg, McRae, Price, Ferguson, Kahler, Albert Lewis.
Class ///.—Harrington, Clarke, Stevenson, McKen/.io, John
McLean, B. Mcl-ean.
(IjOf^'n:)— Class /.— Davies (prize), Cruickshank. Class 11.—
FiTguson (Prize Essay), Harrington, Albert Lewis, McKenzie,
Kahler. CVu«» ///. — Ori-enshiulds, Clarke, Stevenson, Torrance,
Jones, McRac, Jolm .McLean, B. McLean, Montgomory Lewi.s,
Vmnnr, Price.
Koi PTii Yeah.— Cta%s /.— Pcrri.;*). CI ns ///.— Court, Bolhunc
TiiiMW ^ »:ah.— (Advanced Course) — r/o»» /.^Ilolidav, (prize).
(Kh-nniitary ('oursc)— r/d.^j /.-Archibald, Clniii /'.— Fra.<;i'i .
I 'lass III. — Cunnich.'icl,
t-oi;. W. Ml. —(Advanced Course)— C/uss 7. — Marler, (prize). C/,i'!t II.—
JSlack. Class ///.—Kennedy, F. O. Wood.
(Klenipnlary Course) — TA/si /.—Brooks. ('/«« //—None.
Clait ///.—Moore, T. F. Wood, Spong.
59
First Yeak. — Class II. — Price.
c;erma\.
Fourth Year. — Class I. — Chipman (prize).
Secoxd Year. — Clasx I. — Spong.
IIKBBEW.
Senior Class. — Dart, Laing, Alarler, Spong.
Junior Claps. — Kaliler (prizo), Crnicksliank, Sfpvfn.^on.
CIIAI.DEE.
Dar!, (pri;'(^), Marler and Laing, ccpial.
.\fATHEMATICS AND NATURAL rHILOSOPHV.
(iRDiNAKv B. A. Examination. — (Mathematical Physics.) — C/a-w /. — Bethuuc.
Class //.— McLeod, Hartt, Grandy. 'Class III. — John Morrison,
Chipman, Beckett, Perrigo, Bancroft.
(Experimental Physics.)— C/as? /. — None. CUiss //.—Watts,
Beckett. Class ///.—Hartt.
TiiiRO Year.— CZass /.—Archibald, Fraser. Clasi //.—None. Class III.—
Holiday, Carmichael.
Second Year.— C/wm /.—Brooks and Marler equal, Laing. Class //.--None.
Class III.— Dart, Kennedy, Thos. F. AVood, Slack, Spong, Frank
0. Wood, Moore.
Honour Examinations.— (First Rank Honours. )-Laing, (prize), Marler, (prize).
First Year.— CTass /.—Price, Ferguson, Cruickshank, Davies, Harrington.
Class //.—Jones, Mackenzie, Greeushields, Montgomery Lewis,
John McLean, Yennor, Albert Lewis. Class ///.— Clarke, Fred-
erick Kahler, MacRae.
NATURAL science.
Ordinary B. A. Examination.— (Geology) — C/f«s /.— Bethune, Perrigo,
Grandy, Chipman. Class //—Browne, Morrison, °Mc
Tabb,
, McLeod,
Wilson, Plartt. Class III —Anderson, Beckett.
Third Year —(Zoology)— C/ass /.—Fraser (prize), Laing, Marler. Class
//—Moore, Dart, Slack, T. F. Wood, Spong, F. 0. Wood,
Kennedy.
Second Year— (Botany) -C/ass /.—Brooks, (prize), Laing, Marler. Class //—
Moore, Dart, flack. Wood, (T. F.), Spong, Wood, (F. 0.),
Kennedy.
First Yeah. -(Chemistryj— C'Zass /— M. Lewis (prize), Davies. Class 1I.~
McKenzie. Class ///.-Harrington, Frud. Kahler, Cruickshank,
A. Lewis, B. C. McLean, J. McLean, Stevenson, Yonuor, T. R,
McRae, Greenshielils, Clarke.
60
^tudcnt.^ of the ^Inivcv.^itij.
Session 18C5-G
McGlLL COLLEGE.
FACULTY OF LAW.
Adams, Abul.
ArcliibiiM, Juliu Hin-ott.
Bayne?, Edward Alfred.
Uoutliillicr, Cliark's Fronlcnuc.
fBothwell, John Alexander, B. A.
Brosioit, Thomas.
Buie, Arthur.
Caiiiiibell, Jaincs, jiin.
(Carter, Christopher Benlielil.
Chamberlain, John, jun.
Couillard, Jean Bupli.stf.
Court, William Boyce.
Darey, Pierre Jacquec, M..".;
Dettmcrs, Frcderiek.
Dewitt, Caleb Strong, B.A.
Doherty, Thomas James.
Poucel, Theodore.
Drummond, William Dominick.
Drummond, Chas. (Jcorge Bruce,
fDuchesnay, Henri Jules Tachere
tDuprat Pierre Urgel.
fFarmer, William Owen.
Fiske, John JetlVey.
fGeollViou, C. Alphonse.
Gibb, James Robertson.
Gordon, Asa.
Green, Lonsdale, B.A.
Hart, Mose.-} Orobia.
Hill, George W.
llouic, Aljihonse.
tJohn-ron, Riiwin Tiullivcn.
J5.A.
an.
Johnson Francis Goodshall, jun.
Kimber, Ren6 Eduard.
Kitson, Geori. ! Robert William
LaniLTi', Eunii;;nuel.
Lay, Warren Amos.
Leonard, Jol;. Francis
Lilli.5, Raliih Wardlaw.
Ijyman, Fred.-rick Styles.
Lynch, William Warren.
McCord, David Boss, B A.
McLaren, John James.
McLaurin, John Rice.
\ McLeod, Hugh.
. McMahon, Omer.
! Mitchell, Alexander Edward.
1 Messier, Joseph Solynie.
I Pease, George Austin, B.A.
Piclie, Aristide.
Poupart, Pierre Eusebe
Power, Alexander Walter Augustii>
Pratt, Jean ('harles Alfred.
fRamsay, Robert Anstruther, B. A.
fRose, William.
fRobidoux, Joseph Emery.
Uonayne, John.
Short, Robert.
Tanguay, Michel Josei)li Rf'my.
Taylor, Reid.
Watson, Samuel James
Wight, James llcnry.
i:. C. L., 18CG.
FACULTY OF MEDICINE.
tAdscttB, John, Asst.-Sur., R. A.,
Quebec, C.K.
Aiknian, Robert, P., Lancaster, C.W.
tAllard, Kmery, Belo-il, C.R.
Alloway, Thos. J., Montreal, C.E.
tAudcr-fon, Alexander, Geor^ilna.C.W
Archer, Thomas, Mouln a], C.E.
Atilt, Edwin P., Anltsvillr
tBull, John, Kiugdlun,
..1,
C.W.
C.K.
C.E.
C.E.
C.W.
Brandon, John, Wahviob,
Buckle, John C, Ottawa,
Buckley, William P., Prescott,
Bulmer, Thomas S., Montnal,
Bull, George J , Montreal,
fBurch, Benjamin F., Fort Co
ton,
fBurrows, Philip P., Ottawa,
Campbell, John, Osborne,
tCauipbcll, Samuel, William
Case, William H., Hamilton,
C.W
C.W.
C.W.
C.K.
c.i:
driug-
U.S.
C.W.
C.W.
tt)wn,
C.W.
C.W.
61
Cassidy, David M., MonUi.-al, G.E.
Cherry, \Vil!ia.ni 'Wbitcchurcli, C.vV.
Chinmaa, Clai-eiice J. II., Montreal,
C.K.
Chur.h, Clarence, Asbtou, CW.
Clarke, Octavius H., Montreal, C.E.
Clement, Victor A-, Three Rivers,
C.E.
fCooke. Charles fl., Jlount Pleasant,
O.W.
fCorsan, John, Mihv.iukic, U-S
Cruise, William, Richibucto, N'.I5.
Daly, Giir D.. St. Paul. Minnesota,
' .. U.S.
Danserca ;, Charles. Vercheres, C.E.
Danserean, Elzear, V'ercheres, C.E.
D' Avignon, John E., Montreal, C.E.
De Grosbois, Tancrod B , Ch.uubly,
C.E.
Dickenson, (jcorgo, Ottawa, C.W.
Dickson, John R., Kingston, C.W.
Donnelly, Thomas J., .Montreal, C.E.
Dougan," William, St. Catherines,C.VV
I Duncan, George, Jlontrcal, ('.E.
Ethier, Ccrlixte, St. Joseph, C.E.
tFalkner, Alexander, Lancaster, O.W.
Ferguson, James, Cumberland, C.W.
jFergusson, Alexander R., Williams-
town, C.W.
Pinnie, John T., Montreal, C.E.
Fortune, Lewis, Huntingdon, CE.
Eraser, Donald, Quebec. C.E.
Eraser, William H , Perth, C.W.
jFuUer, William, Montreal, C.E.
Galletly, Archibald, Montreal, C.E.
Gardner, William, Beauharnois, C.E.
tGendron, Thomas, Beauport, C.E.
Gillies, John, Morristown, C.W.
Gilmour, Angus A., Granby, C.E.
Gordon, Robert, Osnabruck, C.W.
Graham, Adam Clarke, Fort Erie,
C.W.
Grandy, John, Cavin. C.W.
Grant, William, Williamstown, C W.
Garneau, Adolphe, St. Anne de la
Parade, C.E.
Hagarty, Daniel, Barnholm, C.W.
Hall, George, CowansviUe, C.E.
Hall, Frederick W., Peterborough,
C.W.
fHall, James B., Montreal, C.E.
Hamilton, Charles S.. Roslin, C.W.
Hammond, James H., Brantford, C.W.
Harding, Frederick W., Windsor, N.S.
Harkin, Henry, Montreal, C.E.
Harkness, Andrew, Matilda, C.W.
Hart, David A., Montreal, C.E'
Harwood, Charles L., Montreal, C.E-
fllayes, Janios, Simcoo, C.W-
Henderson, Alexander A., Fitzroy
Harbour, C.W.
tHervev, Jones J., Brockville, C.W.
jllickey, Charles E., East Williams-
burg, C.W.
Hodgson, Amos T., Montreal, C.E.
Holwell, John E.W., Quebec, C.E.
Howard, James, St. Andrews, C.E.
Ijowitt, William, Montreal,- C.E.
Rowland, Francis L. Arkona, C.W.
flrvine, James Clarke, Montreal, C.E.
Kellv, Clinton VVayne, Louisville,
Ky., U.S.
King, Reginald, A D., St. Svlvester,
C.E
King, Richard. Peterborough, C.W.
Kitt^son, John George, Berthier, C.E.
fKnowles, James A.,Cookstown,C.W.
fLaug, Thomas D., Owen Sound, C.W.
La Fointc, Jovite A.,Boucherville, C.E
Larkin, Daniel, Montreal, C.E.
Latour, Andr6, Lacbine, C.E.
Law, Wra. D. C, Montreal, C.E.
I'Leavitt, Julius, Melbourne, C.E.
Legault, Daniel, Lake Perrault, C.E.
Lett, Frederick A.. Montreal, C E.
fLongley, Edmund, Waterloo, C.E.
Lonsdell, Horace T., St. Andrews, C.E.
Lucus, Thomas D'Arcy, Wellington,
C.W.
Macdonald, J. A. S., Charlottetown,
P.E.I.
Madill, John, West Essex, C.W.
Malloch, William B., Ottawa, C.W.
Marchesseault, Tancred, St. Anthony,
C.E.
Markell, Richard S., Osnabruck, C.W.
Marotte, Antoine, Montreal, C.E.
Marston, Alonzo W., Hull, C.W.
McArthur, Robert D., Martintown,
C.W.
McBain, Donald D.. Lancaster, C.W.
McCarty. William, Henryville, C.E.
fMcCurdy. John Chatham, N.B.
M cDiarmid, Donald, Newington, C.W.
McFarlane, William, Clarendon, C.E.
JIcFee, Duncan, Ballyfield, C.E.
McFie, James, Clarenccville, C.E.
McGillls, John Charles, Williams-
town, C.W.
McGowan, Henry W., Kingsey, C.E.
Mclntyre, Peter A., Charlottetown,
P.E.L
62
McLeau, Areliibald, Saniia, C.W.
McXab, Francis A. L., March, C.W.
McN'eecc, James, Quebec, C.E
-McPhej-soD, Joseph T.,Lancaster,C.W.
Mortal, Walter, Montreal, O.E.
Mondelct, Wm. H., Montreal, C.E
Moore, Kobert, London, •".VV.
Morrison, David R., Montreal, C.E.
Nesbllt, James A., Ilemniingford, C.E.
O'Connor, Daniel A., Montreal, C.E.
fO'Leary, James, Kamouraska, C.E.
O'Reilly, Charles, llttmillon, C.W.
Ogden," David F., Piclon, C.W.
Oliver, James W., St.CatlierineB,C.W.
I'adlieUl, Charles W' Sarnia, C.W.
I'aradis, Edmond i'.rSt. Denis, C.E.
fParke, Charles S., Quebec, C.E.
f Parker, Rufus S., Newport, N.S
Patter.-;on, William II., Almontc,C.W.
Patton, lidward K., Quebec, 0.h\
Perrault, Augustin, Montreal, C.E.
Pcrrier, John, Halifax, N.S.
Powers, LalLiiitainc, Port Hope, C.W.
Pridham, James, Montreal, C.E.
I'roudlooi, JdlinS., Chatsv.orlh, C.W.
Quarry, James J., Lucan, C.W.
Kaltray, Charles J., Cornwall, C.W.
Reed, Perry H., Cowansville, O.E.
Rinfrel, .\dolphe, Cap. Sante, C.E.
Rinfret, Come J., Cap. vSantc, C.E.
Riiijerts, John E., Frederielon, N.H.
Robertson, Charles J., t.'mbec, C.E. |
RolxTlaon P.ilriek, St. Andrews, C.E. '
f M.D.
Rodger, Thomas A., Montreal, C.E.
Roddick, Thomas G, Harbor Grace
N.F.
fRoss, George, Montreal, C.E.
Roy, Albert, St Hyacinthe, CE
tSavage, Alexander C, Ottawa.C.W.
yiiaw, Robert, Montreal, C E
Sinmis, James C, Montreal, C.E.
Sniallwood, John R., Montreal, C.E.
Smith, Daniel, Cornwall, C.W.
Spencer, Richmond, Montreal, C.E.
Spohn, Arthur L., Ancaster, C.W.
St. Denis, John A., Point For-
tune, C E
Stanton, George, Simcoc, C.W.
Stafford, William A., Montreal. C.E.
Stimpson, Alfred, St. Pie, C.E
Stewart, James, Ottaw.a, C.W.
Slinson, John, Hamilton, C.W.
Sutherland, William, Montreal, C. E.
Tanguay, Antoine, St. Hyacinthe,C.E.
Tuck, Thomas J., Sherbrookc, C.E.
Vieat, John, ifontrcnl, CE.
jWakeham, William, Quebec, C.E.
jWalsh, Edmond C, DMrh.im, C.E.
Wanless, John K., .Montreal, C.K.
Whyte, Joseph A., Jlontrcal ( .E.
fWilson, RenjaminS., Roslin. C.W.
Wilson, Alexander L., Lindsay, V.W.
Wilson, Thomas, Rondhead, C.W.
Woolvcrton, Algernon, Grinisby,C.W.
Workm-in, Joseph, Toronto, C.W.
Wye, John Henry, irantford, C.W.
1S6G.
I'ACILTV OF ARTS.
1. I'luliiiiraduates.
\\i\dctioi\, Jacob DoWili, Wuutrciil.
Anderflun, John, Ayr, - C.W.
A ' • • ' I ImSproll, Halifax, N.S.
I :, S C, .Montreal.
j...;.. , I. harles, Montri'al.
tUerkett, William Henry, Sherbrooke.
tlk-thune, Meredith H., Montreal.
Itrooks, Ciinrles Henry, Lenno.\ville.
IHrnwiH'. Arthur Adderley, Montreal.
v.: I.'s E. C, Dnnlrnm
' ' .lamcH, .Montreal.
i;;... . .iiKS Muitlund, SmitbB'
Fall..*. C.vJ,
Cl.irke, Wullnoc, .Muntrenl.
M'bipnmn, Clorctire, Montreal.
Court, Willinm .Montreal.
Crulckshank, Alexander i»., Bucking,
ham, C.E.
Davies, Willi.am Allan, .Montreal.
Dart, William .1., "
Dionne, Leon, ''
Duncan, Alexander, "
Forrester, Robert W., Montreal.
Foster, Charles Worcester, Waterloo.
Fra.'fr, George Rane, Cross Point.
fGraudy, John, <^avnn, C.W.
Greensliieldj, Edward Hlack, Mon-
treal.
Hall, George 15., Cowansville, C.E.
Holiday, Caleb Strong, Montreal.
liartt, Lewis Alexander, "
Harrington, Bernard J., St, Andrew.
Hindley, John, Erramosa. - ••
Jones, Montgomery, Montreal.
Kahler, Frederick A., Montreal, C;^.
Kahler, Frank CO., Do
Kennedy, George Thomas, Montreal.
Laing, Robert, Buckingham.
Lewis, Albert, Nunda, N. Y.
Lewis, Montgomery, Montreal.
fMacDuff, Alex. Ramsay, Montreal.
Maclntyre, A. F., Williamstown. -â– â– â–
Marler, William, Montreal.
tMcLeod, Hugh, Cape Breton.
MacKenzie, Robert, Montreal.
McLean, Breadalbane, Stayner, C.W
McLean, John Janeway, Do.
McCrae, Duncan, Lingwick.
Mitchell, William, Guelph. <^ â– ''
jMorison, John, Waddington. !-â– ^ ' -'
Moore, Francis X., Vincennes,
Munro, Gustavus, Dalhousie Mills.
Peacock, Willian, Lanark, C.W.
fPerrigo, James, Montreal.
Robiuion, William II., Waterloo.
Rodger, David, Montreal.
Rivet, Francis, Montreal.
Russell, William George, Ottawa.
Slack, George.
Strachan, Dugald, Huron, C.W.
Stevenson, J., Montreal.
Spong, John James R., Montreal.
Stephen, William, "
Stewart, Colin Campbell, Musquo-
doboit, N. S.
Sutherland, William. Montreal.
â– jTabb, Silas Everett, Montreal.
Torrance, William Fraser, Montreal.
Vanneck, John Torrance, Montreal.
Vennor, William. Montreal.
Walker, William,' Scotland. C.W.
tWatts, William T., Drummondville.
fWilson, John, Alexandria,
Wood, Frank 0., Montreal.
Wood, Thomas Franklin, Dunham.
2. Partial and Occasional.
Chamberlin, John, Abbotsford, C.E.
Oassidy, Thomas, Montreal.
Dickson, A. R. Brantford.
McR-ae, Kenneth, Athol.
Jackson, Samuel Nelson, Brome.
Johnson, Polk G., Clarksville.
•Kneeshaw, Robert, Montreal.
Price, George R., Montreal.
Spurr, Marcus A., Kentucky.
Taylor, Reid. Montreal.
..W.
* Deceased,
t B.A., 1866.
MORRIN COLLEGE
Cassels, Robert.
Cook, William.
OllTcr, Theophilus. H.
FACULTY OF LAW.
Pemberton, Edward H.
Robertson, Alexander.
Walker, William A.
FACULTY OF ARTS.
Bennett, John
McNaughton, John
tCassels, Robert Jr.
fOliver, Theophilus H.,
Clint, William
Oliver, Thomas J.
Cook, Archibald
Hay.
Paterson, John McD.
Cook, John W.
tScott, Henry C.
Cook, William
fWotherspoon, Ivan, T.
Fraser, John
Wotherspoon, Francis G
McKenzie, John
Wilkie, Daniel R.
fMcLean, Neil W.
t B.A., 1863.
H
64
St. FRxVNCIS COLLEGE.
FACULTY OF ARTS.
Campbell, Alexander.
Cook, John.
CruikBlirtuk, Jiimes.
Hutcbisoii. William.
Fowler, William Holiingwortii.
Leboureau, Alonzo
Main, John Rankin
Mills, William Leight.-n.
McLtoJ, Fiulay.
McRae, Duncan.
Philbrick, James Wadleigh.
Robinson, Robert.
Van Allen, John Ross.
Wndleigb, William Henry.
White James.
SUM.MAKV
Students in Law, McG ill Colici^e,
'» " Morrin College,
" in Mctlicine McCiiU College,
'• in Arts, McGill College, -
" " Morriu College -
'« . '■St. Francis College; -
Deduct entered in two Faculties,
Total number of Students in College,
Students in Normal School,
Pupils in High School
Pupils in Model Schools, -
Total Students and Pupils,
58
6
178
80
17
15
354
^5
340
66
250
314
979
I
Go
STUDENTS WHO HAVE PASSED THE UNIVERSITY
EXAMINATIONS.
SesSioTt 1865-G
FACULTY OP LAW.
PASSED FOR THB DEGRKE OP B.C.L.
John Alexander Bothwell, B.A., Dur-
ham, C.E.
Christopher Ben field Carter, Mon-
treal, C.E.
HenriJ Jules Tachereau Duchesney,
St. Marie Beauce, C.E.
Pierre Nagel Duprat, St. Henri de
Masconche.
William Owen Farmer, Montreal.
Christopher Alphonse Geofl'rion, Ver-
cheres, C.E.
Edwin Ruthven Johnson, Wate.-Ioo,
C.E.
Robert Anstruther Ram.say, Montreal.
Emery Robidoux, St. Philippe, C.E.
William Rose, Montreal.
FACULTY OF MEDICINE.
PASSED FOR THE DEGREE OF M.D., CM.
Geo. Ro3S, M.A., Montreal, C.E. ,
Samuel Campbell, Glengarry, C.W,
Alexander Falkner, Lancaster, C.W.
Edmund C. Walsh, Durham, C.E. ;
Edmund Longley, Waterloo, C.E. ,
William Fuller," London, C.W. •
John McCurdy, Chatham, N.B.
Thomas D. Lang, Owen s^ound, C.W.
James A. Knowles, Cookstown, C.W.
John Carson, Milwaukie, U.S.
Julius Leavitt, Melbourne, C.E.
Charles E. Hickey, Williamsburg,
C.W.
James B. Hall, Montreal, C.E.
Rufus S. Parker, Newport, Nova
Scotia.
Alexander R. Ferguson, Williamstown
C.W^
Alexander Anderson, Georgina, C.W.
Chas. H. Cooke, Mount Pleasant j
C.W.
Wm. Wakeham, Quebec, C.E.
Ale.x C. Savage, Ottawa, C.W.
James Hayes, Simcoe, C.W.
Philip Burrowes, Ottawa, C.W.
Ben. F. Burch, Fort Coddington, U.S.
Emery AUard, Belceil, C.E.
John Bell, M.A., Kingston, C.W.
James O'Leary, Kamouraska, C.E.
Jonas J. Hervey, Brockville, C.W.
James C. Irvine, Montreal. C.E.
Chas. S. Parke, Quebec, C.E.
George Duncan, Montreal, C.E.
Thomas Gendron, Beauport, C.E.
Ben. S. Willson, Roslin,' C.W.
John Adsetts, Assist. Surg. R. Artil-
lery, Quebec, -,r.A>'^
Jas. T. Halliday. Yernonvilie, C.W,— >* '
Charles E. Graham, Ottawa, C.W) — ■"> ♦^'
*David M. Cassidy, Montreal, C.E.
*William Gardner, Beauharnoi?, C.E.
♦Patrick Robertson, St. Andiew, C.E.
•\ot of age.
PASSED THE PRIMARY BXAMINATIO.V.
John R. .^malhvood, Montreal, C.E.
C.E.
C.W.
C.W.
Emery Allard, Belrjeil,
Albert Roy, St. Hyacinth.
James O'Leary, Kamouraska,
George Dickinson, Ottawa,
Richard King, Peterborough,
Richard S. Markell, Osnabrook, C.W.
Clinton W Kelly, Kentucky.
Wm. McCarthy, Henryville, C.E.
James Howard, St. Andrews, C.E.
John R. Wanless, Montreal
Peter A. Jlclntyre, Charlottciown.
P.E.L
Wm. H. Frascr, Perth, C.W.
Edwd. K. Patton, Quebec, C.E.
Rob. L. McArthur, Martintown, C.W.
Francis L. llowland, Arkona, do
David M. Cassidy, Montreal.
Donald JIcDiarmid, Newiugton, C.W.
John Vicat, Montreal, C.E.
Lafontaine B. Powers, Port ' Hope.
C.W,
66
John S. Proudfoot, Chatswortli, C.W.
Henry McGowan, Kingsey, C.E.
Edward J. C. Roberts, Fredericton,
N.B.
Wm. R. Malloch, Ottawa, C.W.
Clarence R. C lunch, Merrickville,
C.W,
James W. Oliver, St. Catharines, C.W.
John A. S.MacdonaldjCharlottetown,
P.E.I.
John Brandon, Warwick, C. W.
Wm. Grant, Williamstown, C.W.
Charles O'Reilley, Hamilton, C.W.
Edmund Paradis, St. Denis C.E.
John Gillies, Morristown, C.W.
James A. Nesbitt, Hemmingford,C.E.
John Madill, West Essa, C.W.
W. Dougan, St. Catharines, C.W.
Archd. MacLean, Port Sarnia, C.W.
John Bell, M..A. Kingston, C.W.
Henry Harkin, Montreal, C.E.
Calixte Ethier, St. Joseph, C.E.
FACULTY OF ARTS.
PASSED FOR THE DEGUEB OF B.A.
McGill College.
In Honours.*
Jacob DeWitt A.ndkrsok, of Montreal. Jame.s Pbrbigo, of Montreal.
Wm. John Watts, of Drummondville. i Arthur Aduerlby Browne, of Mon-
Mbridith Ble.nkar.nk Bethi'.nb, of treal.
Montreal. John Wilson, of Alexandria.
Silas Everett Tabb, of Montreal, I
Ordinary.
Class I. I Lewis A. Hartt, of Montreal.
John Gra.ndy, of Cavan. Johm Morrison, of Waddington.
Class n. Class III.
Clarence Chipman, of Montreal. Wm. Henry Beckett, of Sherbrooke.
Hugh .McLeod, of Cape Breton.
fCuARLKs Bancroft, of Montreal (aegr.)
t Alexander Ramsav MacDlff, of Montreal (aegr.)
Morrin College.
In Honours.*
Henry C. Scott, Quebec.
IvAJi T. WoTiiERSPooN, Quebcc.
Kobcht Cassels, Quebec.
NiBL W. McLean, Quebec.
Theophilcs H. Oliver, Quebec.
passed in the intermediate examinations.
McGill College.
Clais I.
("iiARLBS n. Brooks.
William .Mauler.
KoBBBT Laing.
W.J. Dart.
(». F. Slack.
ae({.
Class HI.
Francis X. Moorb.
G. F. Kennedy.
• The order in inii li« doei not imply rplaiive tianiliiif.
t Poned in privjite ex»miiiiHioin owiiiff lo illnew.
67
DOCTORS OF DIVINITY.
Bethune, Rev. John, (adeundem) 1843 | *Falloon, Rev. Daniel, (Hon.). . 1844
DOOTORS OF LAWS AND OF CIVIL LAW.
Abbott, Christopher, B. C, L.,
(D.C.L., in Course") 1862
Adamson, Rev. Wm. A. (D.C.L.
Hon) 1850
Badgley, Hon. Wm. (D.0.L.hon.)1843
Ohaureau, Hon. Pierre J. 0.
(LL.D. hon.) 1857
Davies, Rev. Benjamin, Ph. D.
(LL.D. hon.) 1856
Dawson, John William, M.A.
(LL.D. hon.) 1857
DeSola, Rev. A. (LL.D. hon"). . ,1858
•Falloon, Rev. D, D.D. (LL.D.
hon.) 1862
Head, Right Hon. Sir Edmund W.
Baronet M.A., (LL D. hon.) 1862
•Holmes, Andrew F., M.D., (LL.D
hon.) 1858
Hunt, Thomas Sterry, M.A. (LL.D
hon.) 1865
Lawson, George, Ph. D. (LL D.
hon.) 1862
Leach, Rev. Wm. T., (D.C.L.hon) 1849
(LL.D. hon.) 1857.
Logan, Sir Wm. E.,Knt.,(LL.D.,
hon.) 1856
Lundy, Rev. Francis (D.C.L hon)1843
Lyall, Rev. W., (LL.D., hon.). .1864
Meredith, Edmund A., B.C.L.,
LL.D. hon
Miles Henry IL, M.A., LL.D. hon
Morris Alexander, M.A. , B.C. L.
(D.C.L. in Course) 1862
Smallwood, Charles, M.D.(LL.D.
hon.) 1856
•Smith, William (LL.D. hon.).. 1858
•Vallieres de St. Real, Hon. J.R.,
(D.C.L. Hon.) 1844
1857
1866
DOCTORS OF MEDICINE.
Adsetts, John 1866
Anderson, Alexander 1866
Anderson, John 1865
Arnoldi, Daniel, Montreal, (Hon)1847
Atkinson, Robert 1862
Ault, Alexander 1860
Ault, Charles, 1855
Ault, James F 1855
Austin, Fred. John 1862
Aylen, James 1863
Aylen, John 1857
Baker, Albert 1848
•Barnston, James (ad eun.)1856
Battersby. Charles 1861
Beattie, David 1862
Beaudet, Alfred 1865
Bell, John, M.A 1866
Bellew, Alfred 1862
Bergin, Darby 1847
Bessey, William E 1863
Bender, Prosper 1865
Bibaud, Jean G 1843
Blacklock, John J 1851
Blanchet, J. B 1863
Blair, Robt. C 1865
Bligh,* John W 1865
Bogart, Irvine 1859
Boulter, George Heury 1852
Boyer, Louis 1842
Boylan, Andrew A 1857
Bowman, William Edward 1860
Bower, Silas J 1865
Braithwait, Francis H 1863
Breslin, William Irwin, Asst Sur-
geon 46th Regiment of Line, 1847
Brigham, Josiah S 1848
Bristol, Amos S , 1850
Brodeur, Alphonse 1863
Brooks, Samuel T 1851
Browse, Jacob E 1861
Brouse, William H 1847
Brown, Peter E 1863
Bruneau, Adolphe 1853
Bruneau, Oliver T [Hon.]1843
Bruneau, Onesime 1851
Buck, Richard Maurice 1862
Bucke, Edward H 1852
Bullen, Chas. F 1864
Burch, Benjamin T. 1866
Burland, John H 1863
Burrows, Philip 1866
Burnham, Robert Wilkins 1860
Burns, Alfred J 1854
Burritt, Horatio C 1863
* Deceased.
68
Butler, George C 18G5
•Buxton, John N - 1840
Campbell, Donald Peter 1SG2
Campbell, Francis Wayland I860
Campbell, Geo.W., M.A.,[ad eun]1843
Campbell, Samuel 18CG
Carej, Auger D.L [ad.eun.] 1804
Casaidy, John F 18G5
Carroll, Robert W. W 1859
Carson, Augustus 1843
Carter, Samuel A 1 859
Casgrain, Charles E 1851
Chagnon, Vinceslaus G. 15 18G1
Challinor, Francis 1849
Chesley, George Aihbold 18C2
Chevalier, Gu-tavc 18G0
Christie, John B 18C5
Christie, Thomas 1848
Church, Charles Howard 18G2
Church, Coller .M 1855
Church, Levi R 1857
Church, Mills Kcmble 1SG4
Church, Peter H 1,S4G
Codd, Alfred 1805
Cook, Herman L 1854
Cooke, Charles H 18GC
Corbelt, Augustus M 1854
Corbett, William H 1 854
Carson, John 18GG
Craik, Robert 1854
•Crawford, James [ad eun.]1854
Crichton, Stuart 1865
Culver, Josej-h R 1 848 '
Cunynghame, W. C. Tliurlow. . LS58 ',
Dansereau, Charles 1842
Dansercau, Pierre 1855
•Dease, Petor Warren 18 t7
Debouald, William S 1802
De Boucherville, Charles H 1843 i
Dcmorest, Durham G. G 1852 j
Desaulniers, Antoine A 1 863 '
De Scllen, Charles D 1841
Depuis, Job. G. P 1850
Dice, George 1804
•Dick, James K 1812 j
Dickinson, James J IS^G I
Dickson, William W 1803
f)'R'^>i James Winnict Is03
Dodd, John 1S(',.|
Donnelly, Charles II ISOn
•Dorioii, Sovere 18 i;:
•Dorlmid, Enoch P lsr>n
Doiiglaas, Jann-s, (Quebec (i!i>n.) 1847 |
Drake, Jo^toph M 1861 '
Dubiic, Cliarlemagne 1H64
•Duckt t, Stiphen lHr)3
Duckfll, William A Ib69 i
Dufort, Thadee A 18G5
Duhamel, Louis isoo
Duncan, George i soo
Duncan, James S ItZi
•Dunn, William Oscar 1843
Easton. John 1852
Edwards, Elipbalet G.. . .* 1855
Elkington, Arthur G., Asst. Surg.
Scotts FuBileer Guards. ... 18G2
Emery, Gordon J 1857
Emery, Allard 18GG
English, T.F l«o8
Erskine, John 18G0
Evans, Griffith 1SG4
Falkncr, Alexander 18CG
Fenwick, George Edgworth, .... 1847
Fergusson, Alex. A 18G4
Fergusson, Alex. K 18Gi;
FinlaysoJi, John 1834
•Fisher, John I84s
Fitzgerald, James 18G5
Fortin, Pierre 1845
Foster, Stephen Sewell 1840
Eraser, William 183G
Fuller, William.... 18CG
Fulton, James H 18G3
Garvey, Joseph 1852
Gascoync, George E., Staff Asst.
Surgeon 1861
Gauvreau, Elzear 1355
•Gauvreau, Louis H 183C
Gendron, Thomas 1SG6
Gibb, George D 184C
Gibson, John B 1855
Gibsop, Edward B 1864
Gireux, Phillipe 1859
Girdwood, Gilbert P 18G5
Glenn, C. W. E 1858
Godfrey, Robert 1844
Godfrey, Abraham C 18G5
Goforth, Franklin 1863
Gordon, William Wallace 186.".
Grahame, Charles E 186C
Graham, Henry 1861!
Grant, Donald J 1863
Grant, James A 1854
Grenicr, L. P. A 1863
(lun, James 1861
Giislin, William Claude 180.:!
Hall, Archibald [ad eun.]. 1843
Mall, James 1? 1860
Hall, Joha W 1848
Halliilay, James T ISCG
Hamilton, Andrew W 1850
Hamilton, Kufus Frederick 1861
Hamel, Joseph Alex \8ISC
Ha'piin, Jean M \\i^3
69
Harkiu, Win 1858
Harknesd, Johu 1862
Harrison, David Howard 1864
Hart, Fredericii W 1835
Hays, James 1866
Henderson, Peter 1843
♦Henry, Walter, Belleville, [Hon] 1853
Henry, Walter J 1856
Hervey, Jones J. G 1866
Hickey, Charles E 1866
Hingstou, "William H 1851
Holden, Eufiis 1844
♦Holmes, Andrew F.. (ad eun)..1843
Howard, R. Palmer 1848
Howdcn, Robert 1857
Hulbert, Edwin Augustus 1860
Hurlbert, George W 1859
Hurd, Edward P 1865
Irvine, James C 1866
Ives, Eli 1863
•Jackson, A. Thomas, Staff Sur-
geon in the Army 1846
Jones, Thomas W [adeun].lS54
Jones, Jonathan 1865
Jones, W. Justus 1856
♦Keeler, Thomas 1859
Kelly, William, JSurgeon^ Royal
Artillery 1846
Kemp, W^illiam 1864
Kennedy, Richard A 1864
*Kerr, James 1858
Killery, St. John, Staff Asst.Surgl862
King, William M. H 1859
*Kirkpatrick, A 1856
Knowlcs, James A 1866
KoUmyer, Alex. H 1856
Laberge, Ed 1856
Lang, Thos. D 1866
Langrell, Richard T 1865
Larocque, A. B 1847
Lawrence, Henry G. H., Asst.
Surg. Grenadier Guards 1862
Leavitt, Julius 1866
Leclare, George 1851
Leclare, Xapoleon 1861
Lee, James C 1856
♦Lee, John Rolph 1848
Lemoine, Charles 1850
Lepailleur, Leonard 1848
Leprohon, John L 1843
Lindsay, Heriot 1861
Lister, James 1862
Logan, David D 1842
Logie, William 1833
•Long, Alexander 1844
Longley, Edmund 1866
Longpre, Pierre F 1848
Loupret, Andre 1850
Loveriu, Nelson 1855
Lundy, Edward Lewis, Staff Asst.
Surgeon 1862
Lyon, Arthur 1861
MacDonald, Angus 1863
*MacDonald, Colin 1853
MacDonald, Roderick 1834
JIacIntosh, Robert 1863
Mack, Francis Lewis 1862
i\Iackie, John R 1865
Maclem, Samuel S 1859
Malcolm, John Rolph. . , 1861
*Malhiot, Alfred 1846
Mallocb, Edward C 1863
*Marr, Israel P 1849
Marr, Walker H 1859
Marston, John J. 1 863
Mason, James Lindsay, M.A 1863
Mayrand, William 1847
McCallum, Duncan C 1850
*McCord, John D 1864
*McCulloch, Michael. . . f Hon] . . 1843
McCurdy, John 1866
*McDiarmid, John Duncan, Staff
Surgeon in the Army 1847
McDonnell, Angus 1852
McDonnell, Eneas 1849
McDougall, Peter A 1847
.AIcDougall, Peter A 1864
JIcGarry. Jas 1858
McGill.'WiUiam 1848
McGillirary, Donald 1861
McGrath, Thomas 1849
McGregor, Duncan 1861
Mclnnes, Walter J 1865
Mcintosh, James 1859
McKay, Walter 1854
McKelcan, George Loyd . 1860
McLaren, Peter 1861
McLean, Alexander 1860
McMicking, George 1851
McMillan, John 1857
McMillan, Louis J. A 1860
McMurray, Samuel 1841
'McNaughton, E. P 1834
McVean, John M 1865
Meigs, Malcolm R 1865
♦Meredith, Thomas L. B 1842
Mignault, Henri Adolphe 1860
Moffatt, Johu Edward, Staff Surg.
Guards 1862
Mongenais, Napoleon 1865
Mount, John W 1851
Moore, Joseph .1852
Moore, Richard 1853
'Morrin, Josh., Quebec, [Hon.].. 1850
Nelles, John A . . 1850
70
•Nelson, Wolfred, Monlreal,
[HonJ 1848
Nicholls, Charles Richard, Surg.
Major Grenadier Guards. .. 1862
O'Brien, Thos. B. P 1862
O'Callaghan, Cornelius 11 1854
•O'Carr, Peter 1851
O'Dea, Jniues Joseph 1850
Odell, William, Surgeon lOlh Kc-
giment of the Line 1^49
O'Learj, James 1866
O'Leary, Patrick 1859
Painchaud, Edward S. L 1848
i'aquin, Jean M 1843
Paradis, Henry 1846
Parker, fiufus S 1866
Parker, Charles S 1866
•Paterson, James. 1855
Paterson, James 1864
•Paltee, George 1858
Patten, Montrose A 1864
Perrault, Victor 1852
Phelan, Cornelius J. R 1865
•Phelau, Joseph P 1854
Philip, David L 1861
Picault, A. C. E 1857
Pickup, John Wallworth 1860
•Pinet, Alexis 1847
Pinet, Al.x. K 1864
Pousette, Arthur Courthope. . . . 1860
Powell, Israel Wood. 1860
Powell, N'cwtoQ W 1852
Powers, George W 1861
Pringie, George 1855
Proulx, Philias 1844
Provost, K. Gilbert 1859
QucsncI, Juks M 1849
liae, John Hamilton, [HonJ 1853
Raiuville, Pierre 1863
Ramliaul, John, Surgeon, Cana-
dian Rilies 1869
Ramsay, William 1859
Raymond, Olivifi 1H50
Read, Hfrl)ert H 1861
Redner, Horace P 1864
Htddy, John [ad eun].1856
Reid, Ak-i. Peter 1858
Itcid, Kenneth 1864
Reynolds, Rubcrt T 1836
•Reynolds, Thomas 1842
Richard, Mnrcel 1864
Ridley, Ht-nry Thomas 1852
Kiel, Kli.titu- R. R 1857
•Hintoul, David M 1854
Richardnon, John R 1865
Rol.« rt *, KJwurda T 1859
RoLcrtaon, Jamn 1865
RobertioD, David. 1864
Robertson, David T 1857
Robillard, Adolphe 1860
Robitaille, Louis I860
Robitaille, L. T 1858
tRoss, George, M.A., 1866
Ross, Thomas 1863
Rugg, Henry C 1865
Ruttan, Allan 1862
Sabourin, Moise 1849
•Sampson, Jas., Kingston, [HonJ1847
Sanderson, George W 1850
Savage, Thomas Y 1854
Savage, Ale.Yander C 1866
Sawyer, James E 1863
Schmit, Samuel B 1847
Scott, Stephen A 1854
Scott, William E 1844
•Scriven, George Augustus 1846
Seguin, Andre 1848
Senkler, A.E 1863
Sewell, Stephen C . . .[ad eun] 1843
Shaver, Peter Rolph 1864
Shaver, R.N 1857
Shoebottom, Henry 1857
•Simard, Amable 1852
Simpson, Thomas 1854
•Smith, Edward W 1859
e-my the, T. W 1848
Sparam, Eric B 1852
Sparham, Terrence 1841
Squire, Wiliiam Wood, M. A 1864
•Staunton, Andrew Aylmer, Sur-
geon, Roval Artillery 1845
Stevens, Alex. D 1857
Mevenson, James McGregor. . . 1856
Stevenson, John L 1855
Stewart, John Alexander 1 862
Stephenson, James 1 859
Shirk, George 1865
Stowbridge, James Gordon 1862
Sutherland, Fred. Dunbar 1861
Sutherland, William 1836
Switzer, John E. K 1865
Tait, Henry Thomas 1860
Taylor, William H 1854
Tew, Herbert S 1864
Teui|ilp, James A 1865
Ttinvcr, Linus (> 1859
Theriiiull, F. D 1863
Therien, Honore 1863
•Thomson, James 1842
Thomfp.Kou, Robert 1852
Trenholme, Edward Henry 1862
Trudel, Kugene 1844
Turgeon, Louis G 1860
Tuzo, Henry A 1853
Usher, Henry 1861
Vannorman, Jonathan M 1850
tllnimei Mf<lnili»i.
71
Vcrcoe, Ileiiry L iyi>5
Wagner, William II.. lS-i4
Wakeham, William 1866
Walker, Robert 1851
Walfib, Edmund C 18G6
Warren, Henry - I860
Weilbrcuncr, Kemi Claude 1851
Weir, Richard 1852
Wherry, John 18(52
Whitcomt), Josiab G 1848
Whiteford, R 1857
Whitwcll, William T. I860
'Widner, Christopher, [IIou.]. . 1847
Wil3on, Benj.iniin S 1860
WilfcOD, Robert M 1850
Wilson, William 1857
•Wilscam, John Wilbrod 1816
Woods. David, L.R.C.S.I., Stall"
Surgeon 1860
Wood, George 1863
Wood, George C 1849
Wood, Ilannibai W 1865
Woodful, Sam. Pratt, Asil. Surg.
Royal Artillery 1864
Workman, Beujamiu ISSn
Workman, Joseph 1835
Wright, Stt-phea 1859
Wright, William 1 84f<
-MASTERS OF ART.^
Bancioft, Rev. Cluirles (ad ean.) 1855
Bowman, William iVI [Hon.] 1859
Boyd, John, B. A. 1864
Browne, Dunbar, B. A., B.C.L.. .1861
Butler, Rev. John 1852
Cbamberlin, Brown, B.C.L., [ad
enn] 1857
Cornish, Rev. George, B.A., [ad
eun] .ISGO
Davidson, Rev. James, B.A 18GG
DeWitt, Calebs, B.A 18G4
Gibb, George D., M.D. . . .[Hon.] 1856
Gib?on, Thomas A [Hon.] 1355
Gilman, Francis E., B.A. ...... 1865
Gould, Edwin, B.A 1860
Graham, John H [Hon.] 1859
Green, Joseph, B. .i
Howe, Henry Aspiuwall, [Hon.]
Kemp, Rev. Alexander F., [Hon]
Kennedy, Rev. John, B.A
Kirby, James, B.A., B.C.L
Leach, Robert A., B.A., B.C.L. .
Markgraf, Charles F [Hon.]
Mason, James L., B.A
Mattice, Croydon J., B.A.. . . . ..
Morris, Alex., FlA., B.C.L
Perki'33, John A., B.A
♦Plimsoll, Reginald J., B.A
Rodger, David [Hon.]
Ross, George, B.A
Thorburn, John [Hon.]
Wickstecd, Richard J
1864
1855
1863
1860
1862
1860
1865
1863
1862
1852
1862
1862
1857
186G
1861
18GG
liACIlELORS OF CIVIL LA.W.
Abbott, Christopher C 1850
Abbott, John J. C 1854
Allan, Irvine 1862
Armstrong, Louis 18G1
Ascher, Isidore G 1863
Aylen, John, M.D 1861
Aylcn, Peter, B.A 1854
Badgley, Frank H 1852
Barnston, John G .1856
Benjamin, Lewis N 1865
tBothwcll, John A 1866
Boyd, John, B.A 1864
Branchard, Aihanasc 18G2
Browne, Dunbar, B.A 1858
Bullock. William E., B.A 1863
Butler, Thos. P 18G5
Cardeu, lloury 1860
Caron, Adolphe P 1865
Carter, Christopher B 1866
Carter, Edward [Hon.] 1864
Ohamberlin, Brown 1850
Charlaud, Alfred 18e3
Cocqucl, Aa)i>roiso 1865
Cowau, Robert C ISli-'
Curran, Joseph C 18G2
C ushing, Lemuel, B A 1865
Daly, J. G 1858
Dansereau, Arthur 1865
Davidson, Charles P., B.A 1863
Davidson, Leoniuas Ilebcr, B.A.186'(
Day, Edmund T ... 18C3
Desauluiers, Alexis li 1861
Desuulnicrs, Henri Lotsieur 1861
Desrochers, Jean L. 15 1861
Doak, George 1863
Dorion, Adclard A.P 1862
Doutre, Gonsalve 1861
Doutre, Pierre 1858
DriscoU, Xettervillc H 1861
Duchesncy, Henri, J. T 186G
Dinilop, John .1860
Duprat, Pierre N . 1866
Durand, Najihtali 1864
Farmer, William 0. 18C<i
Gairdiner, William F 1 85G
Galarncau. Jusopli Antoin» I8G1
; rOliznlcUi T'^rranr Mela i si.
I
72
Gar.lliicr. Zepliirin 1P"9
Gei.ffiion Clirist'>p!)e A 186G
Gilman, Fr>incis E., M.A. ...... 1-65
Giroimrd, Des'r6 1860 |
Greiiiur An iilet- L. W IHtiX ;
H«ll. ^^ illiiim A I8(j3
Htnirainp E'hVHid J 185S '
Hol.o", K(J\var<l ISb"^ '
Ilouthion John G. K. iBtA
lli/wli.-tou, AleSttiiJer 8GJ '
Jodi'in. Srti 1858 !
.'• hns(ij), Kiiwin R IStib
.Ti>nf3. Hiiliiird A. A 1''64 :
J'.sppli, .Josf |.h 1 ' 1864
Kflly. J.lin I' 18G2
K<niii, K'Isfin n. A 18tj'
Ken> fy. W iliiain R I8ti5 :
Ki">)V, Jnme MA I8'i2 !
L).fl"niiiif, H. G [IFon ] I8r.6
LHl'rt'riM.^e. P. K [Hud.] 1856
IiHin"f, \\ illiiini L! 185fi
T.a CO Mcllcr c i-60
LifOte. Telesiilior-' IPdD
La-.iier, « illit-il i8tJ4
Lawlir. Kichiird !' I>5b5
Lo-.cn Da^i.i .S. IfJtil
lipiich Roh.-rt A . M. A 1860
Lclet)vro, Fr>dri'k ih63
Lnmnner Loiiii Ge rge 1R6;^
Lvriiiiii (rli-tit .Siilps JS 5
.Mil kci z'o. Fic iiMi. k 'RGll
M> Gpc, I'hurniis D Arcy ISm |
MiLMrcn, ell R. btri, B. A IRi.o !
Molbon, Ahiitiider 1851 \
Morris, Alexander, B.A 1850
.Morrs, John L 1860
.Nnple' .-ari.fif Id B 1S62
(•uiiiiei Adolp eP 1881
i*aii<eaiilt. Olias. Ambroiee 1859
Perkins. John A ., BA 1860
•Piimsoll, i.eigiiiald J., B. A.,. . 1861
Ranis.iy, Roi en A 1866
1 Ai.ard D..m!ise F .S 1809
Hiiford, Kr.imei Hawkins 1866
Ri biduux, Knif-ry 1866
Root. on. I iiarles A 1861
Rose U illiam... 1866
Sa'iuuriii Ernest 1863
-pxlo , James Ponsonby 1860
icunc, Victor 3 1862
Sno'.vdon, H L 1856
Sie|.hons George V.' 1863
.•^te|il.eD5, Roni'-o M 1850
Stevens ' has. 1864
Tail, Melb urne 1862
Tiijchereau Arihur 1864
Terril. Ju;e)>l) Lee 1865
Torranc'-, Frederick W., .M- A.,
lilon)
Trenbolme, Edward H , .M. D..rl856
Trenho'nie N< rmaa W., L». A.. 1865
Vandal PhiHippe 1861
Vilbon, Charles A I860
\\.-lsh Th inas J sei'li 1863
W.lch Alfred 1864
Wiijiht William >rackny 1853
â– Wurtell , Charles J. C 1363
BACHELORS OF ARTS.
Ardor on, 'ncob Do ^ilt [Colj IPG"^ , Davidson, Ch'irlcs Peers
â– A.^len I'eier 183' | Davidson, ev. Ja:-rjs3, [ad eunj
Kanerofi, Cha ' . - . -
irlc=, 18ii(i
Uarni'iin Ale.\aiidcr. .[CJ iS.')?
)<M\ lies, D.-nald 1 864
L'l'ck.it V\ni. Henry I660
icthune. .Mtied.tti Bcnkarnc
[in 1] 1866
Bockus. li.irles E '.85,'
Uothwcll. J(»M» il..[Lnl] 18i)4
Unyd .lolin. .[n] i8h)
Urewsicr, Williim. . [Co I] .l.^^"
Uriiwi., \riliiir Mdderlry [Se I ] I-
Hrow III' Diiiibjir .^.. .
llr' wn. Thoiniis . . .'. XSh-i
Bulliak William E..|Cfl| 1860
ChsscIi Rol»crt (.Morrin) ( P >].. 8iiii
Chiiinmn, 1 larence IROO
{â– â– â– D i863
< George, B.A ,Lon-
eun) le.'iG
Cnil.ing, Lemuel [olj...; 18631 Harll, Lewis A
Havnlsoii L<'or.idai Hebcr
DeWiii. Caleb J
DoiigiP, Diinean
Doiijall, J.iin l.'cdpath
I'nimmund, ("liailt-s G. U. .[n 1]
.Dutr, Archiha d [Almll
Faiiliairn, 'I iiOn.a-i. .[pj
Ferpii-on, J.)lin 8 .
l-'enjer, hobeil U' . . ,
'U'-i Elislia Josepli
: Wl iMin...|;ni]
..,,.,, 'Jhar es
• Jilmiin Francis Edward
Nore Frederick .
Gou'd Edwin. .
Grandy. John . .
Gieep, J'Scph |<^« 'J
Grc n, Lonsdilo
Hall William
1863
1863
1863
18G1
1860
ISGO
1862
1864
18C3
1861
lt57
1863
I86r.
1865
1862
1861
1856
1866
1861
1364
1861
1866
73
flicks, Francis W I>i64
Kemp, Edson 1858
•Kerihaw, Philip G 1857
Kirby, James.. [c] 1859
Krans, Edward H..[Sel] 1865
Leach, Robert A 1858
Lyman, Frederick Stiles J 803
Mason, James L 1859
^lattice, Corydon J. 1859
AlcCo'^d, David Ross 1863
MacDuff, Alexander Ramsay . . 1866
McGregor, James., [d] 1864
McLaren, John R ] 856
McLareu liarry. .[c] 1853
McLean, Xeil W. (Morrin) [P] . . 1866
McOuat Walter. . [u i]. 1865
McLeod, Hugh 1866
Merritt, David Prescott 1863
Morris, William 1859
Morris, Alexander 1849
Morrison, John 1866
Morri3on, James D . . [lu i] 1864
Muir, John N 1364
Miiir, Rev. E. P. (ad eun.) 1865
Oliver, Theophilus H. (Morrin)
[Pj I860
Pea?e, George H . [\v c l] 1864
Perrigo, James [nil 1866
Perkins, John A 1858
Petlit, Rev. Charles B 1850
Phillips, Charles W 1852
*Plimsoll, Reginald J 1H58
Ramsay, Robt Anstruther[\Vnl]]862
Redpatb, George D 1857
Robins, Sampson Paul. [-Wm ljl863
Ross, George fCc l] 1863
Scott Henry C (Morrin) [P IJ .. 1866
Sherrill, Alvnii F..[cn.l] 1864
Stelhem, George T lf^52
Tabb, Silas Everett fn i] 1866
Trenholme, Norman 'Wm.[cp 1II86O
Whlker, Ihomas 1860
Watts, Wm. John [c l ] 1866
Wicksteed, Richard John. . [c l]. 1863
Wilson, John [♦= IJ 1866
Wotherspoon, Ivan T. (Monin)
[Pl] 1866
Wright, William McKay 1861
GRADL'ATES IN CIVIL ENGINEERING.
Barnstop, Alexander B.A 1859
Bell, Robert. . [n 1] 1861
Crawford, Robert 1859
Doute, Joseph ] 861
Edwards, George ...1861
Frost, George H isso
Gavillier, Maurice 1863
Gooding, Oliver 1858
[CJ
[W]
[M]
[8]
[L]
Gould, James H 1863
Kirby, L'harles H i860
McLennan, Christopher 1859
.Meid, JohnLestook 1863
Rixford, Gulian Pickering 13G4
Ross, Arthur 180'*
Savage, Joseph 1850
Walker, Thomas, B.A 136u
Chapman Medallist.
Prince of Wales .Medallist.
Ann Molson MedaUist.
Shakspere Medallist.
Logan Medallist.
tp 1] First Rank Honours in Mental and Moral Philosophy : [pj Second Rank
[ml]
[0 1] "
[nl] "
[el] <<
• Deceiisad
in Mathematics : [m] Second Rank,
in Classics : [c] Second Rank,
in Natural Science: [nj Second Rank,
in English Literature; [e] Second Rank.
1
II 1 c; II sc 11 (K) I.
OF
MONTREAL
lIKill SCUOOL r.OAKli.
Ai rxANJ-LR Morris, M.A., D.C.L., M.r.P.,— ^)"^ of the Gov-
f rnor.^ of the Unircrsiti/.
Brown Ciiamberlix, M. A., i>. C. ]j. ( i.\./f,,„.^
Wjlliam Busby Lambe, B. C. L. s
David Torrance, Esq., ) .,
<(F/iB(iK Moffat, Esq., )
W'll.r.lA.M SrTHFRI,\M>. M. !>., Pro/fssnr ami Ff^Uoir.
RF.CTOR.
I'iM.I II \-iMN'A \|.|. IIoNVK, M.A .I'ppii- Furiiis.
MASTKUS.
'['. A. (jIBSOX, \l. A.. First Form.
0. Rorr.Kn, M. A. Third Form.
.1. Kkmi'. Second For7n.
If. MlRRAV, r.. A.. Hector's Assistant.
J.A.NDRKU, Preparatory.
pROF. P. J. Daim \, M. A.. French.
Phof. C. V. A. M MiKtiKAi', i\l.A., Herman.
J.M. Reid, - Writing.
r. Barnju.m, IhiUing and Gyntnastie^.
Thifl School crffers the Ligiicr kiii<l cl' instruction and the mentd
tniiniir^ which toiielhcr constitute tho foundation of what is called a
Lihiriil Education. As a Department of the T'nivcrsity. it oflors a
lhr.rou;.'h preparation for the Collcqe Course.
Tho Course »»f Instruction includes the J^ntin, Greet:, Fnylish.
/'iv»;»r/ij tnd fi'trnuni linniiUafrCH : Grofiraphi/ iind Jlintory : Arithme-
75
tie, Algebra, Plane Geometry, Plane Trigonometry with the use of
Logarithms, Mensuration, and the Elements of Natural Philosophy â–
Writing d- Book-keeping ; Drilling & Gymnastics. A Volunteer
Rifle Association under Military Drill has been formed of the elder
"Boys and is recognised by the Military Authorities. The Religions
Instruction is. not sectarian, and attendance upon it is required only
from Pupils who are Protestants. Details of the above Course are
subjoined in a Programme for the year. An examination of it will
shew that, whilst the Latin and Greek Languages have that promi-
nence which necessarily belongs to them in Higher Education, pro-
vision is made to impart at the same time a thorough English and
Commercial Education, and that French, as being one of the collo-
quial languages of the country, is much cultivated.
The complete Course extends over a period of six or seven years;
but Pupils are admitted for any portion of that time into any Form
for which, upon examination, they are found qualified.
The Session, which is divided into four equal Terms, commences
on the 1st September, and with the exception of a fortnight at Christ-
mas and a few days at Easter, continues to the 1st July.
The full School hours are from 9 to 12^ o'clock, a. m., and 2 to
4 p. m., every day in the week except Saturday, but the time for
the Preparatory and the First Forms is shorter by an hour each day.
The School is divided into seven Forms. The Preparatory Form is
a Lower School, in which youngboys receive the training necessary to
fit them for the commencement of the regular Curriculum.
For admissioii into this Form, it is required that the Pupil shall
have attained the age of seven years, and be able to read moderately
well. Regular early training is of so great importance that the en-
trance of a pupil should not be delayed beyond the age <il" nine. The
best time for entrance is at the commencement of the Session, when,
owing to th(; promotions that take place, the chisses -ire remodelleJ
for the year.
The Pupils of the First, Second, Third iind Fourth Forms next
above the Preparatory are not allowed any option in their studies,
but must take the whole course of instruction prescribed for them.
The Pupils of the Fifth and Sixth Forms a)e divided into two "Sides",
The '• Classical Side '' i^^ intciidod for those boys who desire
a more extended and aecurato knowledge of the ancient Languages.
The '•• Commorc-ial Side" is adapted for thoBc who are to enter upon
76
mercantile pursuits. When a Pupil has reached the Fifth form, his
Parent or Guardian may select either of these sides for him ; but, the
choice having been made, the Pupil must pursue all the course of
instruction appointed for the side to which he belongs.
Special Reports are sent, whenever it seems necessary, to the Parent
or Guardian of any Pupil who has been absent, negligent of any
study, or incorrect in his conduct. A Quarterly Eeport is mads of
the pro'^ress, attendance, and conduct of every Pupil, shewing his rank
in his Form for each study.
At the end of each term, Class Examinations are held, both
Written and Oral, and at the close of the Session, a Public Esamina
tion takes place, followed by a Distribution of Prizes and Award oi
Honours, the lists being published. The Highest Honour is the
Davidson Gold Medal, which is awarded to the Head Boy of the
School for the year, provided the Exauiineis are satisfied that hib
attainments reach a certain standard.
In the beginning of January a special Examination will be held
of Candidates fur the School Certificate issued by the University.
The Conditions regarding tins may be seen by reference to the
Calendar of the University.
The Pupils arc requited to prepare themselves every evening in
their work for ilie ensuing day, as exhibited in a Time-table. As
their progress icill depend very much upon the diligent j^cr/ormance
of this duty, Parents are particularly requested to allow no arrange-
ments to interfere with it. Parents having sons at the School are
earnestly invited to frequent intercoursj with the Masters, so as to
aid them in securing that regularity and industry so necessary to
success in Education. The classes are visited periodically by a Com
mitfcc of the Board.
The School Building is in a healthy and airy situation, and has
convcnii nt interior arratigcmonts, with tho-c modern improvements
which secure proper warmth and ventilation. A very good Gymna-
eium has been erected in the play-ground adjoltiiag tho School.
Tho Hector, wiio rc.-:ido.^ a short distance from tho City, has raado
arrangements to receive a limited number of Pupil? of the High
Scho<il tu board with him. Mr. Gibson, Mr. Rodger, Mr. Kemp,
and Prof. Daroy, ^la.xtcr.'^ of the School, have also accommodaiioa
for Boardoro.
77
COURSE OF .^TUBY FOR TEE SESSIOX 1S6C-7,
PREPARATORY FORM.— Mr. Andbetv.
Horns- 10 to 12 A. M.; and 2 to 4 P. M.
English — Reading and Questioning. Spelling. Formation and Dciivation
of Words. Grammar and Parsing.
Scripture. — The Gospel of St. Wattbew.
Geography. — Outlines of the \Vorld.
Jrith)n.e(ic.—The four Simple Rules, with the Multiplication Tabl'^
Elocution. — Principles explained, v/ith Reading and Recitations
WrUin^.
Drilling and Gymnastics.
FIRST FORM.— Mr. Gibso.v.
Ilocns— 10 to 12 J A.M.: and 2 to 4 P. M.
Latf). — The Grammar and Grammatical Exercises.
English. — Reading and Questioning. Spelling and Bictatioa. Derivation.
Grammar and Parsing.
Scrifiture. — The Gospel of St. Luke.
Geography. — America in detail, especially British America.
Hislory. — British America.
jiritltmetic. — Compound Reduction with Tables of Weights and yeas-jres.
Mental Arithmetic.
Elocution. — Principles explained with Readings and Recitations.
Uyiting.
Drlling and Gymnadict.
SECOND FORM.—Mr. Kt:.\ip.
Eou.s— 9 to 12i A. M.; acd 2 to 4 P. M.
Latin. — The Grammar a? before. Add the Irregulars &c., and chief Rules
of Syntax. Eutro])ius and Pbredrus. Oral and Written Exercises.
English. — Reading and Questioning. Spelling and Dictation. Derivation.
Grammar and Parsing. Simple Kxercises in the Analvsis of Sentences.
Scripture. — Th". Gospel ofSt John.
Geography. — Revision of Eurofe. Add America in detail, especially Crit-
uh America.
History. — British America
.Arithmfiic. — R-evision of jirevious work. Add Practice and yulj;ar Frac-
tions of the Simpler kind
Elocution. — Reading and Recitations.
Writing.
Drilling and Gtjmnattics.
78
THIRD FORM.— Mr. Rodger.
HoL-ns— D to \2i A. M. ; and 2 to 4 P. M.
Laliit. — Tlie Grammar as before. Add the Appendix aad the Syntax,
Cornelius Xepos, Coef5ar, and Ovid.
Gruek. — Grammar and Exercises.
English. — Reading and Questioning. Spelling and Dictaiioa. Deriration.
Grf^mmar aud Parsing. Exercises in Analysis of Sentences.
Fiench. — The Grammar with Oral and Written Exercises. Reading anO
Translation.
Scripture— Thxi Gospel of rft. Mark.
Gcog^ra/)/ii/. — Revision of previous worli. Add Asia in de'ail.
Hiitvry. — British History.
.inthmi'lic. — Revision. Cou'.iuuatiju of \^lIgilr Fractions. Add Decimal
Fractions. .Mental .\rithmctic.
ii/ocu/jo«.— Readings and Recitauons.
Wiiling.
Drillin.^ ami Gijinnitstic-^.
FOURTH FOHM.— Tin; Reciou a.nd .Mu. .Mi uhav.
lloL'Ks— U to lii A. .M ; and 2 to 4 1*. .M.
Li'.in. — Revision of t!ie Grammar as boforo. Add Prosody. C;eiar and
Virgil. Prose Composition.
trVeefc. — Grammar. Oral and Wrill'ii E.xercise.s. .Selections fi mu Luciaii.
English. — Reading and Q .Cstioniiig. .An ilysis. Elyiuolo<iy. Dictation,
and Easy Composition.
/•/■(Tjc/i.-.— The Grammar wit'i Oral .lui Written M.vercise.s. Dictation.
Reading and Translation.
Scripture. — The Acts of y\w Apostles.
ftcogrnpliy. — Revision. Add .Vfrica in d'-'tail and Script :rc Oeugraphy.
History.— Greece and Rome,
^iritlimetic. — Revision. Cuniiim.ilion of Dcci'ua! Fraciiou5. Add Propor-
tion. Mental Arithmetic.
Geometry — Eucliil'd Plane Geometry, Ujok I.
hlocutiun — Readings and KccittUious.
IVriUil^.
Drilling and Gymuaslii . .
FIFTH FO iM - IrtK i;i;c'ori and Mr. Mcruat.
Houns-D to 12i A. M. ; and 2 to 4. P. M.
Ld/tn. — Revision of the GrammHr. Rules for Quantity appled. Cicero
and Virgil. Prose Compositions. (Massical Antiquities.
6V«eV.— G.-aramar and Prose Composititm. XenophDn.
En^/tj/i. - ReuiMng .\:c. a' before. Composition. English Literature.
Frr/icA.— Cirammrtr. •'nl and Writf n Kxcrcises. Dictation. Reading
«nd Trnnslnt on
i
79
Germar/.— Grammar. Oral Exercise?. Reading and Translation.
Scripture. — Home's Introduction.
Gfog'ra;;^?/.— Revision. Ancient and Modern. Use of the Globes.
History. — Outlines of Cniversal History.
Arithmetic. — Revision. Add Interest, per Centages, &c., Mental Arithmetic
Algebra. — To the end of Simple Equations.
Geometry.— Euclid's Plane Geometry, Books, I. II. III. IV.
Writing.
Drilling and Gymnastics,
SIXTH FORM.— TnE Rector and Mh. Mcbhav.
HocBS.— 9 to 12J A. M. ; and 2 to 4 P, M.
Lahft.—Occa<!ional Revision of the Grammar. Tacitus and Horace, Pros*
Composition. Versification. Classical Geography and Antiquities.
Greek. — Revision of the Grammar. Herodotus and Homer. Prose
Composition.
English. — Reading &c., Composition. History of the Language and itb
Literature.
French. — As before. Add Composition. French Language used in Class.
German. — As before, with Written Exercises.
Scripture. — Home's Introduction.
Geography. — Ancient and Modern. Use of the Globes.
History.— OutVines of Universal History.
Arithmetic.— The higher parts, with Revision of previous work. Mental
Arithmetic. Add Logarithms.
.^/^eftra.— From Simple Equations, with Revision of previous work.
Geometry, ^c— Euclid's Plane Geometry, Books I. II. III. IV. Def. of V
and Book VI. Plane Trigonometry.
Natural Philosophy .—The Elements of the Subject.
Writing.
Drilling and Gymnastics.
COMMERCIAL CLASS.
The pupils of this Class work with their proper forms in all subjects except
Latin and Greek, in place of which they take lessons in Book-keeping, Com-
mercial Forms, Elementary Commercial Law and additional Writing, Arith-
metic, and French.
TERMS.
Autumn Term - - - - let September to 15th .November.
Winter Term - - - - l6th November to Slst January.
Spring Term - - - let February to I5th April.
Summer Term - - - - 16th April to 30th June.
J
80
FEES*
For the Preparatory and First Fornn - • - §10 50 per Term.
For the Second, TLird, Fourth Fifth ard Sixth - $12 50 "
Subjei'i to discount of 10 per cent 'or two Brot'iers, or 20 per cent for
thr e or more Brothers. A Fee of $1 per Session, is paid by Pupils of the
Firth and >ixih Forms for use of Text Hooks and Bo'»ks o' Reference.
These F.es include all ctiarges. Thoy nre expected t'> be paid in advance
to the College 'ecretHry, 1 ut, if not paid «iihin a fortuighi after the expira-
tio â– of each Term, the Pupil must be withflmwa.
Gopprime-t Schoi» 3 are charge ' $5 per annum f r Stationery, Fuel
Dri'ling and Cvnr a-tlcs.
*Nut more than $5 uf each Fee will be received in SiUer.
The following pupils of the High School have obtained the School
Certificate of the Univer;i'y, afier Exaujiaation : —
Session 1864-5.
MoNTOOMEUY JoNES Montreal.
John FEaousoN, Bathurst, '.B.
CuAiiLES CusHi.NG, Chatham, C. E. •
KoBERT CoNROY, A)luier, C. E. •
Samuel C. Stevenson, Montreal, •
Frederick W. Evans, Montreal.
Wallace CLAnKE, Montreal.
Robert W. Forester, Montreal.
Edward B. Greenshields, Montreal.
Montgo.mery Lewis, Montreal.
George Joseph Bull, Montreal.
A I. BERT Murray, Montreal.
Daniel McLaculin, Arnprior.
1038 u
larks
1004
(;
946
(>
- 886
H
• 886
u
820
u
798
i.
775
(>
766
<i
744
'-
689
"
686
(I
476
>(
Affiliated to the McGill University, under the control of the Super-
intendent of Education and the Corporation of the University.
J. W. Dawson, l^L.D., F.R.S., &c.,— Principal, and Associate Pro-
fessor of Natural History and Agriculture.
William Henry Hicks, Esq.,— Ordinary Professor of English
Language and Literature.
Sampson Paul Robins, B A.,— Ordinary Professor of Mathematics
and Natural Philosophy.
Pierre J. Darey, M. A., -—Associate Professor of French.
Jabies McGregor, B.A-, — Instructor in Classics.
Mr. James Ddncan, — '* in Drawing.
Mr. R. J. Fowler, — " in Music.
Mr. John Andrew, — " in Elocution.
The Institution is intended to give a thorough training to teachers,
especially for the Protestant population of Lower Canada. This end
is attained by instruction and training in the Normal School itself,
and by practice in the Model Schools ; and the arrangements are of
such a character as to afford the greatest possible facilities to Students
from all parts of the Province.
The Tenth Session of the school will commence on the third of
September, 1866, and extend to the first of July, 1867.
The complete course of study extends over three years, and the
Students are graded as follows : —
1. Elementary School Ctoss.— Studying for the Elementary School
Diploma.
2. Model School CZass.— Studying for the Model School Diploma.
3. Academy Class — Studying for the Academy Diploma.
1. Conditions of Admission.
Candidates for admission into the Junior Cass will be required to
pass an examination in Ueadiiig, Writing, the Elements of Grammar,
Arithmetic and Geography. Admission into each of the higher
classes requires a knowledge of tht subjects ot the previous one.
All Students must produce certificates of good moral character
from the clerg}man or minister of religion under whose charge they
have last been, and also testimony that they have attained the age of
sixteen years. Tuey will also be required to -ign a p edge that they
purpose to teach for three years in fcome public tchoui in Lower
Canada,
82
2. PrivUegts of Stvdentt.
On complying with the above conditions, all students will be re-
cognised as Teachtrs !a Training; and as such, will be entitled to
Tree tuition, with the use of text books, and to bursaries in aid of
their board, not exceedinfr S3G.00 per annum in the case of those in
the two first Classes, or 880 00 in the case of those in the Academy
Class, should they be successful in obtaining the diploma at the final
examination. A portion of this allowance will be advanced to such
students as are not resident in Montreal, on their passing the semi-
sessional examination at Christmas.
Under the regulations subjoined, and with the view of extending
the benefits of the school to all parts of the country, those who reside
at a distance of more than ninety miles from the city of Montreal,
will also be entitled to a small allowance for travelling expenses pro-
portionate to the distance.
Students resident in Montreal may share the bursary fund, on
producing certificates from their minister or clergyman that such aid
is absolutely necessary U> their continuing in attendance at the
school.
In additioji to religious instruction of a general Protestant charac-
ter by the Professors, arrangement will be made for special religious
instruction by ministers representing the several denominations with
which the students m-.y be connected.
No boarding-house is attached to the institution, but every care
will be taken to ensure the comfort and good conduct of the
students, in privati; boarding-houses approved by the Principal.
Board can be obtained at Irom SI) to §12 per mouth.
At the close of the first year of study, students may apply for
examination for diplomas giving the right to teach in Elementary
Schools ; and after two years' study, or if found qualified at the close
of the first year, they will, on examination, be entitled to diplomas as
teachers of Model Schools,
Students having passed the examination in the Model School Class,
or having advanced to the requisite knowledge, may go on to the
Academy Class, â– and, on examination, may obtain the Academy
Diploma.
The Prince of Walrt Medal and Prize will be given to the
.Student taking the liighest pi ice in the Model School Class, provided
that such Student shall attain to the standard fixed by the Regula-
lioDB of the Council of Public Instruction for this Medal.
All the preceding regulations and jjrivileges apply to female as well
aa to male students.
Persons holding the degree of B.A. or M.A. of any University in
Lower Canada, may receive the Academy Diploma on passing an ex-
amination in the art of teaching, and in such other subjects, necessary
to the Acndimy Diploma, as may not have been included in their
UoiToriity « xaminationH.
83
3. Course of Study .
1. ELEMENTARY SCHOOL CLASS, STUDYING FOR THE ELEMEN-
TARY SCHOOL DIPLOMA.
With the view of accommodating those who may be unable to en-
ter at the commencement of the Session, or whose previous education
may enable them to enter at a more advanced period, the course of
study in this class is divided into terms, as follows: —
First Term, from September 1st to December 20th.
{Entrance examination as stated above.}
English — Grammar and Compositioa so far a3 to parse syntactically, and
write correctly a few short descriptive sentences. — Text-Books, Bullions'
Grammar and Parker's Progressive Lessons ; Reading and Spelling, Etymology,
Penmanship — Elocution.
Geography — So far as to hare a good acquaintance with the Map of the
World.
History — Outline of Sacred and Ancient History. — -History of Canada.
Text-Books, White and Roy.
Art of TeacAing-— Hygiene in its relations to schools.
Arithmetic — Simple and Compound rules. Vulgar and Decimal Fractions
and Practice, with explanation and demonstration of rules. Text-Book, Sang-
ster's Arithmetic.
Algebra— 1h& elementary rules, as in the Algebra of Chambers' Educational
course.
Geome/ry^-First Book of Euclid.
Chemistry — Introductory Lectures.
French — Elements of Grammar, easy reading and translation. Text-Books,
Student's Companion to the study of French. De Fivas' Elementary Reader.
Natural History — Elements of Animal Physiology.
Drawing — Elements and Simple outlines.
ilftmc— Elements of Vocal Music.
Second Term — January 1st to April 1st.
{Pupiit entering at the commencement of this term, will be expected to pass a
satisfactory examination i/i the subjects of the previous term.)
English — Grammar and Composition, so far as to be able to analyse simple
and complex sentences, and to write correctly a short Jissay on a familiar
subject. — Elocution continued.
Geography — So far as a good acquaintance with the physical features and
political divisions of the great continents.
History of England and France. Ancient History.
Arithmetic — Proportion, Per-centage, Exchange, Book-keeping by single
entry.
Algebra — Simple Equations of one, two and three unknown quantities.
Geomeiry—Second and Third books of Euclid.
Chemistry — Non-metallic Elements.
French — Grammar continued, including Reading, Translation, Oral and
Written Exercises.
S4
Natural //«<ofj/— Systematic Zoologv. Text-Book, Patterson's Zoology for
jcbools.
Drawing — Landscape, <5:c., in pencil.
Music — Yocal music continued.
Thibp Term— April Isito July 1st.
{Pupils entering at the commer.cement of this term, will be expected to pass a
suliifjctonj examination in the subjects of the two previous tenns.)
English — Advanced Lessons in Grammar and Composition— Elocution
continued.
Geography and History — Advanced Lessons, witli use of Globe?, and re-
oapitulaiion of previous parts of the course.
.irt of Teaching — School studies and management.
jfn^Ame/jV— Conclusion of Commercial Arithmetic, and General Recapitu-
lation.
Algebra — Quadratic Equations and Recapitulation.
Geometry — Recapitulation and Deductions.
Chemistry — Metallic Elements.
French, Natural History, Drawing and Music — Continued as iu the previous
term.
Religious Instruction will be given throughout the Session.
J. -MODEL SCHOOL CLASS, STUDYING FOR THE MODEL SCHOOL
DIPLOMA.
(Students entering this Class must have passed a satisfactory examination in
the subjects of the Junior Class. The Class will pursue its studies
throughout the Session, without any definite division into terms.)
English — Principles of Grammar and Composition, Style. History of the
F.nglish Language. Lectures on English Literature. Elocution.
Geography — Mathematical, with Nautical Problems, Detailed Course of
Political and Physical Geography.
//(f/ori/— .Mediicval and Modern, with especial reference to the History ot
Literature, Science and Art, and to Colonization and Commerce.
Education — Advanced course of Lecture.-^ on Educational Subjegts.
Mithematics — Logarithmic, Algebraic, and Geometric Arithmetic, Recapi-
tulation of Commercial Arithmetic. Quadratic Kquations continued. Ratios
and Progressions. Theorem of undetermined Co-efficients. Binomial and
Exponential Theorems. 5th and Glh Books of Euclid.
Natural Philosophy — Mechanics, Hydrostatics and Pneumatics.
C7««jri— Elements of the Latin language as in Bryce's Ist Latin Reader.
French — Student's Companion— Translation from French into English, and
from Engliih into P>encli. Do Fivas' Reading book continued— Racine.
Natural Hitlory—Botunj and Vegetable Physiology.
Agricultural Chemistry — Principles and applications to Canadian Agricul-
ture.
DrflU'iny— Figures from the Flat and from Models— EUmenta of Perspec-
lire.
ilfiuur— Instrumental Music, and Concone'a Lessons in Vocal Music.
Religious Inftruriion tlironghont the Session.
85
3. ACADEMY CLASSj STUDYING FOR THE ACADEMY DIPLOMA.
[Students entering this Class must have passed a saUsfactory i xamwution in the
subjects of the Model Schoul C!':ss.}
English Literature — An Advanced Course,
History and Geography.
Logic and Ethics — As in Abercronibie's Intellectual and Moral Pbilosopby.
Mathematics — Trigonomeli-y ; Solid Geometry; Tbeory of Equations , Me-
chanics and Astronomy — Galbraith and Haughton.
ia^m— Sallust, Catiline ; Virgil, J<]neid Bk IV. ; Latin Prose Compoa-
tion : Roman History.
Greek — New Testament, John's Gospel; Xenopbon, Anabasis Bk. I ; Grj-m-
mar and History.
CAe/nisi'rj/— Organic Chemistry.
Botany — As in Gray's Botanical Te.tt-Book.
French — Conversation in French. French Liter aiure — Poiteviu's French
Grammar. Racine and Moliere,
Elocution.
Drawing.
EXTRACTS FROM THE REGULATIONS,
Special Regulations for admission of Pupil-leachen.
Article First — Any person desirous of being admitted as a pupil-teacher,
must apply to the Principal of the Normal School, who, on his producing an
extract from the Register of Baptisms, or other evidence, showing that he is
folly sixteen years of age, with the certificate of character and conduct re-
quired by the 16th article of the general Rules and Regulations, approved by
His Excellency the Governor General in Council, on the 22nd December,
1856, shall examine the candidate.
If upon his examination, it is found that the candidate can read and write
sufficiently well, knows the rudiments of Grammar in his mother tongue,—
Arithmetic as far as the rule of three inclusively, and has some knowledge of
Geography, the Principal shall grant him a certificate.
Article Second. — The candidate having thus obtained the certificate of the
Principal, shall then, (in the presence of two witnesses who, with the Princi-
pal, shall countersign the same,) sign an application in writing for admission
containing the declaraticm required by the 23rd general regulation. This
shall be forwarded to the Superintendent of Schools, together with all the
certificates and other documents required, and if the whole be found correct
the Superintendent shall cause the name of the candidate to be inscribed in
the register, and notice thereof shall be given to the Principal.
Article Third.— The pupil-teachers shall state the place of their residence,
and those who cannot reside with their parents, will be permitted to live in
boarding-houses, but in such only as shall be specially approved of. No
boarding-houses having permission to board male pupil-teachers, will be per-
mitted to receive female pupil-teachers as boarders, and vice versa.
Article Fourth.— Every pupil-teacher on passing the examinations, will be
allowed a sum not exceeding £9, to assist in paying his board.'
Article Fifth.— Every pupil residing at a distance of more than ninety miles
from the City of Montreal, shall be entitled to receive an allowance for travel-
ling expenses, proportionate to the distance, but not to exceed two pounds ten
shillings per annum.
• Except in the case of Teacher'! training fur i lie Academy Diploma, who mayreceive
a sum not exceeding £20.
86
Article Sixth. — The toial amount of allowances paid to pupil-teachers
under the foregoing articles shall not excaed £333 6s. 8d. currency, yearly—
that being the sum granted (or this object ; and when the whole of this
amonnt is appropriated, Buch pupil-teachers as may apply for admisoion shall
not be entitled to any portion thereof, until- vacancies shall occur.
Specinl Rfg Illations /or Government and Discipline..
.\rticlc First. — Pupil-teachers guilty of drunkenness, of frequenting taverns,
'f entering disorderly houses or gambling houses, of keeping company with
disorderly persons, or of committing any act of immorality or insubordination,
shall be expelled.
Article Second —There shall be no intercourse bi'twecn the male andfemalo
pupil-teachers while in the school, or when going to, or returning from it.
I'eachers of one sex .ire strictly prohibited from visiting those of the other.
Article Third. — They are on no account to he absent from their lodgings
after half past nine o'clock in the evening.
.■\rliclc Fourth. — They will be allowed to attend such lectures and public
meetings only as may be considered by the Piincipal conducive to their
moral and mental improvement.
Article Fifth. — Proprietors of boarding-houses authorized by the Principal,
shall report to him any infraction of the rules, with which they may become
acquainted.
Article Sixth. — The Professors shall have the power of excluding from the
lectures for a time, any student who may be inattentive to his studies or
guilty of any minor infraction of the regulations.
Article Seventh. — Pupil-teachers shall be required to state, with what reli-
gious denomination they are connected ; and lists of the students connected
with each denomination shall be furnished to one ot the ministers of such de-
nomination resident in Montreal, with a request that he will meet weekly
with that portion of the pupil-teachers or otherwise provide for their religious
instruciiou.
Every Thursday afternoon, afiir four o'clock, will be assigned for this pur-
pose.
Article Eighth.-- In addition to punctual attendance at the weekly religious
instruction, each student will be required to attend public worship at his own
church, at least every Sunday.
Any adaiiioual intotuiiilion that may be desne'l, may be obtained on appli-
ration to the Principal, or to either of the Prolessors.
MODEL SCHOOL OF ^^GILL .NOR.MAL SCHOOL.
Head Tc;ichcr of Boys' RcIkjoI — .laiucs Mcnrc::;or, B.A.
" (iirls' School — Miss Mary Coady.
ThcbC Hvfliools can nccommodato about 300 pupils, are supplied with
the best furniturfi and npparatu-^. and conducted on the most modern
method.s of teachin'jr. Thoy ri-ccivo pupils (Vnm the age of six and up
word.-*, and pivc u thornii-^'li Ivi'.dish cdncatinn. Fee, Senior Class,
Is. 3d. to 2,"<. per week : lnl<rniBdiat«'. In. ; .Junior 9d., payable weekly.
EXAMINATION PAPERS
McGILL UNIVERSITY,
MONTREAL.
SESSION OF 1865-06.
PRIXTED BY JOHX LOVELL, ST. NICHOLAS STREET.
1866.
ORDER OF EXAMINATION PAPERS.
CHRISTMAS EXAMINATIONS, 1864.
PAGE
Classics, 1
Mathematics AND Natural Philosophy, - - 16
English Literature — Logic — Rhetoric —
Mental and Moral Philosophy, - - 22
Modern Languages, ----- 26
Natural Sciences — (Chemistry — Botany —
Zoology — Geology and ^lineralogy) , - 34
Hebrew, ------
Qi.
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 1865.
Natural Science — (Botany), - - - 40
Modern Languages — (French and German,
Second Year), - - - - - 41
Classics : — (1) Ordinary, - - - - 45
(2) Honour, - - - - 72
Mathematics and Natural Philosophy: —
(1) Ordinary, - - 80 & 93
(2) Honour, - - - - 89
English Literature — Logic — Mental and
Moral Philosophy : —
(1) Ordinary; - - 94 & 107
(2) Honour, - - 99 & 111
Modern Languages : —
(1) French, - - - - 118
(2) aerman, - - - - 121
Hebrew, - - - - - - - 125
Natural Sciences — (Chemistry — Zoology —
Geology and Mineralogy): —
(1) Ordinarij, - - - 128
(2) Honourl - - - 131
Examination Papers in Medicine, - - 134
Examination Papers in Law, - - - 144
FACULTY OF ARTS.
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
CHRISTMAS EXAMINATIONS, 1865.
Thursday, December 14th:— 9 a.m. to 1 p.m.
first year.
GREEK.- XENOPHON.— ANABASIS, BOOK I.
Examiner, Rev. George Cornish, M. A.
1. Translate : —
(a) ' kpiaTLTtnoi; 6i 6 GerraAof ^ivog <jv iri')- jovev avro), Kal irie^ofievog vivo
ruv oIkoi dvTiGTamuTuv kpx^Tai Tcpoq tov Kvpqv Kal a'lTEi avrbv elg diaxt^iovg
4ivovg Koi rpiuv jiiyvuv fiia^Sv, ug ovto ireptyevdfj.evog av tuv avrtaraatu-uv.
6 «5f Ki'poc 6i6(jtTiv avr('f) elg tet panic X'-'^iovg nal If firjvuv fica^dv, Kal Setrai
avrov fill Trp6a'&ev Ka-a?.vaai izpbg rovq avnaraaiuTag nplv av avrCt avji^ov}.-
tvarirai. ovtu Se av to ev OeTTaAia e?.dv^avev avTU) TpE<p6fievov ff-pdrEVfia.
Tlf)6^£vov Se tuv "BoiuTiov ^ivov bvra ahrCt EKk'kEvaE ?Mli6vTa avdpag on n^-ei-
OTovg TzapayEvta^aty ug £ig T\.iai6ag (3ovX6/ievog a-parEVEa&ai, ug npay/iarn
â– jrapex^vTuv tuv Hiacduv Ty iav'ov x<^P?- So^atverov de tov XTv/i^d?tov
Kal "S.uKpdrriv tov 'Axac6v, ^svovg bvTag Kal Tovrovg, eKE}i,EvaEV avdpag ?.a(i6vTar
f?.&Eiv oTi â– KTiEiOTovg, Of TTolEjiTjauv Tiaaa<j>EpvEi avv Toig (pvydai tuv
'iili'kTialuv . Kal ETToiovv oliTug ovtoi.
(6) Kvpog 6e avyKaliaag Tovg OTpaTT/yovg eIttev, 'ATro?£?j)'nTaaiv ijfidg Seviag
Kal Ilaaiuv d?A' ev ye fievToi iirtaTaa^uaav oti ovte dTroSedpaKaatv. oi6c
yap bnij oixovrar ovTe d7roKE(j>Evyaacv ex^ 7^9 Tpiijpeig uote i?.eiv to
ekeIvuv TT^lov d?JM fid Tovg ^eovg ovk iyuys aiiTovg dtwfw, ovS" kpel ovSeIc
ug ryot eug /lev av rrapij Tig xP^^H-^h ETC'tJav 6e dndvai ^ovTiTjTatj avkTiafiuv
Kal aiiTovg KOKtbg ttoiu Kal rd ;j;p;/^ara dTT0ffv2.(j. d^Ad tdvTuv, elSbTeg on
KaKiovg eial ire/tl â– ^p.dg 7/ yfJEig VEpl EKEivovg. Ka'iToi exo) ye avTuv Kal TtKin
Kal yvvaiKag ev HfM^.eai ippovpovfieva- aXk' ovSs to'vtuv aTEpi/aovrai, a?.'/'
diroXip(>ovTai Tt/g irpbo'^EV evEKa nEpl ifji dpEti/g. Kal b jiiv TavTa elnev ol
M 'EAA^vrf, £1 Tig koi d'&vfj.dTEpog yv -Kpbg Tt/v dvdj3aaiv, dKovovTEg t>/v K'vpov
apETtfv fjiiov Kal npo&vfibTepov avvewopebovTo.
(c) frrtl ii KaTEKlfii^dti vnb tov iraTpbg aarpdivr/g \vdiag te Kal <Pp>'ylag T/'/g
peyd?.ijg Kftl Kainrai^oKiag, aTpan/ybg 6e Kal TrdvTOJV dizEdEix^y otg KadljKEi e'lg
Kaaru'kov ttkViov d&poiC.ta'dai, npijTov fiirv ETrkdeiiEV aiiTbv oti nEpl n?^iaTov
Toto'iTO, tt Tifi arrriaaiTo Kal el T(f) avv^oiTo Kal el T<f) virbaxoiTb ti, firjdev rpei-
it(r9ai. Kal yap oiiv in'iOTEvov fiiv avT^ al Trb^.Eig ETTiTpETrb/iEvai, inloTEVov 6'
01 ivSpeg' Kal el Tii iroMfUog eytvETo, aKEtaa/iivov K'rpov inloTEve fif/6iv av
irapd rdf aKovSdr Tradeiv, Toiyapoirv tTrel Tiaaa^ipi'Ei enoMfiyae, ndaai a'l
ndXetg iKolaai Kvpuv dXovTo uvtI Tiaaai^tpvovg ir'kifv M.t?ajaluv ovtoi 6e oti
OVK ii^tXt Tovg ^eiyovTog npoiadai iipoftovvTo avrbv. Kal yap Ipyi,} eireiielKwro
kal iXeyrv bn ovk iv rrore npooiro, iirel oTaf 0/Aof abroig iyivETO, oi6' el iTi
fiiv fitlovg yfvo'.vro, In Ak KaKtov npd^eiav.
1
2. Write a sketch of the life of Cyrus the Younger. Name the date
of the Anabasis, and also the principal towns and rivers, (with the mo-
dern names of such as you know) on the line of march.
3. a. Explain the forms Tvleiovg and fidCov^. b. How is the use of the
Ace. Plu. in the expression -epl iieaaq wkto^ to be explained ? c. How-
do you account for the Genitive in the expression Uvai rov TvpoGul
d. Explain the syntax of the following expressions : — ?/iav 6t- ravra 6vo
reixn- Kipaof bvoiia. evpoq nrlidpov. e. State the fundamental significa-
tion of Trapa and give its exact meaning with the several oblique cases.
4. a. yv'iKa rff 6eD.ri h/iyvEro : — What do you supply with the word
Sfi/jj ? What is the exact time of day here meant by it ? How does
Homer divide the day ? What is the probable derivation of the word
iki.?.?} ? b. ciiiiKvovvTat afupl dopTrTiarov : — Give the Homeric and the
Attic terms for dopnTiamv. Also give the names in both Greek and
Latin by which the meals of the day were severally designated, c. Give
the meaning of the following military phrases : — OfcOai. ra 'oit?m. TrpojSal-
icdai TO. oTT/M. rax^'/vai i7Tl Terrapuv. reray/xsvoi. kut^ i/ag khI Kara rd^eig.
dvaTTTvaaecv to Kepag.
5. Parse the following verbs, and give their component parts, parti-
cularly the stem of each: — 7rpoE2.)j?MKevac. Ka-a?i7/tli6fievov. KaTayyellat.
dvaTETa/Lievov. i-mjEaav. 6i7/?Mae. (l)fioX6y7/TO. EK-ZMysig. K.a-E?J/<i)dr/. cnrofrjvac.
arrcKpifvai. d~o(p^vai.
6. ff. Write down the Nom. Sing, and Plur. of the following nouns : —
on-X/raf. 6v/.aKag. avdpag. Qpafi. fifjvibv. cpalayyog. nkparog. b. Explain
the formation of: — oIkol. oIkoBev. olKade. c. Decline, with accents, the
following words : — dvdpuTrog, olKog. co(p6g. Trpayfia.
1. a. Decline the following Nouns :— rri^'Of, ISaaiXE'vg, k6?m^, nar^p,
Kepag. b. Write down the Comparative and Superlative of: — alaxpog-
oo66g. dyaduc. c. Conjugate and accentuate the Present and Imperfect,
Indicative Active, of Ka?Ju\ and likewise the Aorist and Future, Passive
and Middle, of j3ov?.evu.
8. a. Name the principal and historical Tenses, b. What is meant by
pure, mule, and liquid Verbs in Greek ? Explain the use of the Jugment
and of Reduplication. Of the former, what is the temporal, and what the
syllabic augment?
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
CHRISTMAS EXAMINATIONS, 1865.
Thursday, December 14th : — 9 a.m. to 1 p.m.
second tear.
GREEK.— EURIPIDES.— HECUBA.
Examiner, Rev. Gborge Cobnish, M.A.
1 . Translate :—
(rt) o cS' eliTBv, w TTal Utiaeuc, irari/p (T ty/o^-,
^e^ai xoag fioi rdade ia]'AT]TT]piovq,
vF.Kpurv uyuyoix' f'^'M 6", ug iriyr jiDmv
Koprig aKpai^vic al/j.', 6 coi fioipohjiEda
arparog re myu- npevjievtjg 6' y/uv yEvoi;
7Aaai te Trpi'/ivag koI x<i^'^vuT^pta
veov (5dc W'^v, vpvjiEvovg r" aif 'Hiov
vodTov Tvxovrag Tvdvrag eg irdrpav fio'/ecv.
roaavr' e^^e, ffac ^ eiT>}v^aro arparog.
rlr' aficpixpvcov (pacr/avov Kuirrig ?.a[iuv
f^el^KE Kn7.£ov, ?x>yda/. S" 'ApyeMV nrparoi-
veaviaig evevac Topdivov /ajielv.
f) d", wf k<bpdadr], rovS" ea^uriyEv ?Mym~
fj rr/v kfiijv TrepaavTeg 'Apyem tco'mv,
fKoi-oa dv^anu- fit] ng dxlnjrae. xpoog
Tovfiov' Tvapi^u yap deprjv tvKapdlug.
fXcvdepav 6e /j,\ ug E7xv6Epa ddvu,
irpbg deuv /ledivTEg uTEivaf- kv vEKpolai yap
6ovli] KEKlrjadai jiaGOdg ma' alaxvvofiai.
Xaol S' E-Eppodriaav, 'Aya/iE/ivuv r' dvai
nirev /lEdElvac Trapdevov veavlau.
[ol (T, ug rdxiOT' f/Komav vardrrfv oTza,
fieO^KaVf ovTTEp KOI fjh/i(JTov t]V KpnrorJ]
(b) XO. kfiol XPV^ aviKpopav
ifiol XPVV nrjfiovdv yEvendnij
'ISaiav oTE vpoTov vAav
' hXl^avdpog EDxtrivav
irdfiEd", aXiov in" oldfia vavaroA^aov
'E?^vag knl Imrpa, rav Ka7XiaTav 6 xp^'f^'^ai/r
"AXcog avydCEC.
Ti-dvoi yap /cat jrwwv
avayKai KpEiaaoveg KVKAdwrai .
KOivov (V tf 'idiag avoiac
3
KUKOV T<f Y-lflOVVTldc }y
o?Mptnv £/jIO?^, av/Kpopd t' d;r' a?.Auv.
iKpidrj (T ipiq^ av kv "IJ^ Kpivei Tpirraag (lampuv
Tvaidagavap /JoiTOf,
iiri dopl Kal <p6v(f) Koi efxtlrv [ie'Aadpcrv ?.6[Ja-
CTEvEi 6e Kai rig a/i^l rov tvpoov 'Evpirrav
AuKaiya â– 7ro?-v6dKpvTog iy ddfioic K6pa,
7ro?.i6y r* knt npara ndrr/p
TtKyuy Oaydvruy Tiderac x^pa,
(^pi'TiTsrai -E Tvapeidy.
(Viacfioy oyvxa ride/xeya airapayfiotg-
(c) nOATM. olfzoi, yvuaiKog, wf iotx\ ycaoifieyoc
(M'^?ig, vfi^u Toilg KaKioaiv diKT/y.
EK. mKovy diKaiug, e'lTrep elpydffu Kam ;
IIOAYM. olnoi rkKyuv ruyd" bfj./udTUy r" i/My, rd'Aag.
EK. aAyelg' Tiff7}fidg; TraiSbg ovk dXyely 6oKeig ;
nOATM. ;j;a</>£<f VjipH^ova' e'lr r/i', w Tcayovpyr av.
EK. oh yap fie ;j;atpE<i/ XP'/ <^^ Ti/xupovfiiyT/y ;
nOATM. d?.?J oil Tdx\ Vv'ii^' dv ae Tcoyria yorh
EK. /liby yavGTo'kijur) yfjg bpovg 'EXATjyidog ;
IIOATM. Kpinfiri /ity ovv Tceaovaav m Kapxv<^i<->v.
EK. npdg tov jiiaiuv riQ'xdyovffav aXfidruv ;
no ATM. alri) irpbg IdToy yabg dfij3tia£i nofil.
EK. vTTOKTkpoig vuToiacy, f) iro'uft Tpdnip ;
nOATM. Kvuv yevi/aei. nvpd' £;j;wffa dipyjiarn.
EK. True ^ olada /^op<p^g rf/g e/i^g /itrdaTaaiv ;
no ATM. 6 Opr/il jiavTig dire Aiowaog toSf.
EK. (Tol rT o'vK EXpiJOEv ohdeu (ov tx^'^i kokuv ;
nOATM. 01' ydpTTor' ay av /i' elTiEg <1)6e avy 66?m.
EK. flavovaa if »/ Cwa' EvOdS" eKir7.^au ndT/iioy ;
nOAYM. davovaa- Tv/jiSi/) S' byo/ia aij) KEK?.^aETai
EK, /iop<pf/g ETr<f}6by, i/ tI, rf/g i/i^g kpelg ;
nOATM. KVvbg Ta'/.aiy/jg aijfia^ yavTiAotg rkKfiap.
EK. o'v6ty fii?.Ei fioi, aov ye fiot MvTog (UKT/y.
no ATM. ««? m'/v y dydyKi] nalda Kaadyc^pny ftnyr'iv.
KK. rnTtTTZi'n'- avnl ravrn nm MA(.m' r\'e/i'.
2. It. I'oint out the leading characteristics and merits of Euripides as
a dramatic poet. />. Write a sketch of the life of Euripides and mention
the principal events in the history of AHionfl thnt occurred during hio
life-time.
3. a. Scan the first si.x vss. of extract (a), b. Name the metre
tuiplojed and write down the scheme of it. <•. State, with illustrations,
the rule for the admission of tlio JSiKipuest.
4
4. Explain the grammatical construction of the following extracts': —
a, UTj Tii aip^ai XP'^^? rovfiov, b. anb de Gretpayay KEKapaat rrvpyuy.
c. Kara S" aidd?x)v ktiTuS" oiK-poTUTav KEXpuoai, d. tov xP^vov yap oii <j)6ovu.
e. pd'^iatf iyeyne 6evpo iroyriag dMc. f. u <T;|'frA£a av ruv ajieTpifTuv ndvuy.
g. tpeiffei cfdSov raffs' kTiiri^.
5. Analyse and parse the following rerbs -.—idaTiv. ijau. r/tpu. i/afiey.
dpeiav. npoadiyu, afi^ijcEi. ukaapoai. dpaaoy. ?^?.aKa^. KTrjoei. byaifiT/y.
6. Explain the composition and derivation of the following words : —
f.nuSdy. Sipyfiara. ndpnag. ?X)i(r6coy. o/xapT?]. aydyr/ra. ^pev/xey^c;. dupov.
TTpoaniareog, dyapnaardy. vpowery.
7. Give the import of the prepositions in the following extracts : —
a. irepg. vnd aKTjyfj^ noSa. h. ijy * * npog x^P'-*' ^Y^£ ''''• c. tdpe^Sr/y
KXniduy mkuv vno. d. napyy • ♦ • KdpTjg knl a<payd^. e. KpivEi * • *
knl 6opl Kol <p6y(f). f. (Jt' o'iKTov xPP"- * * ^X'''- S- /5n'7/c ♦ « •
Tifie/ieyoc ^'"'^ x^^P^ "''''â– '"' 'i-X^^^-
8. Write short explanatory notes on the persons and events alluded
to in the following: — a. '"EMyov ^mxav v Kaoadydpay. b. rw Qriaeida.
C. IlTf?iei,6a yeyya. d. lepevi- • * * iralc 'AxM£0)g. e. epcc.; ay ky'I^a
Kpiyet rpiacrdf /mKapoy rraldaq nyf/p ^ovrat;. f. Kvyor ra?aivric n^/ia, yavri'
?/)«• TEKfiap.
9. a. State the reasons for regarding the last two verses of extract (a)
as an interpolation. Instead of e?^vd£pa, Elmsley reads k/.tvdepug davu : —
What would be the meaning with the latter reading ? 6. Explain the
expressions : — a. ^-vaToy enl ■rraffad?.(f). b, dyaSeroic: piTpacatv. c, Fyonrpuv
nTEpp.nvai; air/dc. d. kir/de /lyiog, or ^iridi/iviov?
10. a. Point out the Doric forms in ext. (b), and turn them into Attic,
b. Write down the 1st. Pers. Sing. Indicative Mood, of the leading
Tenses of the verbs •.-—'ir/u/. e'lfxl. eJfii,
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
CHRISTMAS EXAMINATIONS, 1865.
Thursday, December Hth : — 9 a.m to 1 p.m.
third year.
GREEK.-DEMOSTHENES.-THE OLYNTHIACS.
Examiner Rev. George Cornish, M.A.
1. Translate : —
(a) Hi ouv, Tcg av e'nroi, ravra leyeig rifuv vvv; iva yvure, w avdpsg
'A^Tfvaiot, Kui ala^7)<r&E afi<t>6Tepa, Koi to â– Kpoiec-dai KaS' EKaarov ad ti tuv
rrpayfidruv wf a?.vaiTe?Jc, ««' '"'/'' (pLkoTTpaynoc'vvTjv y xRVTO-i- ««' °^^V ^i^'^'To^,
{<!>' Tjq oi'K iariv oTWf ayaTzr/aa^ Tolg irenpayfievoig jjavx'iav axv<J£i' d S" 6
ftlv wf aei ti /le'il^ov -uv i'-apxovTuv del npaTTUv iyvuKug icTat, vfielg ff wf
ovStrvog avTUT/nriov ippufiivug tuv Trpay/nd-uv, CKOiteld'^e e'lg ti TTof eTimg
ravra Tf^^vTf/aat. npbg i^twv, Tig ovTug evfj'&r/g icTiv vfidv bcTig ayvotl tov
iKt'fdev n6?^ftov devpo f/^ovra, av afie?J/oufiEv ; a?.?ia pyv el tovto yevf/aeTai,
U6otKa, u dv6peg 'A-&^aioi, fiy tov avTov Tpdirov da-rrep oi 6avetC,6fievoi
padiug kirl Tolg fieyd?uOig TdKOig piKpov evKoprjaavreg xpdvov vaTepov koi tuv
dpxaiuv aTrioTTjaav, ovto) koI r/fielg enl 'ko7J?^C) (pavufiev eppa-&vfir]K6Teg Kal
dnavTa npog r/davf/v ^TjTovvTeg nol'M koi ;^;a^«7rd uv ova k^ovTidfie^a vaTepov
e'lg avdyKTfv e?.-&u/iev nocelVy Kat Kivdwevaufiev nepl tuv iv avTij Ty x^P9'
(6) To pev ovv, u avSpeg 'A-drjvaioiy tt/v ^Mmrov 'pup.i]v die^ievai koi 6ia,
To'vTuv TUV }.6yuv npoTpeTreiv to. deovja noielv vfiag ovxi Ka/.ug exeiv yyovpat.
iha Ti ; bTi poc 6okeI rrdv^' o(f av eliry Tig vTrep tovtuv, eKelvif) pev ixeiv
<pi7.oTipiav Tiva, rjplv (T ovx^i- Ka?Mg irenpdx'^ai. 6 pev yap bau nlelova vnip
tt/v d^iav -ireTToir/Ke tt/v avToi'j tooovtu â– ^avpacTdTepog napd iraai vopii^eTai'
vptlg (T bau ;ff(/30v y â– Kpoai'/Ke Kexp^O'^e To'ig irpdypaai, ToaouTu TrXeiova
aiaxvvT/v ixi/JjKaTe. TavTa piv ovv napa^xi-^iu. Kal yap el per' d?.7/i^eiag Tir^ u
&v6peg 'A^^'alotj GKonoiTO, ev&evd' av avTov 1601 piyav yeyev>/pevov, ovxl i^ap'
nvTov. uv ovv tKelvog piv b(peD.ei To'ig virep avTov TrenoXiTevpivotg x^P'-'^i ^'j"'"
(5*' dUrfv irpoafjKEi XajSeiVy to'vtuv ovxl vvv 6pu tov Kaipbv tov 7.eyeiv a rJf
Kal xi^plc to'vtuv Ivi, Kal ^e?.Ti6v eoTiv oKf/Kotvai irdvTug vpag, Kal peydla, u
uvdpeg 'A'di/va'tot, kut' tKeivov (paivoiT' av bveidr/ (iov7.optvotg bp'^ug doKtpa^etv,
TfiiT* elneiv neipdaopat.
(c) KajTot oKiijiatrdef u dvfipeg 'A'Sr/valoi, d Tig dv Ke<l>d?Mia elnetv ixot tuv
t' inl TUV npoydvuv Ipyuv Kal tuv i<ft vpuv. loTai (Je ^paxH xal yvCtpipor
ip'iv 6 ?j6yog' ov yap dMoTpiotg iipiv xpi^pivotg napadeiypaaiv, dX?J oiKeiotg, u
uvAptr'A'drfvaloi, ewWipodiv t^eoTi yevio'&at. eKelvoi to/i'W, olg oi'K ixapii^ovi)'
oj /JyovTtg ni'tV i<l>i?.ow airrovg uanrp vpdg ovTOi vvv, nivTe piv Kal TeT'apdKovrn
Irr/ TUV 'E/.?.f/vuv yp^av iKdvTuv, n?.eiu (T f/ pl>pia Ta^.avTa tig ti/v dKp6Ko7.iv
G
ai'f/yayov, vTrrjKovE 6e 6 -avTTjv -?/v ;jfwpav ^x^-^ avTolg ^aaiKev^, uanep iarl
npoaf/KOV pdpj3apov "E?.Xr/ct, TzoAka Se Kal Ka?.d Kal ne^ij Kat vav/iap(OvvTeg
fcr/jaav Tp6naia avTol OTpaTEVOfiEvoi^ fiovoL Si dv&punuv KpeiTTu rf/v t rrt
ro?f epyoig 66^av riJv (ptS-ovovvToiv Kare?jmiv.
2. Analyse the construction of the following extracts, and state the
rules and principles of Syntax which they severally illustrate : — a. -uv
TTpay/idruv vplv avToig dvTcX?jKT£ov kariv. b. oi'St yap ?Myog v/uv tov p.// rd
Sicrvra nou'iv k6t7.ELV viroTieiiTETai. c. eJf ctevov -a Tyg Tpo(j)7jg Tolg ^Evocg
cItCj KaTaaTT/aerai. d, koX tottuv uv f/psv Kvpioi (paivEcOai TrpdiEpEvovg.
e. ipTjtptcpa oiidsvog d^idv ectlv dv ^7 '7rpocr/EV7}rai to ttoleIv eOeTiEiv -a So^avra
Trpodvpug iipdg. f. povoi 6e dvdpuTruv KpEhru -7/v etvI tpyotg 6o^av ruv
(btiovoin'Tuv Kort'kfizov.
3. Write short explanatory notes on : — ec-T/aav rporraia. d/JJ w rdv.
Tig e^o) Trjg r'/XiKiag. dnavTa dvExaiTicE. eiaEcpspETE /ca-d cvppopiag. vopo-
Ohag KodicaTE. â– KponEiroTai rd Tyg -rzoTiEug npdyuaTa. j3o7/dp6pia â– TTtpipuaiv.
Give the var. lect. for this last, and translate and explain it.
4. Parse and analyse the following verbs : — -cpujpjjpEvoi. riv^i]-ai.
dvT]7.6)Kap£V. TrpOTVETTOTat. TTEOIjVaai. ijv6)X/El. UTiEipiJKOTUV. KaBvtpEipEBa.
(TavEVTag. VTZopvfjaac.
5. a. Explain the historical allusions in extract (c), and mention any
points wherein Demosthenes has indulged in exaggeration, b. â– a/.ei'j
V y pvpui Ta/MVTa fif r?/v aKpoTzo'Aiv dvT/yayov : — Give the statement of
Thucydides on this matter, c. (1) kuI AaKEdaipovluv piv diroT-.u'/.oTuv.
(2) &?/(3ai(JV dcxd?Mv ovtuv. (3) o\ov h-f/p^e irrl TtpoOiov rrpog '0/-vv6iovg.
(4) EvjSoEvai fiEfioriOr/KOTEg : — Explain these allusions and give the dates.
6. a. EKaroppaiuv p£-ayEiTvicjv (3o7/6pop(6v : — Name the corresponding
months in our Calendar, b. Give the divisions of the Attic month.
7. a. State the geographical situation of the following places, res-
pectively : — Pydna, Potidaea, Methone, Amphipolis, Pegasae, Magnesia?
Olynthus. b. tu dtupcKa : — Give an account of the origin and history of
this Fund. c. Describe the mode of making laws under the Albanian
constitution, and point out the distinction between irpo'^oh/.Evp.a, ^'/(pcapa,
and vopor.
8. DefinCj and state the difference in meaning between Aoyov TvxEiv and
/I070V 6i66vat. dslvai vopovg and OtaOcu vouovg. ypd<pEiv Tzapdvopa and
ypdipEcOai napavdpuv. EvOivag dizaLTElv and Evdhvag vttex^'-'^- Evtfvvag bip'/.Elv
and Evdiivag dirotpEvyEiv.
9. Give the derivation of the word /siTovpyia. Enumerate the prin-
cipal AEiTovpyiai at Athens. Into how many classes were they divided ?
McGiLL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
CHRISTMAS EXAMINATIONS, 1865.
FuiDAY, December 15th: — 9 a.m. to 1 p.m.
FIRST YEAR.
LATIN.-CICEKO.-OUATIOXS AGAINST CATILINE.
Examiner Rev. George Cornish, M.A.
1. Translate : —
((/) Magna dis immortalibus habenda est atque liuic ipsi lovi Statori,
antiquissimo custodi huius urbis, gratia, quod banc lam taetram, tain
Iiorribilera tauique infestam rei publicae pestem toties, iam effugimus.
Non est saei'ius in uno hoininc summa salus periclitanda rei publicae.
Quam diu mibi consuli designato, Catilina, insidiatus i-s, non publico ine
praesidio, sed privata diligentia defendi. Quum i)roxiniis comitiis con-
sularibus me consuleni in campoet competitores tuos interficere voluisti,
conipressi conatus tuos nefarios amicorum praesidio et copiis, nullo
turaultu publico concitato : denique, quotienscumque me petisti, i)er
me tibi obstiti, quamquam videbam perniciem meam cum magna cala-
mitate rei publicae esse coniunctam. Nunc iam aperte rem pub-
licam universam petis ; templa deorum immortalium, tecta urbis, vitam
omnium civium, Italiam totam ad exitium ac vastitatem vocas. Qua re
<luoniam id, quod est primum ct quod huius imperii disciplinaeque
inaiorum propriuni, facere noudum audeo, faciam id, quod est ad sevcri-
tatem lenius et ad communem salutem utilus. Nam si te interficiiussero,
residebit in re publica reliqua coniuratorum manus. Sin tu, quod te iam-
dudum hortor, e.xieris exhuurieturcx urbe tuorum coniiiura magna et per-
niciosa scntinu rei publicae.
{b) Quibus ego confido impendere fatum aliquod et poenam iamdiu
improbilati, neciuitiae, sceleri, libidini debitam aut instare iam plane aul
certe appropinciuare. Quos si mens consulatus, quoniam sanare non
]iotest, suslulerit, non breve nescio quod temiuis, sed multa saeculapro-
pagarit rei publicae. Nulla est enim natio quam pertimescamus, nullus
rex qui bellum populo Romano fiicere possit. Omnia sunt externa unii/s
cirtuti: terra mari(iue pacata : domesiicum bellum manet, intus insidiac
sunt, intus inclusum periculum est, intusest hostis. Cumluxuria nobij,
cum amentia, cum scclerc certandum est. Iluic ego me bello duceni pro-
Hteor, Quirites: suscipio inimicitias iiominum perditorum : quae sanari
jjoterunt, quacumque ratione sanabo : quae resecanda erunt, non patiar
nd perniciem civitatis manere. Proinde aut exeant aut quiescant aut, si
<\ in urbe et in eadem monte permanent, ea quae merentur exspeclent.
(r) Introduxi Vulturcium sine Gallis : fidem publicam iussu senatus
dcdi : hortaius sum, ul ea, quae sciret, sine melu iudicaret. Turn iiie
dixit, quum vix so ex magno timore recreasset, a P. Lentulo se liabere
ad Catilinam mntidnta ct liitcrus, ut scrvorum praesidio uterctur, et ad
iirbeni (juam priuium cum exercilu accederet : id autem eo consilio, ut,
quum urbem ex omnibus parlibus, quem ad niodum descriptum distri-
butunique erat, incendissent cacdemque inlinitam civium fecissent,
|>rae9to csset ille qui et fugientes exciperet ci se cum bisurbanis ducibus
coniungcrot. Introducti autem Galli iu8 iurandum sibi ct litteras ah
Lentulo, ('I'lliego, Statilio ad suam genlem data esse dixerunt, aKjue
ita sibi at) liii4 el n L. Cassio esse praeseriiilum, ul eiiuitatum in Italiam
quam primum niitlcrent: pedestres sibi copias non defuturas: Lentulum
nutcm sibi confirraassc ex fatis Sibyllinia haruspicumquo responsis ease
8
y
se ilium tertium Cornelium, ad quern regaum huius urbis alque im-
perium pervenire esset necesse : Cinnam ante se et SuUam fuisse :
eumdemque dixisse fatalem liimc annum esse ad interitum huius urbis at-
que imperii, qui esset annus decimus post virginum absolutionem, post
Capitolii autem incensionem vicesimus.
2. a. Write a sketch of the life of Cicero, b. Narrate briefly the cir-
cumstances attending the delivery of these orations, severally, c. What
was the fate of the conspirators?
3. ^nte diem duodecimuin kalendas Novembris. — Explain the construc-
tion, and state which noun the preposition ante governs : — What part of
speech and what case is Novembris? Name the divisions of the Roman
month, and the days on which they respectively commenced. To what
day of what month, according to our mode of reckoning, does the above-
mentioned day correspond?
4. Explain the syntactical construction of the following sentences,
and state the rules illustrated : — a. Reperti sunt duo equites qui te ista
cura liberarent. h. Quas omnes impendere tibi proximis Idibus senties.
c. Xon puteut esse suae dignitatis recusare. d. Latius opinione dis-
seminatum est malum, e. Ut Catilina paucis ante diebuserupit exurbe.
f. Xon summo supplicio mactari imperabis ? g. Sed est mihi tanti.
Operae pretium est.
5. Write short explanatory notes on the following, and on the words
printed in italics in extracts (a) (6) and (c) : — Pro clientelis kospitiisqve
provincialibus. b. Omnis ingenuorum multido : libertinorum hominum.
c. Purpuratum huic Gabinium. d. vVd omnia pulvinaria xuppUcatio de-
creta est. e. In custodiani dedisti. /. Fidein publicaiii jussu Senatus
dedi. g. In campo, in foro, in curia.
6. Analyse and parse the following verbs : — Inusta, adulta, prostratuS)
perculsum, profuderunt, memineritis, reppuleris, manavit, obtigerit;
decreta, obstupuerant, incidimus, rettudimus.
7. Explain the composition and derivation of the following words,
giving also the cognate forms in Greek and English of such as have
them: — Consul, adipes, proviucia, sellae, lectulum, instrumentum, ta-
berna, nudiustertius, conlionem, praeceps, statua, simulacra, argumenta,
pecudes, debiles, popina.
8. State the difference in meaning between : — (1) Locare aliquid ad
faciendum and conducere aliquid ad faciendum. (2) Rem referre ad
senatum and rem deferre ad senatum. (3) C'aesaris similes and Caesari
similes. (4) Orbis terrae and orbis terraruin. b. Mark the quantity of
the penultimate of the following: — Pristinam, maritimus, infamis, parri-
cida. illecebra, plaga (stroke), plaga i district), nitere (imperat.), nitere
(fut.). c. What is the'quantity of the ultimate of the possessive pro-
nouns in such expressions as mea, vestra, nostra, interest and refert ? In
what case is the pronoun? Analyse and explain the expression.
9. Decline the following nouns : — Deus, securis, opus, nix, lacus.
b. Write down the Comparative and Superlatives of the following ad-
jectives : — Brevis, multus, dives, externus, pulcher, utilis, similis.
c. Write down the Perfects and Supines of the following verbs : — Plico,
pendeo, mordeo, fleo, qna?ro, haurio, sepio, fingo.
10. With what class of verbs is the Accusative with the Infinitive
used ? What is the fundamental rule for the use of the tenses of the
Subjunctive in dependent clauses? Distinguish between vereor 7ie a.nd
vereor ut. Write down the interrogative particles, and give their strict
meaning.
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
CHRISTMAS EXAMINATIONS, 1865.
Friday, Drcember 15th : — 9 a.m. to 1 r.Y.
SECOND T£AR.
LATIX.—HOKACE.— EPISTLES, liOOK J.
Examiner Rev. George Cornish, M.A.
1. Translate : —
(a) Virtus est vitium fugerc et sapientia prima
Stultitia caruisse. Vides, quae maxima credis
Esse mala, exiguum censum turpemque repulsam,
Quanto devites animi capitisque labore :
Impiger extremes curris mercator ad Indos,
Per mare pauperiem fugiens, per saxa, per ignes :
Ne cures ea, qure stulte miraris et optas,
Discere et audire et meliori credere non vis ?
Qois circum pagos, et circum compita pugnax
Magna coronari contemnat Olympia, cui spes,
Cui sit conditio dnlcis sine pulvere palmre ?
Vilius argentum est auro, virtu tibus aurum.
" cives, cives, quffirenda pecunia primum est ;
Virtus post nommos." Hsec Janus summus ab imo
Prodocet, base recinunt juvenes dictata senesque
lisevo suspensi loculos tabulamque lacerto.
Est animus tibi, sunt mores et lingua fidesque,
Sed quadringentig^ex septem millia desunt :
Plebseris. At pueri ludentes, " Rex eris," aiunl,
" Si recte fades." Hie murus aeneus esto :
Nil conscire sibi, ixulla pallescere culpa.
(b) AIbi, nostrorum sermonum candide judex,
Quid nunc te dicam facere in regione Pedana?
Scribere quod Cassi Parmensis opuscula vincat,
An tacitum silvas inter reptare salubres,
Curantem quidquid dignum sapicnte bonoque est ?
Non tu corpus eras sine pectore. Di tibi formam,
Di tibi divitias dederunt artemque fruendi.
Quid voveat dulci nutricula majus alumno,
Qui sapere et fari possit quae sentiat, et cui
Gratia, fama, valetudo contingat abunde
Et mundus victus, non deficiente crumena ?
Inter spem curamque, timores inter et iras,
Omnem crede diem tibi diluxisse supremum ;
Grata superveniet, qua; non sperabitur, bora.
Me pinguem et nitidum bene curata cute vises,
Quum ridere voles, Epicuri de grego porcum.
10
(cj JSed neque, qui Capua Romam petit, imbre lutoque
AdsperBus volet in caupona vivere; nee, qui
Frigus collegit, furnos et balnea laudat
I't fortunatam plene prsestantia vitam.
Xec, si te validus jactaverit Auster in alto,
Idcirco imvem trans JEgseum mare vendas.
Incolumi Rhodes et Myiilene pulcbra facit, quod
Psenula solstiiio, campestre nivalibus auris,
Per brumam Tiberis, Sexlili mense caminus.
Dum licet ac vultnm servat Fortuna benignum,
Romse laudelur Samos et Chios et Rhodes absens.
Tn, quamcunque Devis tibi fortunaverit horam,
Grata sume manu, neu dulcia differ in annum,
rt, quocunque loco fueris, vixisse libenter
Te dicas ; nam si ratio et prudintia curas,
Non locus effusi late maris arbiter aufert,
Ccelum, non animum mutant, qui trans mare currunt.
Strenua nos exeicet inertia; navibus atque
Quadrigis petimus bene vivere. Quod petis, hie est,
Est Ulubris, animus si te non deficit aequus.
((/) Hoc quoquc te manet, ut pueros elementa docentem
Occupet extremis in vicis balba senectus.
Quum tibi sol tepidus plures admoverit aures,
Me libertino natum patre et in tenui re
Majores pennas nido extendisse loqueris,
Ut quantum generi demas, virtutibus addas ;
Me primis Urbis belli placuisse domique ;
Corporis exigui, praecanum, solibus aptum,
Irasci celerem, tamen ut placabilis essem.
Forte meum si quis te percontabitur aevum,
Me quater undcnos sciat implevisse Decembres,
CoUegam Lepidum quo duxit LoUius anno.
2. 41. What writings had Horace published before his Epistles? Give
the probable date of ihe composition of the First Epistle, b. State -what
vou know of the life and character of the person to whom it is addressed.
c. Write a sketch of the life of Horace ; name the most celebrated of his
contemporaries in li'cniturf and imlitiop.
o. Give the grammatical tonsiruclion of: —
a. Est quadam prodiro tonus si non datur ultra.
b. Si curatus inscquali tonsore capillos occurri.
c. Valeat possessor oportet si rebus bene cogital uti.
)l. Qu.i' scribuntur aquie potoribus.
e. Quodsi bruma nivcs Albanis illinet agris.
/. Sic ignovisBe putato me tibi si cocnas mecum.
If. JuB imperiumqur Phrantes Cresaris accopit geuibus minor.
Ii. Si quis bclla tibi terra pugnata inarique dicat.
! Quid mihi Cclsus agit ?
1 I
4. Eiplain the following allusions :
a. Me primis UrbU belli placuisse domique.
b. Non grammaticas ambire tribus et pulpita dignor.
c. Quodsi pallerem casu biberent exsangue cuminum.
d. Vel partes mimum tractare secundas.
e. Amat spatiis obstantia rumpere claustra.
f. Indictis comes ire Latinis.
g. Mercemur servum qui dictet nomina.
o. a. Octavam circiter horam : — What hour of the day was this,
according to our mode of reckoning? b. In what parts of Rome were
the Carinse and the Forum ? c. Die ad ccenam veniat: — To what modern
meal does the ccena correspond ? Give a general account, with their
proper names, of the meals among the Romans, d. Menam : — For what
is this a contraction? e. Septem sestertia: — How many sesterces? State
the value (1) of the sestertius and (2) of the sestertium.
6. a. Analyse and parse the following verbs : — Sodes, coUisa, cessa-
tum, torquebere, ampullatur, defixis, utfere, utere, ignovisse, contuderit,
momorderit, fefellit.
b. Give the etymology of the following words : — Fomenta, exilis,
bruma, catellam, catellus, prsecanum, diludia, lucellum,
solemne, personam, penus, puteos, popina, peregre, arbiter,
incolumi.
7. a. Give the various readings for prodocet in extract (a). Explain
the use of eras in ext. (b). b. Give instances of words in Horace that
are a~aE 'ley6fiev(i.
8. Translate into Latia^ —
Caius Marcius was a noble Roman, of the race of that worthy king,
Ancus Marcius ; his father died when he was a child, but his mother,
whose name was Volumnia, performed to him the part both of father
and of mother ; and Caius loved her exceedingly, and when he gained
glory by his feats of arms, it was his greatest joy that his mother should
hear his praises ; and when he was rewarded for his noble deeds, it was
his greatest joy that his mother should see him receive his crown.
12
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
CHRISTMAS EXAMINATIONS, 18G5.
Friday, Decembkr 15th : — 9 a.m. to 1 p.m.
THIRD YEAR.
LATIN.-JLVKNAL.-SATIHES I., III. AND VIII.
Examiner Kev. George Cornish, M.A.
1. Translate : —
(a) Ha?c ego non credam Venusina digna lucerna ?
Hiec ego non agitem? Sed quid magis Heracleas
Aut Diomedas aut ningiliim Labyrinthi,
El mare percussiini ptiero fabrnmque volantem,
l^uum leno accipiat moeclii bona, si capiendi
Jus nullum uxori, docius spectare lacunar,
Doctus et ad caliccm vigilanti stertere naso ;
Quum fas esse putet curam spectare cohoriis,
C^ui bona donavit pra-sepibus et caret omul
Majorura censii, duni pervolat a.xe citato
Flaminiam puer : Automedon nam lora tenebat,
ipse lacernatie quum se jactaret amicic.
Nonne libet medio ceras implere capaces
Quadrivio : quum jam sexta cervice feratur
Hinc atque inde patens ac nuda piene cathedra,
Et multum refereus de Mipcenate supino
Signator false, qui se lautum atque beatum
Exiguis tabulis et gemma feceral uda ;
(Iccurrit matrona potens, qu;i? raolle Calenum
Porrectura viro miscel sitiente rubetam,
Instituitque rudes mclior Locusla propinquas
Per famam et pupulum nigros etferre maritos ?
(//) Ilusticus ille tuus sumit trechedipna, Quirine,
Kt ceromatico fert niceteria collo.
Hie aha Sicyonc, ast hie Amydone relicta.
Hie Andro, iUe Samo, hie Trallibus aut Alabandis,
Esquilias dictunupie i)etunl a vimine collem.
Viscera niagnarum doinuum dominique futuri.
Ingenium velox, audacia ])ordita, sermo
Promtus et Is:eo torrentior. Ede, quid ilium
Ksse putes ? quem vis hominem, secum attulit ad nos :
(Jrammalicus, rhetor, geometres, pictor, aliptes.
Augur, dchu'uobates, medicus, magus : omnia novit.
(Jra-culus esuriens in cadum, jusseris, ibit.
Ad summara, non .Maurus erat neque Sarniata nee Thrax,.
<,>ui sunisit peiinas, mediis sed natus Athenis.
Horum ego non fiigiam coucliylia? me prior ille
Signabii? fultusquo toro ineliore recumbct
Advectu.s Romam, cpio pruna et cottana vento ?
I'sque atk'o nihil est, (piod nostra infanlia coclum
Hausil Aventini, bacca nutrita Sabina?
(, } PauUns vel Cossus vel Drusus moribus csto ;
Ho3 ante efligies majorum pone luoruni ;
Pnrcedant ip.sas illi te Uonsule virgas.
Prima mihi debcs aninii bona : sanctus haberi
Ju^litiiiMpie teiiax faciis diclis(pie niereris,
AgnosC'i procereni. Salve, (J.-ftulice, seu tu
13
Silanus, quocunque alio de sanguine, rarus
Civis et egregius patrife contingis ovanti.
Exclamare libet, populus quod clamat, Osiri
Invento. Quis eniin generosum dixerit hunc, qui
Indignus genere et pra3claro nomine tantum
Insignis ? Nanum cujusdara Atlanta vocamus,
jEthiopem cygnum, pravam extortamque puellam
Europen ; canibus pigris scabieque vetusta
Levibus et siccfe lambentibus ora lucernte
Nomen erit pardus, tigris, leo, si quid adhuc est,
Quod fremat in terris violentius. Ergo cavebis
Et metues, ne tu sis Creticus aut Camerinus.
2. Analyse the construction of the following extracts and give the
rules and principles on which they are based : — a. Et damnatus inani
judicio (quid enim salvis infamia nummis?) ab octavo bibit et fruiu. •
dis iratis. b. Neque enim loculis comitantibus itur ad casum tabul*,
posita sed luditur area. c. Ducitur iratis plaudendum funus amicis.
d. Aut Fabrateria; domus aut Frusinone paratur, quanti nunc tenebras
unum conducis in annum, e. Magnis opibus dormitur in urbe. /. Do«
minos pretiis mutare jubentur exiguis.
3. State the different explanations thai have been given of: — a. Rarus
enim ferme sensus communis in ilia fortuua. b. Posthac multa contingere
virga fumosos Equitum magistros. c. Est aliquid unius sese dominum
fecisse Zacer<«. d. Quando /n«jor avaritia? paiuit si/iMs?
4. State the subject and argument of the third Satire. By what Eng-
lish -writer has it been imitated ?
5. Give some account of the domestic and social customs alluded to
in the following passages from Sat. 111. : —
a. Portandum ad busta cadaver.
b. Munera nunc edunt, et verso poUirc * * occidunt.
c. Fultus toro meliorc recumbet.
d. De pulvi7io, surgat cquestri cujus res legi non sufficit.
e. Alagno hospitium miserabile.
/. Quid das ut Cossum aliquando salutes?
ST. Ingenti curret super ora Liburno * * clansa leclica fenestra.
Ii. Nonne vides quanto mlebretur sportula fumo?
(. In qua te quaero proseucha?
6. Give the etymology of the following words, with an account of the
occupations they severally allude to : — Grammaticus, rhetor, geo-
metres, pictor, aliptes, augur, schaMiobates, medicus, magus.
7. a. What is *.he modern name of Prseneste and where is it situated ?
What epithet does Horace apply to it ? Does Juvenal follow the com-
mon usage in making Prseneste feminine? Give the situations and
modern names of Gabii, Volsinii, and Tibur.
8. (1) " Mitte Ostia," some Edd. read " ostia"; — translate and explain
the latter reading.
(2) "Fumosos equitum magistros:" — many MSS. h.ive ' famosos.'
Defend and explain the reading of the text.
(3) " Humerosque minorem Corvinum : " — one MS. has ' hunieroque.'
Translate according to both lectt., and explain the construction.
9. a. In what year is it supposed Juvenal was born ? Give a sketch
of his life. During the reigns of what Roman Emperors did he live ?
Give the testimony of other Roman writers of this period in corrobora-
tion of his representations of life and manners at Rome. b. Name anj'
other Roman poets, besides Juvenal, that excelled in Satire. Point out
the peculiar characteristics and excellences of Juvenal as a satirist.
14
â„¢
I
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
CHRISTMAS EXAMINATIONS, 1865.
Friday, December 15th : — 2 to 4 p.m.
HISTORY. -HISTORY OF GREECE.
FIRST TEAR. ^
Examiner R^v. George Cornish, M.A.
1 a Name the three peniusulasofSouthern Europe, and give a general
description of them. b. Give the latitude, and names, of the mountains
wliich form the northern boundary of Greece, c. By what names did
the Greeks designate themselves and their country? d. Name the
islands on the W. of Greece, and give their modern names.
2. a. What descent did the Greeks claim for the ancestors of their
tribes ? Give the names and the legendary genealogy of the four great
divisions of the Greek race. b. During what periods, and between what
events, is the Heroic Age reckoned? Name the three most celebrated
Grecian Heroes, and state briefly some distinguished circumstance
respecting each. c. Give an account of the Trojan War.
3. What did the words "EA/?;!'ff and Bai^^apni mean when used by a
Greek? What common ties tended to unite the Greeks ? Name the four
great Grecian festivals.
4. Write a sketch of the Government and popular institutions of the
Spartans. Who were the Helots ?
5. What political factions existed in Attica prior to the legislation of
Solon ? Give a summary of the changes and improvements that were
effected b/tis legislation.
6. Name the principal colonies that were founded by the Greeks; —
on the west coast of Asia Minor, in Sicily, and in Southern Italy. What
famous city did the Phocaeans found ? Give its modern name. Distin-
tinguish between the Phocceans and the Phocians.
7. Who was the last king of Lydia? By whom, and at what date, was
his empire overthrown?
8. a. What was the origin and chief cause of the Persian Wars ?
b. Give the dates of the battles of ;— Makathon, Thermopyl^, Aetemi-
SI0M, Salamis, VhKTXk, and Mycale. Name the Generals in the forces
of the Persians and Greeks that commanded in these several engage-
ments.
9. a. Give the dates of the beginning and ending of the Peloponne-
sian war, b. The principal battles that took place during the same.
c. The Generals on both sides, d. The most disastrous expedition, to
the Athenians, and the name of the decisive battle of the War.
15
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
CHRISTMAS EXAMINATIONS, 1865.
Monday, Dec. 11 ; 9 a.m. to 1 p.m. '
EUCLID— ARITHMETI C .
FIRST TEAK.
Examiner Ale.xander Johnson, LL.D.
1. Given three right lines, any two of which are greater than the third,
construct a triangle whose sides shall be respectively equal to them.
2. To a given right line apply a parallelogram equal to a given recti-
lineal figure, aad having an angle equal to a given one.
o. Given the area of a rectangle and the length of one side, find
the other.
3. If a line be divided into any two parts, the sum of the squares of
the whole line and one part, is equal to twice the rectangle under
the whole line and that part, together with the square of the other part.
a. The square of the sum of any two lines exceeds the sum of the
squares by as much as the sum of the squares exceeds the
square of the difference.
4. Divide a right line into two parts, so that the rectangle under the
whole line and one part shall be equal to the square of the other.
5. Give Euclid's definition of a tangent to a circle, and prove that the
tangent must be perpendicular to the radius at the point of contact.
a. Give the modern definition and prove the same property from
it.
6. On a given right line construct a segment of a circle which shall
contain an angle equal to a given angle.
7. If two triangles have an angle in each equal, and the sides about
the equal angles proportional, the triangles are similar.
8. Find a mean proportional between two given right lines.
9. A bar of gold is 4.17 inches long, 0.64 inches wide, 0.31 inches
deep; a bar of silver is 13.22 inches long, 1.14 inches wide, 0.65 inches
<leep ; find the ratio of the weight of the first bar to that of the second,
if the weights of any equal bulks of gold and silver be in the ratio of
19.35 to 10.51.
10. Add J + 3^ + 6| ; reduce the result to a decimal form, and divide
it by the half of | of 4.
11. Find a number such that the square of it shall be one-and-a-half
times 35.
12. Find the interest on $3450.35, for 135 days, at 6| per cent, per
annum.
13. Reduce £456 133. 4d. sterling to currency; £1 sterling being
worth $4,866, and a dollar being worth 5 shillings currency.
14. Find how much per cent, is 53 of 65 ?
16
L
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
CHRISTMAS EXAMINATIONS, 1865.
Monday, Dec. 11 ; 9 a.m. to 1 p.m.
EUCLID-ALGEBKA— TRIGONOMETRY.
SKCO.ND YEAR.
Examiner Alexander Johnson, LL.D.
1. If a parallelogram and a triangle be on the same base and bet-
ween the same parallels, the parallelogram is double the triangle.
a. The area of a triangle is equal to half the rectangle under the
base and altitude.
2. If a right line be bisected and produced, the rectangle under the
whole line thus produced and the produced part, together with the
square of half the line, is equal to the square of the line made up of the
half and the produced part.
a. If a right line be drawn from the vertex of an isosceles triangle
to the base or base produced, the difference of the squares of
this line and one side is equal to the rectangle under the seg-
ments of the base.
3. If at any point of a circle a tangent and a chord be drawn, the
angle between them is equal to the angle in the alternate segment.
a. How could this be deduced from Prop. 22, Bk. III?
4. Inscribe a regular hexagon in a circle.
5. In equal circles, angles whether at the centres or circumferences are
in the same ratio as the arcs on which they stand.
6. Divide 8a* - 12a»x + 1 la«x*= - 8ax^ + 8x* by 2a' - 3ax + 2x«.
7. Divide a line 60 inches long into 3 parts, such that the second may
be double of the first, and the third triple of it.
8. Multiply u^ +a^ b^ + a^ b + b^ by a^ - bK
9. Solve the equations.
^h X* - Ix = T^ (Ux + \5) ;
ax bx
T(x + c) â– *'a (X + c) " ^ '
X - 3 1 X - 3
x+2 ^ T â– *â– 2x - 1 '
5x + 3y = 05, 2y - z 11, 3x + 4: - 57.
10. Prove the following formula connecting the base of a triangle with
the two sides and included angle by means ot an auxiliary angle ^ :
4 ab COS. "J C
c = (a + ^) sin ^ ; cos.* ^ = — lUT+Ty
17
11. In order to find the distance of two headlands, I measure their
distances from a point inland, 2 miles 340 yards, and 3 miles 685 yards
respectively ; the angle they subtend at this poiut is 54° 32' 40", what is
their distance?
12. The angle which a man's height subtends at the eye is 10'.
Assuming his height to be 6 feet ; what is his distance ?
tan. J 4 tan. B
13. Prove tan. (^ + 5).^-^-^^^^^
14. Prove si
,..j-_y/^I^(Lill
1~. Given sin. J = -^ find tan. J ; and prove the formula fiom vhieb
you ibtain it.
18
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
CHRISTMAS EXAMINATIOFS, 1865.
Monday, Dec. U ; 9 a.m. to 1 p.m.
MECHANICS, HYDROSTATICS.
THIRD TEAR.
Examiner Alexander Johnson, LL.D.
1. If two forces lie in the same plane, their moments with respects to
any point situated on their resultant are equal and opposite, whether the
forces be parallel or not.
o. Is there any exception to the aboTe general statement ?
2. Find the centre of gravity of the perimeter of a triangle, and show
that it is the centre of the circle inscribed in the new triangle formed by
joining the three points of bisection of the sides.
3. A weight of 17 lbs. just balances a weight of 19 lbs, on a wheel
and axle. Find the radius of the axle, if that of the wheel be IT
inches, and prove the mechanical principle you may employ in your cal-
culation.
4. Find the ratio of the power to the vertical resistance in the screw.
a. If the interval between the threads of a screw be -rijih of an
inch, and the circumference of the circle described by the
power be 2 feet, what resistance will a power of 13 lbs. sus-
tain?
5. Apply the principle of the constancy of work done to find the ratio
of the power to the resistance in the case of the inclined plane.
6. Prove the following equations for uniformly accelerated motion : —
• ft'
v=ft ; s^—;v-= 2/s.
o. Explain what is meant by saying that the dynamical mea-
sure of the force of gravity is 32 feet per second.
7. If a body weighing I-Ftons move uniformly with a velocity v in a
circle of radius r ; calculate the centrifugal force in tons, assuming only
the laws of motion.
8. Calculate the velocity acquired by a heavy body fiilling down a
circular arc.
9. State and explain the principle of the Bramah press, and describe
the method of overcoming the practicul difRcalty in its application.
10. Describe the construction of the mercurial barometer and show
how it measures the atmospheric pressure.
11. Describe the proof of Boyle and Mariotte's law.
12. If a homogeneous body float in a liquid, its whole volume will be
to that of the part immersed, in the inverse ratio of the specific gravities
of the body and liquid.
10
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
CHRISTMAS EXAMINATIONS, 1865.
MoxDAT, Dec. 11 ; 9 a.m. to 1 p.m.
ASTRONOMY— OPTICS-MECHAXICS-HYDROSTATICS.
FOURTH YEAR.
Examiner Alexander Johnson, LL.D.
1. Investigate a method for finding tlie ratio of the Mass of the Sun
to the Mass of the Earth.
2. Describe the manner in which the weight of the Earth was found
from observations on Schehallien.
3. What is the object of correcting for parallax? Investigate a method
for doing it ?
4. Define Latitude and Longitude, terrestrial and celestial. Define
Right Ascension, Declination, North Polai- Distance, Altitude, Azimuth
Zenith Distance, Prime Vertical. Explain any two methods (one for
each) for findirg the latitude and longitude of a place on the Earth.
5. Describe the common Astronomical Telescope, and find its
magnifying power.
6. Prove the principle of Hadley's Sextant, and describe the instru-
ment.
7. Find the deviation in a ray of light falling almost perpendicularly
on a thin prism. What is the application of the formula ?
8. State the laws of refraction and reflection, and describe the experi-
mental methods of proof.
9. Give Duchayla's pi%)f of the principle of the composition of forces.
10. In the inclined plane, if the power be parallel to the base, find the
ratio of the power to the resistance.
11. The spaces passed through by a body falling in vacuo in succes-
sive seconds are proportional to the series of odd numbers.
12. If a pendulum swinging in London (g = 32.1908) be 45 inches long,
by how much will its rate be accelerated in one day if the bob be screwed
up one turn, the screw having 32 threads to the inch?
13. Describe the siphon manometer and the mode of graduating its
scale.
14. Define the specific gravity of a gas, and assuming Dalton and
Guy-LuBsac's, and Boyle and Mariotte's laws, state what further data ar«
necessary to determine the weight of a given volume of gas at a given
temperature and pressure.
15. Describe the method of using the specific gravity bottle, and show
how the constants may be determined.
16. If a cubical vessel be filled with liquid, calculate the ratio of the
pressures against the bottom and one of the sides.
20
McGILL COLLEGE, MOxNTREAL.
CHRISTMAS EXAMLYATIONS, 1865.
Monday, Dec. 11 ; 2 to 4 p.m.
LIGHT.
THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS.
Examiner .
Alexander Johnson, LL D
pliedrt£^C4^tot^^?hf:4efslT?Y'^^ i'''^'^' ^^ '^^^'
light-houses ? ""^^ modified in the application, in
spheiL'ar.irtr%^t;'dtup^ro1he^^ "^/l''"* '' ' — «
the successive positions and malnitudnft?'' °^ '^' '°i"°''' ^'^^"^^
niena connecte'd with S, and TxTalnlSm '' ^"''^^'' ^°' "^^'^^ P^^^"
4. Define tota^eflection, and describe an illustration of it.
a. State and explain the phenomena of the .Mirage.
^.^5.^Describe experiments proving the compound character of solar
6. To what are the colours of bodies due ? State the proof.
utilit?Snds'^'sf.'t?°''°P';,^".^ '^P^"'° '^' P"°^iP^«^ «" ^hich its
21
r
J
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
CHRISTMAS EXAMINATIONS, 18G5.
Wednesday, December 20 ; 10 a.m. to 1 p.m.
ENGLISH.
First Year.
Examiner Ven. Archdeacon Leach, D.C.L.
1. Show in what manner we have received Latin words through the
French.
2. Give the three cLasses (with examples of each class) into which the
Celtic elements of modern English may be divided.
3. Give some examples of, 1. Common names derived from names of
places ; 2. of words which, radically the same, have double forms, the
one from the original source, the other from the language, through
which the word has come to us.
•i. Show that Etymology, often a help to the meaning of words, is
nevertheless not always a sufficient guide for the use of them.
5. Give the dates of the principal invasions of the German tribes ; the
leaders in each invasion, and respectively the parts of Britain in which
settlements were made.
6. Which are the four sources of information on the date of the intro-
duction of words into English ?
7. How many elementary Sounds are there in English? — which are
the semi-vowel Sounds ? — the Liquids? — the Sharp and flat Sounds ?
8. Give examples of the ditlerent modes of forming plurals in En-
glish.
9. Which are the relative pronouns in common and in occasional
use ? — and state any pecularlities observable in their use.
10. Are there any adjectives in English that mark, by their termina-
tion, their agreement with nouns ?
11. What adjectives admit of no comparative degree ?
12. What are meant by " Cognate accusatives? "
13. What kind of verbs admit of a passive form with the person as the
subject, and the thing as the object?
14. What are reflexive verbs?
15. What are " neuter passives " and "impersonal verbs?''
16. Which were the original forms whence we derive the form in
"ing?"
17. Which are the circumstances generally, that determine the use of
"Shall "and "Will?"
18. To what facts is the frequent recurrence of adj'^ctive forms as
adverbs, to be ascribed?
19. Which are the classes into which co-ordinate conjunctions are
divided ?
20. Describe the method of analysing sentences — simple, complex,
compound.
21. Analyze, according to the form given, the following sentences: —
" He was a man in office and authority, whom many approached as
solicitors, the equity of whose decisions many waited for with anxiety,
and who might expect, accordingly as he should conduct himself, to be
pursued with curses, or looked up to with thoughts of gratitude and bless-
ing, by multitudes."
22
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
CHRISTMAS EXAMINATIONS, 1865.
Wednesday, December 20th: — 10 a.m. to 1 p.m.
ENGLISH LITERATURE.
second year.
Examiner Vk.v. Archdeacon Lbach, D.C.L.
1. What effects upon the language and the civilization of England
may be ascribed to the Roman occupation of the country during the
Roman period?
2. Give the dates of the commencement and termination of the Anglo-
Saxon period ; of the dark and middle ages of England.
3. Give an account of the local distribution of the Celtic tongues, and
of the principal productions in prose and verse, during the Anglo-Saxon
period, in Ireland and Wales.
4. Whence arose the cultivation in England of Latin Literature
during the dark ages? Who were they that cultivated it? And give
some account of iheir works.
5. Give the distinctive characteristics of Anglo-Saxon prose and
poetry.
6. What chiefly was the subject matter of the Anglo-Saxon original
prose compositions during the period?
7. What species of literature was successfully cultivated during the
twelfth century ? By whom cultivated, and by what facilitated ?
8. State the origin of the Crusades ; the period over which their action
continued, and some%f their principal effects, social and religious.
9. Give an account of the two languages of France during the Norman
times.
10. Give an account of the Fabliaux and the Romances of Chivalry.
11. Mention the principal productions in English prose, during the
earlier half of the fourteenth century, and the historical events that were
favourable to the cultivation of literature.
12. Which are the remarkable poetical productions that belong to the
latter half of the fourteenth century ?
13. Give an account of the introduction of printing into England.
14. State the sources of evidence for the existence of dialectic differences
among the Anglo-Saxons ; and say how they are to be accounted for.
15. When commenced the present changes from Anglo-Saxon into the
present English ? And in what dialect were they soonest observable ?
16. State the inflexional changes that have taken place in the transi-
tion from Anglo-Saxon to the present English.
23
l!
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
CHRISTMAS EXAMINATIONS, 1865.
Wbdnesday, Decemeer 20th : — 10 a.m. to I p.m.
MORAL PHILOSOPHY.
third tear.
Examiner Yen. Archdeacon Leach, D.C.L.
1. Which are the mental operations that are said to belong to mam
exclusively of all other animals?
2. What are meant by the terms : — Volition ; Intention ; Aim ;
Purpose ; Design ; Laws of Nature ; Laws of Human Action ; End and
Means; Motives; Instincts?
3. Which are the Springs of Human Action? And why so called
rather than Principles of Action?
4. Show that Moral Rules exist necessarily.
5. Show that there must be a Supreme Rule of Human Action.
6. Explain and illustrate the doctrine, that all Truths include »n Idea
and a Fact, and apply it to the subject of the dependence of Moral Rules
upon Rights actually existing.
7. Which are the Rights of Person ? And explain the several Wrongs
against the Person, which in the English Law are taken cognizance of.
8. Show that actual and fixed Laws are requisite, as means for the
moral education of the members of the State.
9. What is it that gives to External Actions their Moral Character?
10. State the several Classes of Rights ; the moral precepts in the
negative form that correspond with them ; what these moral precepts
tend to ; and state the Supreme Law of Human Action.
11. The disposition enjoined by the Supreme Law of Human Action
may be conceived and expressed summarily; — How ?
12. The cardinal points of the Supreme Law of Human Action may
be conceived and expressed subjectively and objectively ; — How?
13. Show that the irascible affections, for the most part opposed to
Benevolence, have their moral office, and give rise to virtues.
14. Mention and explain the names of the virtues connected with
Truth.
15. Explain what are meant by Reflex Virtues and Vices, and enume-
rate them.
16. Express and explain the principles of Earnestness and Moral
Purpose.
24
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
CHRISTMAS EXAMINATIONS, 1865.
Wednesday, December 20 ; 10 a.m. to 1 p.m.
MORAL PHILOSOPHY.
FOURTH TEAR.
Examiner Ven. Archdeacon Leach, D.C.L.
1. Show that general notions, in themselves, cannot be depicted to ser.ae
or imagination ; and that they require to be fixed in a representative
sign.
2. Which are the three successive representations in the complete
exercise of thought ?
3. Give the three successive stages or steps, supposed by way of
illustration, of what constitutes a complete act of consciousness.
4. State the hypothesis of Condillac, and show the unwarrantable
assumption which it involves.
6. Why is the presence of an individual object said to be the distinctive
feature of presentative consciousness when this object is not discerned as
such without the cooperation of the representative faculties.
6. Explain the distinction between phenomena and things in them-
selves.
7. What has the idea of pure space in common with general notions,
and mention some of the respects in which it differs from them.
8. Why is it inaccurate to describe experience as the cause of the idea.
of space ?
9. Mention the points of contrast, in the sense of sight, between the
presented object and the represented object.
10. Which are the three elements of which the sensitive consciousness
is said to be composed ?
11. Show that the proper sensibies have no resemblance to attributes
of inorganic bodies.
12. In what respects does the faculty of Locomotion differ from the
Senses? — and show how it serves to inform us of the existence and pro-
perties of an external material world.
13. Which are the primary and the secondary Qualities of body?—
and what is the true ground of distinction between them "i"
14. Explain the nature of Acquired Perceptions.
15. How may the active powers, viewed as constituting a single class,
be distinguished from other states of mind.
16. Give the substance of the remarks on the subject of the Morai
Faculty.
17. Show that Volition is not identical with Desire, and say what Hi
essential characteristic consists in.
25
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
CHRISTMAS EXAMINATIONS, 18G5.
Thursday, Dkc. 21st — 9 a.m. to 12, noon.
FRENCH.
SECOND YEAR ELEMENTARY COrRSE.
Examiner P. J. Darey, M.A.
1. Translate into French : I have seen at the («) fair some (a) fine
o.xen, beautiful horses, jewels, bolts, fans, but I did not buy any. State
the rules to form the plural in French of every word which is in that
number.
a. How do you translate at the and some ? Why ? What are the
other ways to translate those words ? How do you write the
French word for buy ? Give the reason.
2. What is the termination of the adjectives which double their final
consonant and add e to form their feminine? Give an example of each,
both in the masculine and in the feminine.
3. Write the feminine singular of /ra^ic, sec, public, faux and doux ;
the plural in both genders of oisif, heureux,jaloux, anglais and leger.
4. Translate into French : There are eighty boys and eighty-five girls
in that school. It was founded in the year eighteen hundred. Stat» the
rules to write the above numerals.
5. Translate into French : That girl is very happy : She is with her
father, her mother and her brothers. Explain the different ways to trans-
late her into French, and state fully the idiomatical difference between
the French and the English language in the use of the possessive adjec-
tives.
6. When do you translate the demonstrative pronouns this and that by
celui, celui-ci and ceci and ce 1 Give examples.
7. Translate into French : He and I (we) are going to see our friends.
Explain how you translate He and / in the above sentence. By what
other words are they also translated into French ? When ?
8. Translate into French : The books which I have bought were very
dear. Explain how you write dear and bought in French, and give your
reason for writing them thus.
9. Write the Imperfect of the Indicative and Subjunctive of: etre,
recevoir, se promener, s^usseoir, and falloir.
10. What are the principal characters of the " Bourgeois Gentilhom-
me?" Give a short analysis of that piece.
11. Translate into English :
M. JoDRDAiN. — Et vous lavcz connu (mon pere) pour gentilhomme.
CoviELLE. — Sans doute.
M. JoiTRDAiN.— II y a de sottes gens qui veulent me dire qu'il a 6t6
marchand.
CoviELLE. — Lui, marchand? c'est pure medisance, il ne I'a jamais ^t^.
Tout ce qu'il faisait, c'est qu'il etait fort obligeant, fortofficieui, et com-
me il se connaissait fort bien en ^toffes, il en allait choisir de tons les
cot^s, les faisait apporler chez lui, et en donnait a ses amis pour de I'ar-
gent.
26
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
CHRISTMAS EXAMIXATION'S, 1865.
Thursday, Dec. 21st — a.m. to 12, noom.
FRENCH.
THIRD YEAR ELEMKNT\RY COUKSK.
Examiner P.J. Darby, M.A.
Translate into Euglisb :
1. C'est (1) mon pere, Seigneur, jc vous le (2) dis (3) encore,
Mais un pere que j'aime, un pere que j'adore,
Qui (4; me cberit )3) lui-meme, et dont (5) jusqu'a ce jour
Je n'ai jamais recu que des marques d'amour.
Mon coeur, dans ce respect eleve des I'enfance
Ne peut (3) que s'affliger de tout ce qui I'ofFense,
Et loin d'oser ici, par un prompt changement,
Approuver la faveur de votre emportement (6),
Loin que par mes discours je I'attise (6) (7) moi-meme,
Croyez (3) qu'il faut aimer autant que je vous aime (3;
Pour avoir pu souffrir tous les noms odieux
Dont votre amour le (8) vient d'outrager a mes yeu.x.
(1.) Why cest and not il est? State the rule.
(2.) What part of speech is ^e? Can you &a.yjelevoii^dis? State the rule.
(3.) Are the verbs dis, cherit, peut, croyez, aime regular or irreo^ular?
If irregular give two examples of their irregularity
(4.) What part of speech is ^MJ? What is its antecedent ? In what gender
and number is it used in French ?
(5.) Why fJont and not de qui or duquel ? Give the rule.
(6.) In what sense are emportement and attise used?
(7 and 8.) For what nouns are the pronouns /' and le employed ?
2. What do you call derivative tenses ? Are the Imperative, the Im-
perfect of the Indicative, the Preterite Definite, primitive or derivative^ If
primitive, what tenses do they form? if derivative, from what tenses are
they foi'med ?
3. Translate into French : Napoleon was a ^reat man ; he died on t/ie
fift/i of May eighteen hundred and twenty-one. State into what tense or
tenses are the two words was and died to be translated in French.
4. Translate into French: We had finislieA ovr work when our friend
arrived, and as soon as we had finished our work we went out. Explain how
had finished must be translated in the above sentences.
5. When is should to be translated by the Conditional Present, and
when by the Imperfect of the Indicative Mood. Give examples.
6. What does the Subjunctive Mood express? After what verbs do you
use it? Give five examples.
7. Write the Past Participle and Preterite Definite o^eraindre, connaltre,
joindre, alter and mourir.
27
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
CHRISTMAS EXAMINATIONS, 1865.
Thursdav, December 213t ; 9 a.m. to 12, noon.
FRENCH.
SECOND YEAIt ADVANCED COURSE.
Examiner P. J. Darey, M.A.
1. Traduisez en anglais :
Al. — Monsieur c'est trop d'honneur que vous me voulez faire ;
Mais I'amiti^ demande un 7)eu plus de mystere (1) ;
Et c'est assurement en profaner le nom
Que de vouloir le mettre a toute occasion.
Avcc lumiere et cboix cet union veut naitre CI)-
Avant que nous lier il faut nous mieux connaitre ;
Et nous pourrions avoir telles complexions (1),
Que tous deux du marche nous nous repentirions.
Oron. — C'est la-dessus parler en (2) homme sage,
Et je vous en (2) cstime encore davantage :
Souffrons done que le temps forme des nceuds si doux.
Mais cependant je m'ofFre entierement a vous.
S'il faut faire a la cour pour vous quelque ouverture,
On sait qu'aupres du roije fais quelque figure (3).
II m'ecoute, et dans tout il en use (3) ma foi,
Le plus bonnetement (1) du raonde avecque raoi.
Moliere, Le Misanthrope.
(1) Quelle est la signification propre des mots inystere, veut naitre,
complexions, honnetement 1 Que veulent-ils dire dans le morceau ci-dessus ?
(2) En a-t-il la meme signification dans ces deux endroits? A quelle
partie du discours appartient ce mot ?
(3) Comment appelez-vous ces expressions -.faire quelque figure ; et en
user uvec moil
2. Quels caracteres Moliere a-t-il voulu tourner en ridicule dans les
personnages, Alceste etORONTE?
3. Analisez grammaticalement les deux premiers vers du morceau ci-
dessus.
4. Qu'est-ce que le mode ? Combien y en a-t-il ? Nomraez-les.
5. Qu'entend-on par le radical d'un verbe ? Quel est le radical des
verbes ecarter, rendre, excrcer, apprendre et s'examiner?
6. Qu'appelez-vous temps derives? L'imperatif,Vimparfait de Vindica-r
tif et le passe defini sont-ils primitifs ou derives? S'il* sont primitifs
quels temps forment-ils? s'ils sont derives, desquels sont-ils formes?
7. Traduisez en fran^ais ;
Moliere's productions possess tbis power of engaging tbe fancy, and
furnisliing ever renewed pleasure. He is an author wbom you are perpe-
tually induced to re-read ; whose writings never cloy ; and whose good
things, when once you have made acquaintance with them inspire a wish
for their perpetual enjoyment. They are sufficiently e.Kcellent to impress
themselves well upon the memory, and yet they have the super-added
excellence of strikiog you with renewed effect when you re-peruse them.
Clarke.
28
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
CHRISTMAS EXAMINATIONS, 1865.
Thursday, December 21st; 9 a.m. to 12, noon.
FKENCH.
TIIIIID YEAR ADVANCED COURSE.
Examiner P- J- Darey, M.A.
1. Quand Rabelais vecut-il ? Quelle etait sa vocation? Quels sont
ses principaux ouvrages ? Donnez uu aper^u du principal.
2. Quel ^tait le nom de famille de Calvin ? Ou naquitil et ou mourut-
il? Par quoi est-il remarquable, comme iiomme, reformateur et littera-
teur? Quel grand ouvrage a-t-il ecrit? Sous quels rapports le regarde-
t-on comme excellent?
3. Quels etaient les difffSrents qui divisaient la France sous Francois II,
Cliarles IX, Henri 111? Quelle influence litteraire, la Reforme et ces
difft^rents partis eurent-ils sur la langue el la litterature francjaisesacette
epoqne ?
4. Failes connaitre la society litteraire connue sous le nom do Plei'ade ?
Qu'est-ce que les membres de cette society avaient ea vue ? Quel est celui
qui en etaic considerd comme le chef?
5. Donnez nn resume de la vie et des ouvrages de Theodore Agrippa
d'Aubigne? Quels furent ses principaux descendants?
G. Comment s'ecrit au pluriel un nom compost d'un adjectif et d'un
nom? Que »emarquez-vou3 sur le mot demi ? Corrigez cette phrase et
(iites en quoi consiste la faute ; II est rare qu'un hoiiiine en })lace soil acces-
sible et c/ieri de tout le mondc.
7. Traduisez en anglais :
Madame, avant que de partir,
Jai cru de votre sort vous devoir avertir.
Jlon pere ne vit plus. JIa juste defiance
Presageait les raisons de sa trop longue absence :
La mort seule, bornant ses travaux eclatants,
Pouvait a I'univers le cacher si longtem[)s.
8. Qui est CG qui parle dans le morceau ci-dessus ? A qui s'adresse-
t-il?
9. Traduisez en fran^ais :
Michel Cervantes, the celebrated author of Don Quixote, was, in the
early part of his life, for about five years, a slave in Algiers, and during
his 'slavery he contrived a plan to free himself and thirteen fellow-
sufferers. One of them however leacherously betrayed the design,
and they were all taken before the Dey of Algiers, who promised them
their lives on condition that they discovered the contriver of the plot.
" I am that person," exclaimed the intrepid Cervantes ; " save my com-
panions and let me perish if I deserve it." The Dey, struck with his noble
confession, spared his life, allowed him to be ransomed, and permitted
him to depart home.
It is a curious coincidence that this celebrated author died on the very
same dav when our Shakespere terminated his mortal career, April 23rd
1(316. — Life of Cervantes.
20
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
CHRISTMAS EXAMINATIOiNS, 1863.
Thursday, December 'ilsT :— 2 p.m. to 5 p.m.
(jKIiMAN.
SECOND YEAR — ELEMENTARY COURSE.
Examiner, C. F. A. Markgraf, M.A.
1. a. What nouns take the termination ,,c" in the nominative plurai,
and -which of them modify the radical vowel?
b. "When is the radical vowel of those nouns modified, which take no
termination in the Plural?
2. a. Give the gender and meaning of ^i.^fliiiiiiie, ^'id)t, '!)u'ffc, ivcildicii,
5)Jarnior, .*^iipfer, Jiilpc, Saniftaiv Wcile, )'^•llri)?, ^IMatt, i'ciidjter, '^liiftcr,
I?iiini, Sperlinj] ; and the nominative plural of 4liaini, Strand), Serf,
3){iil/lc, 5)iabe(,"v>ni'e, iHadjluu-, Aran, 'ilad)t, «oI)ii, r^ilir, Miui)ni.
3. Of what gender are compound substantives and diminutives, and how
is their respective Plural formed ? Give examples.
4. Which words are declined like the definite article?
5. When are W; it and that expressed by Mc5 ami ba? ? and when by
Mefer, h\t\c, Mcfc? ; jeiicv, jciic, jenee ? Give examples.
6. Give the nominative singular of the three genders, in the different
degrees of comparison, of the adjectives Iiavt, uahc, iicii, and iirop, when
preceded, a. by the definite article, b. by the possessive pronoun luciii.
7. When must the adjective take the place of the definite article and
become determinative itself? Offer instances.
8. Write in full loiters ll"G, 5.T7, 98.3, 4012.
9. How are not n, not uny, not one translated in German ?
10. a. Give the 1st and 3rd persons singular of the Present Indicative
of iitpllcii, fonncii, miiffcii, miigcii, biirfeii, jollcii.
b. Which persons of the Present tense are like the Infinitive ? Name
the Verb which forms an exception to this rule.
11. Translate into German : —
Tlic rose is the most beautiful garden-flower. (The) hollow trees art
always old. Here is some fresh clear water. White sand is finer than
grey sand. One good friend is better than many faithless friends.
These ladies are our neighbours. Her young nieces have all gone out.
Have your three eldest brothers not come home yet? They do not like
to wait. Here are ten pairs of gloves, and there the two dozens of fmi
silk dresses. Whicli house is as high as this one? Is not to-day tin
twenty-eight of March? Not all countries are fine, but every country
ij good.
30
ii
12. Translate into English: —
3)ie 55iciie.
(S'iiic ficine 33ieiie flog
C5;m[ig I)in iiiib [)cr luib foii
Siipiijfcit Qus ollcii 23hinicii.
,,$5161111)011" fprici)t Me ©nrtiieriiin
3^ie fie bei ber Slrbcit trifft,
,,Wniid)e 53Iiniie Ijot mid) (^ift
,,Unb bii faiu]ft aiiS nlleii Sliimcn ?'
,,3a," fac]t fie ^iir (ftdrtiicriiiii
,,3a, bag @ift laff id) bariii."
®Ieim.
Gill geraiffer ^liiiig con 'iJJcrfien fd)irfte eiiieii fe[)r beriiljmten Slrjt jii bem
f olifen a)?iiftQpf)a, 5)ei' Slr^t fragte fogieid) bci feiiier 9liifiiiift : ,,2Bie lebt
man an biefeiii §ofe?" 2)?aii aiitiDortetc i()ii! : ,M\v cffeii iiic, eljcv al§ bi§
roiv Ijuiigrig fiiib, uiib luir effeii iiiis nic goiij fatt." ,,D," fogte bev
Slrjt, „baiin gefje id) am beflcii gleid) luicber fort; benn Ijier werbe id) geiuip
iiidjt6 311 tljiin finben."
31
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTKEAL.
CHRISTMAS EXAMINATIONS, 18C.'>.
Thursday, December 21.st : — 2 p.m. to 5 p.m.
(iERMAX.
THIRD YEAR lI.EMENTARY COTRSE.
Etumiutr, C. F. A. MARKfiRAF, M.A.
1. What are adjeciive-nouns? Of what gentler are tliej", and how are
they declined ? Give exam[)le.s.
2. What difference is there in the declension of iter, Mc, ^l1?, standing
alone, according as tliey are used as demonstrative, as determinative or
as relative pronouns ? Write out all cases of the singular and plural.
3. State the difference in meaning between beforrtCii and in *Jld)t
iitl;mcn, ucrtroiicii and iiiiiiertroiicn, ucrhiiii]cii and Intteii, fleibcn (verl>
act.) and flei^Cll (verb neut.)
4. Translate into idiomitir English : — (ir iiiiU] iicbci" fpre(()Cil iiU
f(i)reibcn. ?sd) tl;iic bcit'C'o i]cru. 'ilMiis hiilu" id) ocr^chrt ? r'amit ii"t
iiiir nid)t ijcMcnt. '?a5 tuiuit -^ii iiidite. 'J.Uir ?rittl)alb 5tiin&cii. (£6 ift
thciicr IcbcM bu. iir thut lUiciiianbcin ctiua? ju ifciDc.
5. What does lucrbcii mean when used with an adjective or a substan-
tive? and what does it mean when used with a verl) ? Adduce examples
in each case.
tj. What adverbs are joined to prepositions, and what is to be remarked
about the use of such compound words ?
7. Render into German the following phrases : — come in ; go in ; lio
comes down ; I go down ; we are below ; come to tliis side ; go to the
opposite side ; they arc above; we went up ; he came up.
8. Wliat case (or cases) do those Impersonal verbs govern, which
relate to persons ? Give examples.
'.). Give the 2nd and 3rd persons sing, of the Present Ind., the 3rd
p**r3on fling, of the Imperfect Ind., and the Ist person plural of the 2ud
Conditional of the verbs ncriu'f|eii, lucrfcn, ucrbcrbcii, fallen
10. (!ive tlic 3rd person sing, of all tiie Tcnse.^ of ,,|id) freiicii "
11. Translate into (Jerman : —
The peasants worked (Imp.) in tiie fields the whole day. I hare met
with my greatest enemy ; he has passed by the side of me. Have you
arrived at last? I have been waiting for you these two hours. I liave
not spoken to your friend yet, but 1 iiitertd doing so as soon as I have
tinishcd thi'< lellcr. Do I owe you anything? He has always been thi'
favourite of his parents. Is it long since the lawyer departed (I'ret.)
whoie house you have bought ? Last Tuesday. Tin: officer has broughl
nil hi.t men along wiili him.
32
I
12. Translate into English: —
llIl^ friii)e beiiii •Diorijciirotf)
'S)t: ^-ifrfjcr fommt iiiit bcii ^-lec^ten ;
â– Jim Iniie i>rol)et ber loh,
â– S^ie 5Hac[)C l'cf)afft in bcii ^JJddjten.
■•I'on %i\)T 511 Cuifjr fie iiidjt ruljt,
'^k ?lltcii ^eiiicn's bcii Siiiuicii,
'i^ie bap Me jrf)!ueii]eiibc <^-liitI)
Oft imtcv bae .^^taiis ijetiriiiujen ;
S5iS i)a^ in finfenber 9fnd)t,
2Bo ber 8"ifrf)cr trdiimt aiif bem ^fiil)le.
^a§ ^paus, bas fleipaltii-jc, frad)t,
iserfiiift in ber ffiogeii (Seiuiil^le.
Sliietgie^ct firf) ^orii unb SBein,
G5 iiffiiet ber 2ee ben JHncfjen,
te5 fd)liiH]t ben ^JJtorber (jinein,
er ()at nicfjt 3cit jiim (inoadjen.
33
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
CHRISTMAS EXAMINATIONS, 1865.
Monday, Dec. 18 : 9 a.m. to I r.ii.
CHEJIISTia.
FIKST TEAi;.
Examiner Dk. T. Stekrv Hcnt, F.R.S.
i. What do you understand hy the laws of definite and multiple pro-
portions ?
2. How is oxygen made, and what is the formula of chlorate of potash
from which it is sometimes extracted ?
3. now may ozone be made, what is its nature and what are its uses ?
4. Say in how many ways hydrogen may be prepared, and describe
one of them ?
5. What is the formula of nitric acid, and how is it prepared ?
6. What is the composition, and what are the properties and uses of
ammonia ?
T. In what does flame consist, and how can you show the structure of
ordinary flame ?
8. How is coal gas made, and how purified ?
9. What arc the properties and what the uses of chlorine ?
10. How will you detect the presence of chlorine in waters?
11. What are the equivalent weights of chlorine, bromine, and iodine?
12. How can you detect the presence of bromine, and how that of
iodine in mineral waters ?
34
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
CHRISTMAS EXAMINATIONS, 1865.
Monday, Dec. 18: 9 a.m. to 1 p.m.
ELEMENTARY BOTANY.
SKCOND YEAR.
Examiner J. ^^'- Dawson, LL.D., F.R.S.
1. Describe the vegetable cell, stating its parts, manner of growth,
and modifications.
â– 2. Describe the various kinds of vascular tissue, with their mode of
formation and uses.
3. State the comiwsition, mode of occurrence and uses of Chlorophyll,
Raphides and Albumen, as found in the cells of plants.
4. What are vascular as distinguished from cellular plants ?
5. Explain the normal structure and functions of the root.
(3. E.x;plain the terms laternode, Rhizoma, Corm.
7. Explain the character and arrangement uf .the tissues in Exoge-
nous and Endogenous stems.
8. State the peculiarities of the stems of Acrogens.
'J. Explain fully the anatomy of the leaf.
10. State the sources of the carbon of plants and the chemical changes
involved in the production of mucilage and albumen.
11. What are the principal inorganic substances found in plants, and
their uses to the plant ?
12. Explain any two of the following terms :— («) epiphyte, (6) thal-
lus, (c) phyllotaxis, ('/) phienogamous, (e) prosenchyma.
35
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
CHRISTMAS EXAMIXATIOXS, 18G5.
MONDAY) Dec. 18 ; 9 a.m. to 1 i'.m.
ELEMENTARY ZOOLOOV.
THIRD YEAR.
Examiner J. W. Daavso.n, LL.D., F.R.S.
1. State fully the essential differences between the animal and the
plant.
2. Describe the structure of the animal cell, and mention some of the
principal kinds of cells, with their peculiarities and uses.
3. Describe the fibrous and osseous tissues, and state their relations.
4. Describe the leading types of the nervous system.
5. Describe the organs of support and voluntary motion in vertebrata
and articulata.
6. Explain the primary subdivision of the animal kingdom into pro-
vinces, giving the characters of one of them in full.
7. Explain the processes of digestion or respiration, with the organs
employed.
8. Define homology and affinity, with examples.
9. What is a species in zoology, as distinguished from a genus on the
one hand and a variety on the other?
10. State the classes into which any of the Provinces of animals may
be divided, and the grounds of the arrangement.
11. Explain fully any of the following terms :—(fl) epidermis, {b) sar-
code, (c) secretion, (rf) cilia.
36
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
CHRISTMAS EXAMLVATIOXS, 18(35.
Monday, Dec. IS ; 9 a.m. to 1 p.m.
PHYSICAL GEOLOGY AXD MINERALOGY (L\ PART).
FOURTH YEAR.
Examiner J. W. Dawson, LL.D., F.R.S.
1. Define the terms aqueous, volcanic, plutonic, and metamorphic,.
as applied to rocks, with examples.
2. Explain the consolidation and hardening of aqueous deposits, and
the usual modes of mineralization of organic remains.
3. Explain dip, strike, anticlinal and synclinal arrangements, and
unconformability.
4. Explain denudation, and some of the results which it produces in
horizontal and inclined strata.
5. State the data for the determination of the relative ages of
stratified rocks, and the manner of applying them.
6. Explain the nature and mode of occurrence of faults, verticality,. .
and contortions of beds.
7. Explain the inferences which can be drawn from fossils, as
occurring in aqueous deposits.
8. What are the primary forms of the Dimetric, and Monoclinie
systems of crystallization.
9. Explain columnar, lamellar, and granular structure.
10. Which of the physical characters of minerals are most important ?
give examples.
11. What substances are the most abundant as constituents of
minerals?
12. Explain filly any two of the following terms : — (a) Pseudoraorph,
(6) Botryoidal, (',) Dimorphism, (d) Conchoidal.
13. Describe the crystalline form, hardness, colour and lustre of any
of the specimens e.'shilated.
37
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
CHRISTMAS EXAMIXATIOXS.
Thcjrsday, December 21st : — a.m to 1 p.m.
HEBREW.
JUNIOR CLASS.
Examiner Ret. A. De Sola, LL.D.
1. GWe a synopsis of tlie reasons why Hebrew should be regarded as
the primitive language ; stale its origin and chief peculiarities.
2. Give a full exposition of its vowel system, including a digest of the
opinions as to the orig'in and age of the points.
3. Explain p*3*:, nai:: nn^, jrr:, na^, and 2•n^2^ -ip.
4. Show the uses of ano and ^p'o — the latter Tvith special reference to
its influence on accentuation.
5. Describe Niir when it is y:, when m and how it aflfects syllabication.
6. Give the rules for am i":p and ^lun "op.
7. Show the uses of bp i^jt and prn •^•;!-', how they are to be distinguished,
and their effect on yyzp.
8. Give an account of the accents, and show their chief divisions and
uses.
9. What are the characteristics of j;nnK.
10. How do the labials affect tfw, and give some examples.
11. Give a sketch of the History cf the Hebrew language from Abraham
till the destruction of the Second Temple, showing more particularly
its state at the time of Ezra and Nehemiah and its then relation to the
Chaldaic.
38
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
CHRISTMAS EXAMINATION'S.
Thci'.sday, December 2 1st : — 9 a.m. to ! i'.m.
HEBREW.
SEMOR CLASS.
Examiner, Rev. A. Da Sola, LL.D.
1. Write the verb t:? in all tenses of the bp form.
2. Write the future tenses of the verb ^p3 in the bTS.i bi'Jii and b]!3
forms.
3. Add the pronomhml suffixes, singular and plural to the noua Vip in
the singular number.
4. What are the rules for forming the construct cases of nouns ending
"with an immutable vowel in the nominative, and how are the immutable
â– vowels detected?
5. What effect has i conversive on the accent and .signification of
verbs ? Give the rules for its punctuation.
6. Translate literally into English, the first twenty-five rerses of
Genesis I.
7. Analyse fully verses 11, 12, 13. What is the difference in signifi-
cation of x^T and 3t:'j?? What form is KU'^n and what ynio? Explain
the punctuation of n in I'-ixn. Give the plurals of all the nouns occur-
ring in the three verses. What have you to say of the termination in in
8. Show the characteristics distinguishing the various forms of all
regular verbs.
9. Give examples to sho-w the changes a noun undergoes when termi-
nating in n, to form the construct singular, nominative plural, dual, in
regimen, aud with the pronominal suffixes.
10. Translate into Hebrew (with points) : God created the world and
all that is therein, in six days. He made the heavens and all their hosts ;
the sun, the moon and the stars. When the sun is above the earth, there
is light; when beneath, there is darkness. Darkness was called night,
and light was called day.
39
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
Friday, March 2nd, 10 a.m.
BOTANY.
Examiner J. W. Dawson, LL.D., F.R.S.
1. Describe the leading kinds of inflorescence, with examples.
2 Describe minutely the Stamen, with the terms applied to its parts
and position.
3. Describe the Ovule, its positions, and the relations of its parts to
those of the seed.
4. Describe the organs of fructification in Mosses, and compare them
with those in Phaenogams.
5. State the difference between the natural and artificial systems in
Botany, in relation to the formation of classes and orders.
6. Explain Coalescence and Adnation of the parts of the flower, with
examples.
7. What is the peculiarity of the Gynoecium in Gymnosperms?
8. Explain fertilization in Phaenogams, and state the distinction be-
tween albuminous and exalbuminous seeds.
9. Describe the parts indicated by the terms Bract, Sporangium, Re-
ceptacle.
10. Describe the Pericarp, stating its normal structure, and some of
its modifications.
11. State the characters of the classes Exogens and Anophytes.
12. By what microscopic characters can the wood of Exogens, Endo-
gens, and Acrogens be distinguished?
13. State the distinctive characters of Filices and Lycopodiacea.
14. State the characters and place in the syst>m of Ranunculaces,
CyperacecE, and Polypodinea.
15. Describe the specimens exhibited, in relation to the forms of their
leaves, and their inflorescence ; and refer two of them to their series,
classes, and orders.
16. State the external conditions affecting the geographical distribu-
tion of plants.
40
McGTLL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
Monday, March, 5th — 9 a.m. to 12, noon.
FRENCH.
SECOND YEAR ELEMENTARY COURSE.
Examiner. P. J. Dakey, M.A.
Translate into English :
I. Obonte d Alceste.
Mais, pour vous, vous savez quel est notre traits,
Parlez-moi, je vous prie, avec sinc^rite.
Alceste. — .Monsieur cette matiere est toujours delicate,
Et sur le bel (1) esprit nous aimons qu'on nous flatte.
Mais un jour, a quelqu'un dont je tairai le nom,
Je disais (2), en voyant des vers de sa fa^on,
Qu'il faut (3) qu'un galant homme ait (4) un grand empire,
Sur les d^mangeaisons qui nous prennent d'ecrire :
Qu'il (5) doit tenir la bride aux grands empressements
Qu'on (6) a de faire 6clat de tels amusements ;
Et que, par la chaleur de montrer ses ouvrages,
On s'expose a jouer de mauvais personnages.
Le Misanthrope, Acte 1, Scene IL
(1) Why is this adjective written so ?
(2) Why is this verb in the Imperfect tense ? Give the rule. What is
the Imperative ?
(3 and 4) What are the Infinitive, the Future, and Present of the
Subjunctive of these verbs? What kind of verbis/awi in French ? Why is
ait used in this mood ?
(5 and 6) What part of speech are il and onl For what noun are they
nsed?
II. Translate into English these expressions taken from the Bourgeois
Gentilhomme and Le Misanthrope.
Est-ce que nous sommes de la cote de St. Louis ? Un grand malitorne.
Quelle bizarrerie. Non, je ne me dedis point. Ma complaisance est sur tons
^panchee. Son tonde fausset. La fleurette estmignonne. Votre ardeur est
pour moi sans seconde. Mais il ne tient qu'a vous que son chagrin ne
passe.
III. Which of the two comedies of Moliere — le Bourgeois Gentihomme
and le Misanthrope do you prefer ? State your reasons for that preference ?
IV. Translate into French :
I had five penknives, but I have lost two. Do you wish to see the
letter my brother has written. The boys will be punished. What mis-
take have they made?
State the rules according which each Past Participle must be written
in the above sentences.
V. In what verbs do you double the i in the first and second persons
plural of the Imperfect, of the Indicative, and Present of the Subjunctive ?
Give two examples.
VI. Why do you write appelle with two II although the Infinitive appeler
has only one ? Give the rule.
VII. Write the primitive tenses (one person only) of the verbs, acquerir,
boire, connaitre, coudre, dire, mourir, naUre,faire &nd lire.
VIII. Translate into French :
Lafontaine.
Of the works of this author, nothing can be recommended except his
fables. In these he has surpassed every other writer, and the name of
the inimitable Lafontaine has been given him by common consent. His
fables are perfectly natural, without the least affectation, and replete
with wit.
41'
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
Monday, March, 5 — 9 a.m. to 12, noon.
FRENCH.
SECOND YEAR — ADVANCED COURSE.
Examiner P. J. Darkt, M.A.
Traduisez en anglais :
ARSiNoi:.
I. Vous savez qu'il est des choses dans la Tie
Qu'on (1) ne pent excuser, quoiqu'on en ait envie ;
Et je me vis contrainte a. demeurer d'accord
Que I'air dent vous viviez vous faisait un peu tort,
Qu'il (2) prenait dans le monde une m^chante face,
Qu'il n'est facheux conte que partout on n'en fasse,
Et que, si vous vouliez, tons vos departements
Pourraient (3) moins donner prise aux mauvais jugements.
Non que j'y croie au fond I'honnetete bless^e :
Me preserve le ciel d'en avoir la pensee !
Mais aux ombres du crime on prete aisement foi,
Et ce n'est pas assez de bien vivre pour soi.
Le Misanthrope, Acte III, Scene V.
(1 et 2) Quel est I'^tymologie de on ? Par quels mots le traduit-on en
anglais ? A la place de quel nom il est-il employ^ ?
(3) A quel temps est ce verbe ? De quel temps manque-t-il ? Comment
font le participe passe et present du subjonctif ?
II. Traduisez en anglais les expressions suivantes tirees du Misanthrope:
Votre esprit se gendarme contre ce qu'on dit. Injurier les personnes
qu'on aime. Oronte et lui se sont taniot braves. Je n'en d^mordrai
point. Ne vous enflez point d'une si grande gloire. Vous bravez ce
t^moin convaincant! II faut plier bagage. Deirompez-vous, de graces,
et portez-le moins haut.
III. En quoi I'int^ret de la comedie Le Misanthrope consiste-t-il ?
Quels en sont les scenes les plus int^ressantes? Nommez cinq caracterea
diff^rents repr^sentes dans cette piece, et dites quels sont les person-
nages qui les repr^sentent.
17. Quels sont les verbes de la quatrieme conjugaison qui perdent le
d du radical, qu'ils ont a I'infinitif ? Donnez-en deux exemples.
V. Quels sont les verbes qui prennent trois e au f^minin du participe
pass^ ? Citez-en deux exemples?
VI. Dans quelle acception les verbes ressortir et saillir sont-ils r^-
guliers ? Donnez-en des exemples ?
VII. Ecrivez les temps primitifs (une personne seulement) des verbes :
savoir, dire, echoir, faire, vaincre, oindre et surseoir.
VIII. Quand le mot que est-il pronom ? Quand est-il adverbe, et quand
conjonction ? Donnez des exemples ou il se trouve a chacuae de ces par-
ties du discours.
IX. Traduisez en fran^ais :
A man's first care should be to avoid the reproaches of his own heart ;
his next, to escape the censures of the world: if the last interferes with
the former, it ought to be entirely neglected ; but otherwise, there cannot
be a greater satisfaction to an honest mind than to see those approbations
which it gives itself, seconded by the applauses of the public : a man is
more sure of his conduct when the verdict which he passes upon his own
behaviour is thus warranted and confirmed by the opinion of all who
know him.
42 Spectator.
I
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
TCBSDAY, MaUCH 6TU. — 9 A.M. TO 12 M.
GERM AX.
SECOND YEAR — ELEME.NTARY COURSE.
Examiner C. F. A. Markgraf, M. A.
1. What article is used with weights and measures ia reference to the
price of a thing? Give two examples.
2. What resemblance does the third person of the personal pronouns
bear to the definite article ?
3. Form adjectives from the following nouns : Stein, Srljftafl, Saminct,
gtoff, (iifcii, mfeiibeiii, *.)ltlaS, 3taljl, liiarnior.
4. State in full the rules relating to the construction of the Dative and
Accusative, adding one example to each rule.
5. Give the Nominative, Dative, and Accusative Singular, and the
Nominative Plural of: — the grateful man ; — my oldest friend (fem.); — a
beautiful present.
6. Uiifer iieiie Wiirtiier l)at mir Mefcii 'i])iori]eii ciiicii iirofieii ''Bliiniciiftraiiii
fiir mciiie jitiii]l'tc 3d)ii'cftcr i]Ct)clicii. Translate and parse this sentence,
pointing out the Subject, Predicate, Copula, Object and Terminative.
7. How are the 1st and 3rd pers. sing, of the Pres. Ind. of all verbs
formed, and which are the exceptions?
8. Form the Past Participle of tlie following verbs . — [cbcii, ftIl^ClI,
tofteii, fd;rcibcti, briinjcii, iiuiii)d)cii, iiiit'fcii, bii;bcii, iicbmcii, ocrfprcrficti
9. Translate into German : —
I always give the preference to tiie most useful thing. I leave the
choice to him ; I will give him what lie cliooses. Carry those books
bome again, if you please. Every large house has many doors and win-
dows. That old peasant has already lived eighty years, and has never
been ill. I will write to you ns soon as I can. What is that? lot mo
see it. What fruit do these trees bear? I do not know these people ;
what do they want? The rain has spoilt all the roads. Our neighbour
has told mo this evening a i^real many Ihins^i ; I will Icll it to you all
to-morrow morning, for I have no time now.
43
10. Translate into English : —
SofratcS iinb ber Siiiigling.
Gin Siinflliiu] mar auf feine (Sc^iiiilieit ftolj.
!3>cn fiilirte 3ofrate5 ]n %^l)i)bn^' lempcl,
SBo biefcr i'd)cine 0ott in 3)Jarmor ftanb,
,,®a§ fpriidjc ber, aioferii er fprcrf)cn foniite
,Mit 9i>al)r(}cit uon fid) felber?" frai^t' cr iliii.
I^er 3iini]lini^ i]ab 3ur 3(ntiuort: ,,Die|cr I'prddjc
,Mit 3i.^nl)rl)cit oon fid) fdbcr : 3d) bin fd)on,"
,,55}.arnni," ennieberte ber rocife ©riec^e
, ®toI',irft bii bcnn niit ©oben eines SteinS ?
,,SBi[lft bu nid)t ()i3I)cr, alS ein Stein, bid) fd)d§eu ?"
SKamlcr.
Sunt 3eid)cn, ha^ er uon bem SSirt[)C fclbft gefrflicft luerbe, foQtc
cr i[)r ben gcfticttcn 53cute[ ',eii3en. 2^iefc Sift gelanij;; bie g-nui fd)ictte au
gcnblicflid) ben 5?cute[ niit ©olb, iueld)en ber Sanfniann i[)reni ?)Janne
roirtlid) in $eriua()rung geijeben [)atte. 9iun trat SKuboIpl) uiieber in htn
©erid)t§faa[, nnb fragte ben SCirtf), ob er nod) bet feiner SUiiJfagc bleibe?
T'iefcr bet[}euerte bie SBaijrljeit gefprodicn 311 [)Qben. '^a legte Dinbolplj ben
Sentel be? .^aiifmanns auf ben 2ifd) nnb frayte 33eibe, ob fie i()u fennten?
2»er ©irtl) crblacte ; ber Snifcr ober luarf i[)ni fcin 0efd)enf oor bie giipe,
unb Dcrurtljcilte it)n jum lobe.
44
I
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
FiuDAY, April ISth:— 9 a.m. to 1 p.m.
GREEK.— HERODOTUS.— Book !.-§§ I.-LXXX.
FIRST YEAR.
Examiner, Rev. George Cor.nisu, M.A.
1. Translate: —
(A) OvTU /lev 'low £f AlyvTTTov aTziKtaBai ?.£yov<ji Hepffat, ova ug <^oiviKtC'
Kal Tuv adiKT/fidruv tovto ap^ac npiJTOv. Merd de ravra, 'E/.A^vtw rivac (ov
â– yap Ixovai rovvo/ia airriyf/aaaOai) (paal r^f ^oiviKT/g eg Tvpov Trpoax^vrag,
apTraaai tov (iaai'Aiog ryv dir/arepa EvpuTzr/v. {elT/cav J* av ovroi Kpt/reg.)
ravra fiiv 6tj iaa a<pt irpbg laa yeviadat. Merd Jt roira, 'EP.^.^vaf aiTiovg Tf)g
6evTep}/g adiKiTjg yeveadai. Karan/Maavrag yap /laKpy vt/t kg Alav re ri/v
Kolx't^o- (i"' ^''â– * ^H'^iv â– KOTUfiov, tvOtvrev, SiaTrpr/^a/iivovg Kal Ta/.?.a tuv
elvEKev an'iKaTO, apnaaai tov fiaciXiog ti/v Ovya-epa M;/(5c/;/v. nefifavTa 6e
TOV K6/.X0V eg ti/v '"ElTJida Kt/pvKa, aiTeeiv re SiKag -f/g dpnayf/g, Kal anaiTkciv
Tifv Ovyaripa. Tovg de inroKpivaaOat, ug ovSe eKeivoi 'lovg Tf/g 'Apyei^g idocav
a(pi 6cKag T^g apirayrjg, ovde uv avTol d^aeiv EKeivoiai.
(B) " ' Q Kpolae, iinaTafievov fie to Oelov Trdv tov (^idovepov tc aal rapaxuceg,
i-eipuTag avOpum/iuv TZfytiyiiciTuv nepi ; ev yap tu fiaKpi^) XP^^V ^o?.?.a ftkv
ioTi Idhiv Ta fxr/ Tig idD^t, TTo?J.d 6e kuI naOeeiv eg yap e^^ofil/novTa e-ea
ovpov Tf/g ^6r/g avOp67T(f) npoTidr/fii, ovtoi euvTeg eviavTol e^dofiijKOVTa, napi-
XovTai 7'/i/tpag dnjKoaiag sal nev-aKiaxt^-'^o.^ ««' (ha/xvpiag, efif3o?.i/xov /ir/i'og fit]
yivofievov. el 6e dr/ edeXrjaei rov-epov tuv heuv fiT;vl fiaKpd-epov yiveadai, iva
<5;) ai upai avfi(ia!vuGi napayivd/ievai eg t6 6^ov, fiyveg fiev Tzapa Ta ejiiofiiiKov-a
e-ea oi efii36?ufioi yivovTai Tpd/KOVTa irivTE' yjiepai 6e ck tuv fir/vuv tovtuv^
XiT^iai nevTi'/Kov-a. tovtIuv tuv dnaaeuv ^fiepeuv, tuv eg rd e/Jih/ir/Kovra hea
iowriuv TrevTi/Kovra Kal dirjKoaiuv Kal e^aKtaxi^^iuv Kal iha/ivpiiuv, y hifiy
avT^uv Tij e-Epf) I'l/iepi) to Tzapdnav owVev 6/iolov npoadyei Trpfjyfia. oiiTu uv,
u Kpn'iae, irav ecTi Mlpurrog avfiij>np>i. e/iol Jf ah Kal TZ?.oi<TiEiv /xev fikya
paiveai, Kal (iaaiAEvg elvai ttoAAwv avOpuzuv eKe'ivo 6e to elped /le, oi'Ku ae
iyij /-iyu, 77plv av TE?^vT7'/aavTa KaMjg tov aiuva nWuitai. oi) y&p toi 6 fiiya
nloiaiog fia7J.ov tov in' yiiipin> f^t"*^"? o^lituTEp6g eoti, el fii/ ol riixti
imairoiTO, irdvra Ka7.d ixovTa reT^vrf/aat ev rov l3iov. 7ro?2ol fiev yap
^&n?.ovTot av0p6iTuv, av6?.,3ioi etar ito}2oI 6e /uTpiug ixovreg (iiov, evTvxieg.
(C) Merd (5^ raiTa (nii yap it/ 6 'A^vdrrrig e^eSidov Tovg iKi'Oag e^aiTEovri
Kva^dpe'i,) K6?^/iog To'iai Awhiat Kal Tolac Mf/thtai eyeydvee eTr" ETea nivrc
iv Tolai TTo/./MKig fi'tv ol Mz/Jo* rotf Avdavg iviKt/aav, 7ro?2dKig dt ol Avdol rovg
Mi/dovg' ev tJ^, kiu vvKTOfiax'yv Tivd enniijaavTo. diatpffwvci 6e a^t enl lai/g
rbv ttd'Aefiov, rif /xri^ IteI aviijioXfig ytvofitvrjg, avi-t/vetKC uare Tf/g fidxvg
ewtaTtCtai/r ti/v i/fiffiijv i^anivi/g viKTa yevMUii. ti/v 6i fieTa7.}.a)i/v Tabrt/v
rf/g ^ftipi/g Oa?J/g 6 MM/atog Tolai 'luai -jtotiydpevae iacaHai, ovpov npoOifuvog
ivtavrbv rovrov, iv ^ 6^ koI iytvtTo i/ ntTalio7.fi, ol di Avdoi te kqI ol M^cot
45
eizei re d6ov vvK-a avrl yntpvc Jivo/ievr/v, rijq fi-axvc "^ e-avaavro, Kal fia/lov
Tt icTcevcav Kal an<l>6rEj)<n tlfjifvrfv euvtoIcl yeveadac. ol de av/iliiiSdaavrec
aiiTovg Tjaav aide, T^viweaig re 6 KiXt^, kuI Aajivvr/Tog 6 BapyTiuvioc- ovtoi
cdi Kal -b bpKiov ol anevaavTeq ysvkodai Tjoav, Kal yafiuv £Ka?JM.yf/v tTroirjcav
'A/-vdTTEa yap iyvuaav 6ovvat ryv dvyartpa 'ApvTjviv 'Aarvdyei rC Kva^dpeu
irai6i. dvev yap dvayKairjg laxvpVQ cvu^daisq laxvpal ovk edDMVCL ovftfievEiv.
'OpKia 6e TTOUE-ai ravra rd sdvEa -a nsp te 'WJ.rjvEr/ Kal npbg Tovrotm, k-nEav
Tovg Ppax'i-ovaq ETriTdiiuvrac eg rf/v ofioxpourjv, to alfta dva7.EixovaL dUitlMV. ^
2. Explain the grammatical construction of the following extracts : —
(a) 7) re CLa7.7.ayij G(pc kyEVETO, etc' u re ^Eivovg oXkifkoLaL Elvat.
(6) Kol rwv doiKrjfiaTuv rovro dp^ai Trpurov.
(c) dxparo vtjov 'Adijvaiijg e-IkM/giv 'Aaarjoitjg.
(d) al Se 'ApyEiai i/naKapi^ov t>/v /iTjTEpa oluv tekvuv EKvprjae.
ie) ol'Tog Trap' ifiol to ohvo/ia rovro SiKaiog tare (pipEcdai.
(/) eSeeto roi) 6//fiov (pv?MK?jg rivbg irpbg avTov Kvpijaat.
3 Explain the derivation and meaning of the following words : —
E^iri]7.a. d-/.Erov. Kpr/rf/pEc. Ev^elvov. dSpog. airo87]t)]v. m7C/j]Tdv. vavTiTp/'vriv .
ifi^b/unoL. ^dTT7.ovroL. b7.(iLog. Evrvxm. drrT^poc
4. (a) Parse the following verbs, and point out particularly their
•component parts : — ipov7Jaro. i/ia. ETTiearai. evevuto. Sieoe^e. -KEpiEoirE^
k~daavro. 6iEaKESaa£. t/vtiovto. hxiaOr/- Eptuv, OTTeP.d/zevo^.
(b) Give the Present, Future, Perfect and Aorist of: — avEvpyjTai.
aviyvuCE. a~LK6iiEvog. cvvEXuoa. irvvvddvEro. E-E7ir6iKEaav.
5. (a) What words in the Attic dialect correspond to : — uv. iuv. Kug.
KELvriGL. pEn^ETEpoi. b6/i>/. 7.oyo2o. rev. 7i-7.Evvag.
(6) Give the Ionic forms of: — mvrdv. -npay/xa. arparEia. upog. bki^E.
kSexovro. lEpov.
(c) Give the force of the particles : — nal 6^ Kal. yap 6f/. oiiru 61'/.
(MEvroi. d7jxi yap. Ivda 61/.
(rf) Translate and explain each of the readings :—,t«/'-«oi^ d'EndaraL
and A:«^.«of d'ETruarai, and show why the former should be preferred.
6. (a) State the general rules for the accentuation of nouns and verbs.
(6) Decline the following nouns, accentuating them :— wffof. bvoiia.
Trpdy/na. olKog. dSE7.<p6g.
(c) Accentuate the following verbs: — dipiKVEirat. dwijOEL. xPV<y^"-i-
oiKOwrar. CirffSov. Erroiovv.
7. (a) What consonants are called mutes, and how are they divided
into smooth, middle, and roujh 1 When is a syllable called pure ?
(b) Give the Genitive Singular (in all genders) of the following
pronouns : — iyu, ahrog, EKelvog, ovrog, rig, or, and inrig.
(c) Translate e7mBev kavrhv an(pbg uv, and explain the use of the Parti-
ciple. Mention any other "Verbs which take a Participle in a similar way.
8. Slate the principal rules for the construction of hypothetical sen-
tences with eI and dv. Give examples.
46
McGILL UNIVERSITY, iMONTREAL.
IXTERJIEDIATE EXAMIXATION, 1866.
Friday, April 13th: — 9 a.m. to 1 p.m.
URKEK.-ISOCKATES.— TIIK I'AXEGYUICUS.
Examiner, Rkv. Gsouge Cornish, M.A.
1. Translate : —
(A) Wpijrov fiiv Toiin<Vy oi' Tzpcjrov y Ovat^ i/uuv t(hi/i)?/, ciii 7//f TTo/.fwf 77/f
i/^eripaq inopiadij- Kal yap el /ivi^udi/q u /.uyoq yiyovev, u/uo)<; avrcl) Kai vvv
pTj^^ai TzpoayKU, Ai/fif}rpoq yap a<piK0fiiv7/g e'lg rf/v x^pav, ot' £Tr?.av>f&tj Ti/g
K6prjq dpnatr&eiatiq^ koX irpbg Tovg irpoyovovq t/fzuv EVftevug ^lare^Etatig ck tcjv
evepyeacijv, df ovx oi6v t' dAAotf f/ Totg fiefivr/fiivoig aKo'vEiv, Kal co'vaijq 6upeag
diTTaq, a'lirep fdyiarai Tvyxdvovaiv ovaae, roiq re Kap^ovg^ oi rov fxfi ^rjpiu^cjc
^yv T/fidg a'lTioi ytydvaai, Kni ti/v T£?i£Tt/v, yq 01 fiEraax^vr^? nepi te rf/q rov
(iiov TE?.EVTf/q Kal Tov ai'/xiravToq aluvoq i/Oiovq raq E?.'iri6aq ixovaiVy ovruq 1)
'T6?uq t'lfiuv oi fi6vov â– &eo(f)i?.cl)q d/.?.d Kal (ftO.avdpuTTuq eaxEv, uars Kvpia
yEvo/iEVT] Toao'vTuv uyaduv ovk tip'QdvriaE TOiq u?.?.otqf d?.?,' uv D.a^ev drraai
fiETsSuKEV. Kal rd fiev in Kal vi'v Ka^' eKaarov tov EviaiToii dEiK^'VfiEv, tuv 6e
av^Jkij^drfv rdq te xP^'^^ '^'^^ ■>""? ipyaclaq Kal Taq ij<pE?.£iaq Taq ot' avTuv
yiyvofitvaq idida^ev. Kal TovToiq d~tarEiv pinpCiv trt wpoare-dhTuv ovihlq
dv d^tuoECEV.
(B) KaiToi TTuq dv ekeIvuv dvSpEq dfieivovq y fidA.?iOv <pc?J?.?.^Eq bvTEq
tKtijEix'&iieVf olTivEq M.Tjaav ekiSeIv oxjte fiij rolq ?.onTolq oItioi yevitri^at Tt/q
6ov?.Eiaq, 'Epi/iijjv fihi riyv 'k67.iv yEvofiEvtp>, Tf/v 6e ;j;w/3av nopdovjikviiv^ Upd 6e
av/Mfmu Kal VEctq ifnrinpa^h'ovq, drravTa (je tov n6?.Efiov nEpl ti/v iraTplSa
Tjpi avTdv yq-v6^Evov ; Kal pr/iU tuvt' d~i:xpw^ a'uTo'iq, d/JJl vpbq X'^-^^^C '»'"'
(haKoaiaq TpiijpEiq pdvot diavavuaxEtv £fiE?.t:T7/aav. ov fif/v Eid^t/aav Karai-
axi'vfiEVTEq ydp Tlt/.oTroin'f/aioi t//v dp£T//v avTtbv, Kal vofiiaavTEq rrpoiSiaip^ap-
ivTuv jiiv Tuv I'jfiETtpijv oi'iS' ai'Tol awlff/aecdai^ KaTopduadvTuv c' Eiq dri/iiav
Taq ai'TLiv n6?.Etq KaraaT7/aEiv, f'/vayKoa'Drjaav fJETaffx^'v tuv Kii'i^ivcjv. koI
Tovq fiEV ^opv(iovq rovq iv r^ irpdyfiaTi yEvoftivovq Kal rdq Kpavydq Kal Tuq
':TapaKE?j:vaeiq, a Koivd TvdvTuv eotI tuv vavftaxoh'Tuii, ovk oIJ" 6 Ti del ?JyoiTa
6taTpi(iEiv' & 6" eotIv tJm koI Tfjq iiyEfioviaq d^ia Kal To'iq irpoEipyfitvoiq
dpoXoyo'ifiEva, TavTa 6" kftov ipyov eotIv eitteJv.
(C) 'V'X'^ ^^ '<fl' 'Tcpl TUV no2.iTiJv t<1)i> i/fiETtpuv ToiavTa diE?.^Elv, Knl ydp
ovToi TTpdq fitv Tovq d?./oi'f, oaocq â– n-eTro?.tpf/KaaiVf dfia 6ta/.?.dT-ovTat Kal Ttjq
IX'Spaq Tf/q yEyevijfih'Tjq iTrt?.avddvovTaif To'iq tP i/TTEipuTaiq oic" orav ev T7dax<->oi
Xdpiv laaotv oiruq dii/n'r/arov ti/v dp) i/v npdq a'vTovq ^;^'oi'<Tn'. Knl 'ito7J).C)V
fih> oi rrariptq fj/juv pr/tUofiov i?dvarov KaTEyvuaav^ iv 6i To'iq m'?.?.6yoiq Irt
Kal vlrv dpdq notovvTai, nplv d?.?M ti ;fp);/iaTiCf/v, el Ttq i:riKripVK£i'ETat
niftaatq tuv no?uTuv Evfxo?.ni6ai 6i koI Kt/pvKEq iv Tij TfXfrj) tuv fivarripiuv
iid Tb Tolrruv fiJaoq xal Tolq &?.}otq ftapiidpoiq ElpyE<rdai tuv Itpuv uOKEp To'iq
dvdpo(p6vntq Trpoayoprdovaiv. ovtu ^i ipioEt no?.EptKuq npdq alrovq Ixoftcv,
uare Kal tuv fi{'du\> f/AiaTa awiUaTpifioftev Tolq TpuiKoiq Kal JlEpaiKotq, 6t' uv
lart rrvyddveo'dai rdq tKtivuv avpi^opdq, evimi 6' dv Tiq r« fiiv tov no?.tfiov
TOV rrpiiq Tolq fiaplJdfMX'q ipvovq iriTcnttjfilvox'r^ tK 6i tov npdq Toiq 'E??.r/vaq
47
<ip7iV0vq I'juXv yeyevJifihovg, koI -ovq fitv h ralg iopralg aSofihovc, roi'f d' s-l
ralg av/i<popalc ijuag fiefivjjfihov^.
2. Explain the grammatical construction of the following extractSi
and point out any peculiarities that occur : —
(a) £A7r/^wv ToaovTov 6i.oia£iv oxjte rdig a?J.oic ^r/(Uv 6oK£lv e'lpTJadat nspl
ai'Tuv.
(6) Tcveg ETZiTi/UGiai Tuv Myuv rolq vrrep ro?'f hhuTag ixovGi.
(c) a?.?.a Tuv avTuv rolg £k tuv deiJv ysyovdai a^iudeiev.
(d) ol 6e ?j7T-Eix(^r/aav ipdi/vai avfipaMvTEc nplv DSelv rovq (iorfiliaovTaq.
(e) rricTLV deSuKdruv vrrip tov fiy tuv a?~?MTpiuv kniOvfiEiv.
(/) Toaavrai to n7.fjdog â– K67^Eiq.
3. Give the force and meaning of the prepositions in the following : —
(1) i'-ep roi'f UiuTaq. (2) inip tfiavTov dpaawdfiEvoq. (3) £^' EKaripaq
ifTEipov Tr6?^Etg. (4) etI dovlEia • • 'ElUivuv rov ^dpfiapov dEpanEvovTE^.
(5) E-l Tiuh ^aa//?u6og. (6) Trpof apyvpiov Evdai/uovtav EKpcvov. (7) Kod
ij/.r/g T//g 'Fi?J.d6og EGTijiiaaiv.
4. («) State the primary signification of the verb yyElaOai, and its
difference of meaning when construed with the Genitive and Dativei
respectively.
(6) State the difference in meaning of <oote with the Infinitive and
with the Indicative.
(c) Give the difference between oh and ////.
(d) Explain the force and usage of ov fi//.
5. Parse the following yerbs and point out their component parts : —
CLoicELV. kvdvfiriOfjvai. 6LaTpi(pdEv-og. npoEipf/adc). 6LEilTj<pac!LV. 6ievejkovgi.
KariSEi^E. ainiEidvia. (pOf/aovTat. KUTayvuvat.
6. Give the composition and derivation of the following words : —
rrpovpyaiTEpov. Tzavip/hpELq. vnoyvlov. SvoTTEicTug. fiiyddEg. yvTjaiug.
dxpvoTug, avvTZOGTaTuv. Iv/xEiJVEg. KaTaTVOVTigTai. apyvpuvrjTuv. apiGTivdr/v.
7. Write short explanatory notes on the following words and expres-
sions, illustrative of the historical, political, or social facts to which
they allude: — Travtjy'vpEig. cocpioTiJv. yvr/mug ysySvafiEv. aiiTdxOovEg ovTEg.
EK T(jv Iketeluv. Tolg KO^M'ig Kayadoig. tuv ^EKapxiuv. nEptoiKOvg.
8. Explain briefly the legendary and historical allusions of extracts
(A) and (B).
9. (a) Decline the following words: — Muv, loTag, E}g, ovTog, and fiEyag.
(i) Give the comparative of I'/iVvg^ fisyag, nokir, and d^iog.
(c) How are the Aorist and Future Passive and Middle respectively
formed ?
(d) Name the primary and secondary Tenses.
10. (a) Write a sketch of the life of Isocrates.
(b) Point out the leading characteristics, grammatical and rhetorical,
of his style.
(c) State what you know respecting his other writings.
((i) State briefly the argument of the Panegyricus, and give its
proximate date.
48
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 18GC.
Fkiday, April 13th: — 9 to 1 p.m.
GREEK.— SOrHOCLES.-rHILOCTETES.
THIRD YEAR.
Examiner, Rev. Gkorge Corxisii, M.A.
1. Translate: —
(A) 0^, icd/.ov Trarfjog Tral, Kai'Tug ow viog ttote
jAuffffav ftiv apyov, x^^pct ^' elxov kpydriv
vvv (T dg £?ieyxov iiiuv dpi) (iporo'ig
TT/v y/Mcaav, ovxt rapya, jrdvff 7/yovfiivr/v.
NB. Tc ovv p' avuyag u2.?.o Tr^.yv tbevoy ?Iyei.v ;
OA. ?Iyu d" h/(j (So/.u <^i7jokt>/ttjv ?.ai3tlv.
NE. Ti 6' Iv 567ja 6el pdTJiov y Trelaavr' ayeiv ;
OA. ov pfj â– jiWrj-ar rrpog jiiav & ovk av Idftoig.
NE. oiiTug lx£t ti deivuv laxi'og 6pdcog ;
OA. lovg dijivKTOvg /cat TvpoTripTrovrag (povov.
NE. OVK. dp' EKEivo) y ovdh Tzpocpl^aL Bpaav ;
OA. of, /i?) 667.U JMJiovTa y\ cjg h/oi Myu.
NE. OVK a'laxpov ip/ei offra to ipevdy 7xyeiv ;
OA. OVK, el TO auBfjvai ye to -ifievSog tpEpci.
NE. TTwf ovv pTzTzuv Tig TavTa To7i.pT/aec 7xi7xlv ;
OA. oTav Ti opag kg Kepdog, ovk oKvelv TrpeTrei.
NE. Kepdog cT kpol tc tovtov eg Tpoiav po7.eiv ;
OA. alpel TO, To^a tuvtu ttjv Tpoiav pova.
NE. OVK dp' 6 7repGon>, ug e^atr/cer', elp' eyu ;
OA. ovt' av <jv Keivuv X^P^? ''^''^ EKeiva gov.
NE. Hr}pa-£ ovv yiyvon' av, elirep uS" exei-
OA. Lg TOVTO ;' ep^ag 6vo fepec dup^paTa.
NE. TToiu ; padcbv yap ovk av dpvoipirv to dpdv.
OA. co(pdg r' av avTog Kayadog KeK7.ri' dpa.
NE. Itw TTOLTjau, ndaav alax^vriv d<peig.
OA. fi pvrjpoveveig ovv a col -nap-tjveaa ;
NE. CTQ^' la(f , eTTEiTrep eladwa^ cwrjveca.
(N.B. — Be careful to give the force of the various par'iclcs used in the
dialogue of extract A).
(B) EM. eyo) ce tovt', Icug yap ovk aKTjKoac,
ndv EKdM^G). pdvTig ijv Tig evyevijc,
Tlpidpov pev viur, bvopa d' <jvnpd!^ETO
'EPl^io", bv oirog vvKTug E^E7Mi>v pdvo^,
6 navT' nKo'uuv a'lcxpd kuI Aufiijr' etvt)
6d7.iog 'OdvccEvg ei/lf, lUcpidv r' dyuv
idei^' 'Axainlg eg ptcov, Hr/pav «a/.?/v
bg df/ rd t' c/Ia' avroTai navr' eUcGkicsv
Kal -dnl Tpo'.if. TTEpynp' djg ov p// â– hOte
40
nipoocev, el fit) rovce Titiaavreg a6-/u
ayoivTo vi'jaov Ti'/a6' i(f i/q vaiec ravvv,
Koi TuHf bnug i'jkoiv' 6 Aaeprov tSko^
rbv fidvTiv e'mdirr'f evOtuc vTzeax^o
rov av6p' 'Axato'ic rdvde &>)?M>aeiv d;uv
oloiTO filv ftd?ua6' SKo'vaiov 7.a^i>v,
U fli] di7Ml (T, QKOVTU' Kul TOVTUV KQpa
Tiuveiv i<ptlTO 7u di'/.ovT' jiij tvx^v.
(C) XO. 'Ttv' ocJi'vaf dJa7}f, 'TTrrt c'' (i/'jfwi', orp.
tvadic yfilv i/jdotc,
cvaiuv tvaiijv, uva^'
o/ifiaac 6" avriaxotq
rdvcT aly7M.Vy a rirarai ruvvv.
16' Idc uoi noii/uv.
Ji T£Kvov, opa TTOv OTaaet,
rroZ Of /?utT«, nijg 6i fioi Tai'rt:Wev
^povTi^or. opac '/'''/•
â– npbq Ti fiivofiev â– Kpdaaeiv ;
Kaipdr Toi navTuv yvuttav lffx<^>'
iro?.v napd ndda Kparoq • • • dpwrai,
NE. dAA' bSe fihi K?.vet oWev, h/u J* opu ovveKa Brjpnv
rip>ff d?./wf ixofiev t6^uv, dixa. tovce n?JovTeq.
tovSe yap 6 art<pavog, tovtov debt; elne KOfii^eiv.
Kofintiv J* iar' drtkf] 6vv rpehoeaiv a'laxpQi' bvttcor.
XO. d/Jld, TCKVov, Ta.6e fiiv dsbc urpeTur drr.
fjv c' av afidjit) /i' avOtc,
ftaidv fxot, (iaiuv, u TtKvoy,
Tzefine ?.6yo)V (pa/iav
wf ndvTijv kv vdai^ evdpaKTjc
vTrvoq diiKvoq 7^vaaciv.
d}J}J OTi 6vva fidiuaToi',
K£iv6 fiot, Kelvo }-ddpa
i^cdov, b TL npa^etc.
olada yap bv awijfxat,
t'l Tni/rav roi/Ttp yvu^av t(T;^-f<f,
Hd7ji Toi diTopa irvKivoiq ivift'iv rrafitj.
OVpdr TOl^ T(KVOl'y OVpog' tTO)/^
dv))p 6' dvd/ifiaror, oiJ" /,v<'>»' dp<.>yd};
iKTiraToi vvxtoTj
d7xi)r vKvor iaO/MT^
oil X^P^t ov rroJdf, ol tivoc dpxtjy,
a}.}' wf T<f T* '\l6tj. nopaKtifievor
6p<f. p?J:Tr' c'l Koipta <pd{;ytt'
rb 6" a/jjaifiov dftii
fpovrUit, nal, novor
6 fill ipo^Civ updrioToq,
60
2. (a) Give an outline of the plot of the Philodelcs and of the legencj
upon which the Drama is founded.
(b) Point out the peculiar excellences and superiority of Sophocles'
style, method of treatment in the development of his plot and characters,
and poetic spirit, as compared Avith Euripides.
3. Write critical and explanatory notes on the following, and point
out any that have received different, and what, interpretations : —
(a) ova d fisddg ra rd^a Tavr" i/iot nd/uv ;
(6) vvv J' d/./.otf ff£ 6ovg oV EiKog eKTrTiet.
(c) davuv Tzape^u Salff v<p' tjv ecpepjidiiT/v.
(d) 0) nip av, Koi nav dcltia.
(e) TO £ATTi6uV alTlffTOV olKoi'pijfia.
(/) bufiaai 6' avTc^x^'C TavJ" aly'/MV, a ri-arai ra vvv.
(§■) '^ "'^'^ Slukupuv.
4. Explain the grammatical construction of the following extracts : —
(a) ovre /.o<3?;f 7'//liIv vvre Ovudruv -api/v a{r/?.oig Trpoadiyeiv.
(6) knl ^opj3t]g vuarnv £^£?u7'p.v6ev.
(c) ovK Tj^iucav TcJv bTT?MV £/.06vTi Suvvai Kvplur ulrOV/l£V(,).
(d) fj ooog TiOpExrria. — irEicrtov rdde.
(e) a/./.' Iv0d(y r/Sij rovde tov TrdOvvr Kvpib.
(f) bvoua ui'Ofid^tro "E7.evor.
5. Give the meaning and etymology of iLe following words: — pbaiov.
Kara'ppiJyEg. npoarpoTratov. ddfia. £v6paK>/c, vhxior. d'/Mor. drE/Jj.
dTTOTi'/.TjKror. dfiTTvKa. 6pofid6a. vuSvvov,
6. Give the exact meaning and force of the propositions in the fol-
lowing expressions : — ff df^po'iv. iv Itralg. i^ Ivbg Trodog. irpbg ^iav.
? TT* dvdyKar. npbg to Kalpcov. k^ oixhvbg 7.dyov. efw tov (pVTEvcavTog, Trap'
D.Kida,
1. (a) Explain the formation and give the equivalents of the follow-
ing : — x'^- Kara, dv/'/p. OaTEpa. tuvtiJ). i:y(Ltiac. Tipoipyov. kiiovciTt.
(b) What change takes place in the accentuation of dissyllabic prepo-
sitions when placed after the nouns they govern? Give instances.
(c) How are verbals in -reog formed? Show the grammatical cons-
tructions they take. To what do they correspond in Latin?
8. (a) Give the name and scheme of the metre of ext. (A). (6) Scan
the first four vss. of (A).
9. (a) Accent the following Nouns : — Ou/Maaai', du/xiaaar, Ou'/.aocnov
(from dd/jaaaa) ; aluvoCj aluvuv (from aliliv') ; and the following Verbs : —
i[^ov?Evov, ^ov? ivuffcv, ?.inEcv, /u-n-taOaCf 7.LTi(jv.
(b) Translate (pO/Sovftai jitj tovto noi7i, and <ki,iovfiai fjy tovto ttoie'i,
and explain the difference in meaning.
51
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL.
B.A. ORDLXARY EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
Friday, April 13th: — 9 a.m. to 1 p.m.
n^vu'K ( PLATO.— THE PHAEDO.
ijiin^tjis..— j soi'llOCLES.— PHILOCTETES.
Examiner, Rev. George Cornish, M.A.
1. Translate; —
(A) EJ-oiTOf (h) Toll XuKparovg ravra imo/M^iiv 6 Kefir/g l<pri- 'i2 'L^Kparec,
TU fiiv a?.Aa ifior/e doKsl Ka/.dq /lyeaOat, ra ci nepl Tf/g V^A'^C i:o}.7.7p;
aTnariav napex^'- '''O'f avOpuTTotg, fifj ineiSdv d7ra/^/la)'J? tov cufiarog ovSafiov
en 7/, dA/l' eKeivTi rfj r/uipa 6ia<p0eipTfTai re Kal aTToAAuTjTai, y av 6 avdpunog
awotidvy, ehtivc aira/Mirro/xh^// rov aufiaroc, kuX eKJiaivovaa Lionep nvev/ia r/
Kanvbg diaffKeSaadslaa otxfTai 6ia-T0fih>Tj Kal ovSev en oitSafiov y. ineij
dnep eltj tcov avT?/ Kaff avryv ^wrfipoia/xivt/ Kal anTi'k7jiyp.ivit to'vtuv tuv
KUKUV uv ai) vvv 6^ dc'^Wec, noA?.y av iXnlg eltj Kal Ka?iy, w ^UKpareg, ug a/^^df/
ecrlv a av Tiiyeig' dAAd tovto 6fj iauq ovk b?.lyr/g napafivdiaq dsirai Kal
niareugy ug eari re y r(n>x') anodavovTog rov dvdpuTrov Kai riva 6vva/iiv ex£i
Kal ippovTjaiv. ^AArjd^, efTj, ?.eyeig, 6 XuKpaTT/g, u Ke^r/g- d/,/ld ri (J^ Troiufiev ;
f/ nepl avruv tovtuv jioh2.ec 6iap,vtio7oyufieVy elre eiKog ovrug i^Eiv elre fitj ;
'Eyuy" ovv, e(pTi d Ke/Sr/c, ydeug av aKovcaifii, ijvTiva co^av Ix^i-g nepl avriJv.
Oil/cow y av ol/xai, ?/ & bg 6 HuKpaTr/g, elnelv Tivd vvv aKovaavra^ ovS" el
K(j)/i(fidiOTroibg elr/, dig ddoAfcrju Kal oh nepl npocTiKOv-uv Tovg "koyovg noiovfiai.
el ovv SoKCi, XP'I oiacKonelaOai.
(B) Aladdvei ovv, rj 6' bg, on ravra coi. ^v/ipaivei Myeiv, brav (pyg
uiv elvac rijv ipvxyv nplv Kal elg avOpunov el66g re koI cu^a d<j>iKe(j6ae,
elvat 6' avr^ ^vyKeifievr/v eK ruv ovoenu bvruv ; oh yap 6fj dpfiovia ye coc
roiovrbv kariv u aneiKa^eig, d/.?id nporepov Kal r} 2.vpa Kal al ;fopdai Kal ol
tbOoyyoc en dvapfioarot bvreg yiyvovrat, re?^v-a2ov 6e navruv ^vviararac ?/
dpuovia Kal npurov dnoTJcurai. ovrog ovv ooi b Tioyog eKeivu nug Swdcerai ;
Ovdapuc, e<p7j b Jliiifiiag. Kal fir/v, ?/ 6" bg, npenet ye, elnep ru a7.'k<j Myu,
^n>(f)6u elvai Kal rcj nepl dpfioviag. Upenei ydp, e(prj bliCfifiiag. Ohrog roivw^
ecj)?}, col oh ^vvioSog, d/i/,' bpa- nbrepov alpel rtjv ?.6y<jv, rfjv p.ddT)aiv dvdfivriaiv
elvat Tj tjrvxvv dpfioviav ; lio/Jv [idT-Miv, e(p7/, eKelvov, u "LuKpareg. boe jiiv
ydp uot yeyovev dvev dnodei^eug /xerd eiKorog nvbg Kal evnpeneiag, bdev Kal
rolg no/iAolg 6oKel dvdpunoig' eyu 6e rolg did riJv elKbruv rag dnoSei^eig
noiov/j^voig TJtyoig ^vvoida ovaiv d'J.a^bat, Kal av ng avrovg fii) (pvXdrrijrai, ev
uaXa e^anaruai, Kal ev yeufierpla Kal ev rolg d?^'Aoig dnaaiv. 6 6e nepl rijg
dva/ivf/aeug Kal fiad^aeug ?i6yog 6i' iinoOeaeug d^iag dnobe^aadai elprjrai. ep-
pfjOri ydp nov oirrug TjftCiv elvat i) ifroxv f** nplv elg aufta d<ptKeadai, aanep
avrf/g ecriv i) ovaia exovaa rr/v enuvvfiiav rf/v rov b eariv. eyi) 6e ravrrfv, ug
euavrbv neidu, iKavug re nal bpdCjg dnodeceyfiai. dvdyKT/ ovv fioi, ug eoiKe, 6id
ravra ^ijre efiavrov fii/re d/./MV dnoiUx^dOat /.eyovrog ug rpvxfl eariv dpfiovia.
2. (a) OvKOvv av ufioAoyijaafievevrolgepnpoadev iii/nor' dv avrf/v dpfioviav ye
ovaav evdvriag'deiv olg enireivoiro Kal xaT-Crro Kal nd?JMro Kal d7.?.o briovv nddog
ndcxoi eKeh'a if uv rvyxdvet ovaa, d/l?.' eneadai eKeivocg Kal o'vnor' av
-jtuoveieiv. 52
Translate the above extract, and explain the construction o{ o'lg eTzirei-
IVtTO K.r.?..
(t) Explain the grammatical peculiarities of the following sentences: —
(1) ovdiv fioi e?.eetvbv uaijci otg fi/cof av 66^Etev slvai -rrapovri nevOei.
(2) el fit/ irvyxdvev avroig imaTt/fxrj evovca ovk av otoi re ijaav tovto noit/aeiv.
(3) f?.adov hiaxrrhv ovdev etiTuv.
(4) o( a<piKOfih'tj Ty i'vxv i"''dp;jfe< evdaiftovi elvai — rdi> /.oinov xP^'ov ^tra
Tuv deijv diayovca.
(5) TC&VTt^ ovv aKo'vaavreg ar/duc 6teTi6ri/iev — fir/ oii^ivoc a^iot dfitv Kpirai
i) Koi TO irpay/iara avra airtOTa â– j.
(6) rb (iiv ovv ex^iv on ?Jyoc eKelvo^ tffwf oviev aroTov.
3. (a) Explain and discuss the meaning of the following words :—
vnaKoveiv. avew^Tjfielv. auiijroc. Trjvinade. avrtKa. a6o?.£<7xdv.
uopfio?vK£ia.
(b) Explain the force of the prepositions in :—
^nTa(iaf)Odv£lv. avtyeipeaOai. ^laaKei^avvvfrOai. ciaTveltrfiai. fieraxcipi-
(tadat. StafiAiTTEiv. avariOefiai. i:77eK6ttp/7/aaadai.
4. Explain the allusions in the following expressions : —
(a) Kal fit/ avaKafiTTToi na?.iv civl to erepov fiijii: KafiTzi/v Troioiro.
(6) oloff on Te?.£irr<JvTa Tram-' av /.f/pov tov 'Evcv/iiuva aToSei^ete kol
o'v6a/Jov av <paivoiro.
(c) Tlphg 6'vo leyerai oi'tT 6 'UpaK/.f/^ olog re elvai. 'A'/.'/.d Kal tfii l<pr) tov
'\{)Au:(JV napaHaXti fwf iTi <pug tOTiv.
(d) rd filv 'Ap/ioviag rjiuv Tfjg Qti^aiK^g ITied TToyg (if iocKt fitTpiug yeyove.
(e) 'llfidg 6e 'OfiT/ptKug kyyvg iovTcg Tzeipu/ieda el dpa ti Atyecg.
(_/■) eoiKU ^vyypa(piK€)g cpetv.
(g) a/^.d fitvToi, <1> 'Ziufiia, oix '/ Tlai'KOv yt [loi "''^'17/ doKtl etrac I'n/'j i,c<i-
cfiai d y' iaTiv.
5. Translate : —
(C) "J'l. I xovTEc^ ctg loiKf, ffifi3o?MV aa0ig
?,vTTrjg TTpbg rjfiur, w ^i'-'ot^ ven-?.evKaTe^
Kai fioL irpo(j<fOe(f tJOTe yq-vuOKetv oTt
tovt' ff 'ATpeo^uv epyn sdf ^Odvaatug.
f^on^a yap vtv -rravTog av "kdyov KaKoh 5
ylixjai) 0iy6vTa kiu Travovpyiar^ d<p' r}g
fiTjih' SiKotov eg Tt^.ng fti?.?.ei noieiv.
riA/.' ob Ti TOVTO Oavfi' fiioiy\ d77.' a. rrapuv
A'lng 6 fieiCuv Tav$' dpCtv i/veix^TO.
NE. OVK f/v Hi fcjr, u f/v'* nv yap dv noTt 10
C«Jvr«Jf y' tKEtvov ra it' i(Tv?J/0ip> ryu.
♦I. iTug tlnag ; dX/.' »/ ^^^otrof cixcrai Oavuv ;
NE. wf ftr/Krr' bvrn Ktlvnv rv ^d« v6ti.
•H. oifioi rdAnf . u\'/.' ovx o Tv6io>g ytJvof,
wi'iT oi'ffiTo?jiTug Xiaixpov AaepTttfi, 15
oil //// Odw^f Toia^e yap fif) ^'/v /<'f(.
53
NE. ov 6fJT\ f-Triaru tovto }'• ■a?.?M Kai /liya
0a?.7.ovric ''<t< vvv iv 'Apyeliov CTpa-cr
<1>I. -i 6' Of Tza'Aailx; KayaOoq ^t/lof t* ifioc,
'NiCTup 6 Jliliog ioTLv ; ov-oq yap to. ye 20
KEivuv kok' i^f/pv^e, (iovXevuv ao<l)d.
NE. K£iv6q yc irpaccei vvv kukuc, iwel Oavuu
'Avu?Mxoc avT(.' (jipovdoq, of Tzapi'iV^ yovoc.
(D) NE. olfioi^ ri 6pdau ; f-u'i nor' u^tTMv ?.i'xelv
TT/v ^Kvpov oi'Tu Tolg Trapovatv axQofiat.
^1. ol'K el KaKog cir rrpug kokuv (? civSpuv /laQuv
eoiKag tjkeiv alaxpa. vvv 6' u7.7.otai dovg
oV e'lKoc, eKTv?.ei, rafia fioi fieOetr u-x?.a.
NE. Ti 6pio/xev, avi^jeg ;
OA. u Kamaf avi^pw, ti ^pag ;
oiiK el fieOtlr -a ro^a ravr' kfiol 7T''ihv ;
$1. olfioi, rig uvijp ; ap' 'OSvaceug k/ /(.) ;
OA. 'OSvaaeuc, ad(f lad\ efiov y', bv ncopac.
4>I. oliior TTt-pauni. /caTrdP^wZ'. otT tjv apa
6 ^v?.?.afi(jv lie KcnzovocdjiGag bn^uv.
OA. eyc), cdcp' lcQ\ ova okTiog' 6fio?.oy(j rdi^e.
4>I. aTToJof, d(ieg /jot, nai^ to. To^a,
OA. TOVTO fiev,
ov6' i]v 8e7jj, opdaei itot'' d/./la Kal ae 6ei
aTEixeiv dfj.' avrolg, ^ fiia OTeVuoivci ae,
4>I. en\ u KOKuv KdKiGTe Kal rolfit'/CTare,
oy? tK jiiag d^ovGiv ;
OA. >/v fii/pwrig tKuv.
4>I. c) ATj/ivia x(^<^v i^fi^^ TO TvayKpareg ce7.ag
'HipaiCTorevKTOv, ravra df/r' dvaaxerd,
el p! oi'Tog e/c ruv auv aTva^erat fiia ;
OA. Zevg ecff, a' e'ldijg, Zevc, 6 rrjcde yf/g KpaTiJi;
7.ehc, 6J dedoKTai ravd'' vTrjiperu (5' f} w.
6. Write short notes on any words or expressions in extracts (C)and(D)
that appear to you to need explanation.
7. (a) For oi/nToArirbc ^/.cl'tinv AaepriL'^ Wunder reads oifi7ro?.ijrbg
^tai'ipov Aaepriov : — translate and explain his reading.
(b) ixovreg cv[ifio}^ov ccKber: — explain the allusion.
(c) Point out the instances of Crasis in (C) and (D; and resolve them
into their equivalents.
8. (d) Give the grammatical construction of verses 3-4; 5-3; 22-23,
in extract (C).
(6) Give the exact import of ii!< /i/'/, an] state the difierence in meaning
between oh and ///} and oh ii/j, severally.
.54
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 186G.
Monday, April 16th : — 9 a.m. to 1 p.m.
T ATTv (VIRGIL.â €” ^NEID, BOOK VI.
^^^^•^•"i ECLOGUES, I. AND IV.
FIRST YEAR.
Examiner Rev. George Coumsh, M.A.
I. Translate : —
(A) Ultima Cama;i venit iam carminis jetas ;
Magnus ab integro SEeclorum naicitur ordo.
Iam redit et Virgo ; redeunt Saturnia regua ;
lam nova progenies coelo demittitur alto.
Tu modo nascenti puero, quo ferrea primum
Desinet ac toto surget gens aurea mundo,
Casta fave Lucina : tuus iam regnat Apollo.
Teque adeo decus hoc ffivi, te Consule, iuibit,
Pollio ; et incipient magni procedere menses.
Te duce, si qua manent, sceleris vestigia nostri
Irrita perpetua solvent formidine terras.
lUe deum vitam accipiet divisque videbit
Permixtos beroas et ipse videbitur illis,
Pacatumque reget patriis virtutibus orbem.
At tibi prima, puer, nuUo munuscula cultu
Errantes ederas passim cum baccare tellus
Mixtaque ridenti colocasia fundet acantho.
Ipsae lacte domum referent distenta capellae
Ubera ; nee magnos metuent armenta leones.
Ipsa tibi blandos fundent cunabula flores.
Occidet et serpens, et fallax herba veneni
Occidet ; Assj'rium vulgo nascetur amomum.
(B) Talibus ex adjto dictis Cumaea Sibylla
Horrendas canit ambages antroque remugit,
Obscuris vera involvens ; ea frena furenti
Concutit, et stimulos sub pectore vertit Apollo.
Ut primum cessit furor et rabida ora quierunt,
Incipit JEneas heros : Non ulla laborum,
virgo, nova mi facies inopinave surgit ;
Omnia prfecepi, atque animo mecum ante peregi.
Unum oro : Quando hie inferni ianua regis
Dicitur et tenebrosa palus Acheronte refuse,
Ire ad conspectum cari genitoris et ora
Contingat ; doceas iter et sacra ostia pandas.
Ilium ego per flammas et mille sequentia tela
Eripui bis humeris, medioque ex hoste recepi ;
lUe meum comitatus iter maria omnia mecum
Atque omnes pelagique minas coelique ferebat,
Invalidus, viris ultra sortemque senectae.
Quin, ut te supplex peterem, et tua limina adireui,
Idem orans mandata dabat. Gnatique patrisque,
55
Alma, precor, miserere ; potes namque omnia, nee te
Nequidquara lucis Hecate praefecit Avernis.
Si potuit Manes arcessere coniugis Orpheus,
Threicia fretus cithara fidibusque canoris ;
Si fratrem Pollux alterna morte redemit,
Itque reditque viam toties. Quid Tiiesea magnum,
Quid memorem Alciden ? Et mi genus ab Iotc summo.
(C) Vis et Tarquinios reges, animamque superbam
Ultoris Bruti, fascesque videre receptos?
Consulis imperium hie primus sajvasque secures
Aceipiet, natosque pater, nova bella moventes,
Ad poenam pulchra pro libertate vocabit,
Infelix ! Utcunque ferent ea facta minores,
Vineet amor patrije laudumque immensa cupido.
Quin Decios, Drusosque procul, sjevunique securi
Adspiee Torquatum, et referenteni signa Camillum.
Illae autera, paribus quas fulgere cernis in armis,
Concordes animae nunc et dum noete prementur, •
Heu quantum inter se bellum, si lumina vitae
Attigerint, quantas acies stragenique ciebunt,
Aggeribus socer Alpinis atque arce Monceci
Descendens, gener adversis instructus Eois!
Ne, pueri, ne tauta animis adsuescite bella,
Neu patriae validas in viscera vertite viris.
Tuque prior, tu parcc, genus qui ducis Olympo,
Proiice tela manu, sanguis mens.
Tile triumphata Capitolia ad alta Corintho
Victor aget curruni, cassis insignis Achivis.
Eruet ille Argos Agamemnoniasque Mycenas,
I|)3umqae yEaciden, genus annipotentis Achilli,
Ultus avos Trois, tenipla et temerata Minerva?.
2. (") State the facts which form the historical groundwork of Eclogue
I., and the date of their occurrence. What real persons are the speakers H
in it supposed to represent ? ^
(6) Give the date of Eclogue IV., and discuss, briefly, the question of
the child referred to as the hero of the poem.
(c) Name and define the class of poetry to which the Eclogues belong.
What Greek poet did Virgil take as his model in their composition ?
3. Discuss tlie grammatical construction and intcr[irctation of the
following extracts, and slate the grounds of your exjilanations : —
((/) En un(iuam patrios longo post tempore finis,
Post aliquot, niea regna videns, mirabor aristas ?
(I)) En, quo discordia civis miseros produxit (alii, pcrduxit).
(c) Incipe, parve puer, risu cognoacere matrem.
(rf) Praepetibua pennis ausus so credere cielo.
(<•) Non indebita posco rcgna meis fatis.
(/) Sed terras grnviora (pericula) manent.
(y) Gaudet cognomine terra (alii, t n<r.)
56
4. Parse (giving the first Sing. Present, Perfect and Future, Indica-
tive, of each,) the following verbs : — consevimus, trivisse, risere, pepe-
rere, incubuere, depasta, supposta, desueta, sepulto, prwterlabere, atti-
gerint, laetere, defixae, districti.
5. (ff) Write down the Nom., Sing, and Plu., of the following : — Uteris,
silvestrem, inertem, caespite, viridi, arcibus, sortibus, alarum, frigore,
fornice.
(6) Give the etymology of the following, and the cognate forms of
any in Greek or English : — hrumali, teretis, armis, ambages, arva, bibu-
1am, irremeabilis, operta, luna, peculi, fulmen, victima.
6. (a) Give the scheme of the metre and scan the first six vss. of
extract (A).
(6) Explain, briefly, the historical allusions of extract (C).
7. (a) Give the rules for the construction with names of towns.
(6) What classes of verbs in Latin are constructed with the genitive
case ?
(c) What is the diflference of meaning between the imperfect and plu-
perfect tenses of the subjunctive in conditional sentences ?
(d) How are clauses in English introduced by that to be translated
into Latin?
(e) What is the difference between ne and ut non ?
8. (a) What case or cases lespectively follow the verbs done, pcenilet,
rogo, salvo, condemno.
(b) Translate into Latin : — He orders (imjicro) Cuius to be present
(adsum). He feared Qnetuo) tfiut Cuius was not present. He sent (mitto)
Cuius to be present. He was angry (iratu%) because (quod) Cains was
present. He is happy (beatus) provided (dummodo) Cuius is present. He
did not know (nescio) onwhat day {dies) Cuius ivas present.
57
McGILL UNIVEESITY, MONTREAL.
INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION, 1866.
Monday, Aprii, 16th: — 9 a.m. to 1 p.m.
LATIN.-CICEUO.— DE IMPERIO CN. rOMPEII.
Examiner Rev. Gborge Coiinish, M.A.
(A) Et quoniam semper appetentes gloria? praeter caeteras gentes
atque avidi laudis fuistis, delenda est vobis illamacula Mitliridatico bello
Buperiore concepta, quae penitus iam insedit ac nimis inveteravit ia
populi Romani nomine, quod is, qui uno die, tola in Asia, tot in civitati-
bus, uno nuncio atque una significatione litterurum cives Romanos
necandos trucidandosque denotavit, non modo adliuc pocnam nullam suo
dignam scelere suscepit, sed ab illo tempore annum iam tertium et vice-
simum regnat et ita regnat, ut se non Ponti neque Cappadociae latebris
occultare velit, sed emergere ex patrio regno atque in vestris vectigali-
bus, hoc est, in Asiae luce versari. Etenim adhuc ita nostri cum illo
rege contenderunt imperatores, ut ab illo insignia victoriae, non victo-
riam reportarent. Triumphavit L. Sulla, triumphavit L. Murena de Mi-
thridate, duo fortissimi viri ct summi imperatores, sed ita triumpharunt,
ut ille pulsus superatusque regnaret. Verum tamen illis imperatoribus
laus est tribuenda quod egerunt, venia danda quod reliquerunt, propterea
quod ab co bello Suliam in Italiam respublica, Murenam Sulla revocavit.
(B) Reliquum est ut de felicitate, quam praestare de se ipso uemo
potest, meminisse et commemorare dc altero possumus, sicut aequum est
homines de f)0testate deorum, timide et pauca dicamus. Ego enim sic
existimo : Maximo, Marcello, Scipioni, Mario, et caeteris magnis impera-
toribus non solum propter virtutem, sed etiam propter fortunam saepius
imperia mandata atque exercitus esse commissos. Fuit enim profecto
quibusdam suramis viris quaedam ad amplitudinem ct ad gloriam et ad res
magnasbene gerendasdivinitusadiunctafortuna. Dc huiusautem hominis
felicitate, de quo nunc agimus, hac ular moderatione dicendi, non ut in
illius potestate fortunam positam esse dicam, sed ut praeterita memi-
nisse, reliqua sperare videamur, ne aut invisa dis immortalibus oratio
nostra aut ingrata esse videatur. Itaque non sum praedicaturus quantas
ille res domi militiae, terra marique, quantaque felicitate gesscrit, ut eius
semper voluntatibus non modo cives adsenserint, socii obtemperarint,
hostcs obedierint, sed etiam venti tempestatesque obsecundarint : hoc
brevissime dicam, neminem umquara tarn impudentem fuisse, qui ab dis
immortalibus tot et tantas res tacitus auderet optarc, quot et quantas di
immortales ad Cn. Pompcium dctulerunt. Quod ut illi proprium ac per-
petuum sit, Quirites, quum communis salutis atque imperii turn ipaius
hominis causa, sicuti facitis, vclle et optare debetis.
(C) Qua re, etiam si quern habetis qui collatis signis exercitus regios
Buperarc posse videatur, tamen nisi erit idem, qui sea pecuniis sociorum,
qui ab corura coniugibus ac libcris, <iui ab oniamcntis fanorum atquo
oppidorum, qui ab auro gazatpie regia raanus, oculos, animum coliibore
possit, non erit idoneus qui ad bclhim Asiaticnm regiumquo millalur.
Kcquain putalis civiiulem pacatain fuisse quae locuples sit? ccquam esse
58
locupletem quae istis pacata esse videatur? Ora maritima, Quirites, Cn.
Pompeiumnon solum propter rei militaris gloriam, sed etiam propter
animi continentiam requisivit. Videbat enim praetores locupletari quo-
tannis pecunia publica praeter paucos, neque eos quidquam aliud adsequi
classium nomine nisi ut detrimentis accipiendis maiore adfici turpitudine
Tideremur.
2 (a) Write a sketch of the public life of Cn, Pompeius. (b) Give an
account of the events in Asia and the occurrences at Rome that led to the
delivery of this oration. Was the object of its delivery gained ? (c)
By what other title is the speech known, and for what reason?
3 Write short explanatory notes on the following : —
(a) Hie locus ad agendum amplissimus.
(6) Propter dilationem comitiorum.
(c) Una significatione litterarum.
(d) Quum publican! familias maximas habent.
(e) Scimus solutione impedita fidem concidisse.
(f) Ex senatus consulto legibus solutus ut consul fieret.
4 Translate, and explain the grammatical construction of the follow-
ing extracts : —
(a) Omne meum tempus amicorum temporibus transmittendum putavi.
(6) Nunc quid agendum sit considerate.
(c) Hunc diffidentem rebus suis confirmavit.
(d) Quanta innocentia debent esse imperatores.
5 (a) Analyse and parse the following verbs, giving also their prin-
cipal parts : — ineunte, lacessitus, district!, pensitant, depressam, pros-
tratos, obedierint, obsolevit, collatis.
(6) Give (1) the Perf, Sup., and Inf.; (2) the roots; and (3) the
cognate forms in the Greek, of the verbs do and abdo.
6 Give an account of the chief sources whence the revenues of Rome
were derived during the time of the Republic, and mention those which
Cicero speaks of in this oration. Explain, also, the method of their
collection.
7 (a) Decline the following words: — Alacer. supplex. unus. idem, (b)
Give the Comparative and Superlative of: — crudelis. facilis. superus.
vetus. (c) Give the force of the sufiSxes — ax, — osus, — ilis. severally.
8 (a) Write down the principal parts of: — cupio. cinnbo. vincio. caedo.
(6) Inflect the Pres. Subj. Pass, of juvo ; the Perf. Subj. Act of cerfo;
and the Imp. Subj. of ro/o, and mark the quantity of the penultimate of
each form.
(c) What classes of verbs take the construction of the Ablative ?
(d) State the difference of meaning between the Imperfect and
Pluperfect of the Subjunctive in conditional sentences.
59
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
Monday, April 16th: — 9 a.m. to 1 p.m.
LATIN.— TERENCE.— ADELPHI.
THIRD YEAR.
Examiner Rev. George Cornish, M.A.
1 Translate : —
Demea. Micio.
^A) De. Ehera opportune : te ipsum quaerito.
Mi. Quid tri'stis es? De. Rogasme? ubi nobis Aeschinust ?
Scin iam quid tristis ego sim ? Mi. Dixin hoc fore ?
Quid f^cit? De. Quid ille f^cerit ? quern neque pudet
Quicquam, nee metuit quemquam, neque legem putat
Tenere se ullam. nam fUa qufe antehac facta sunt
Omftto : modo quid designauit? Mi. Quid nam id est?
De. Fon's ecfregit atque in aedis fnruit
Alienas : ipsum dominum atque omnem familiam
Mulcauit usque ad mortem : eripuit mulierem
Quam amabat. clamant omnes indign/ssume
Factum esse : hoc aduenienti quot mihi, Mi'cio,
Dixere! in orest omni populo. denique,
Si conferendum exemplumst, non fratr^m uidet
Rei dare operam riiri parcnm ac sobrium ?
Nullum huius simile factum. b<ec quom illi, Mi'cio,
Dico, tibi dico : tu ilium corrumpf sinis.
TMi. Homine fnperito numquam quicquam iniustiust.
Qui ni'si quod ipse fecit nil rectum putat.
De. Quorsum I'stuc? Mi. Quia tu, Demea, htec male ludicas.
Non est flagitium, mihi crede, adulesc^ntulum
Scortari, neque potare: non est: neque foris
Ecfringere. ha;c si neque ego neque tu f^ciraus,
Non Slit egestas facere nos. tu nunc tibi
Id laudi ducis, quod turn fecisti I'nopia?
Iniuriumst: nam si esset nnde id fi'eret,
Facer^mus. et ilium tu tuom, si esses homo,
Sineres nunc facere, diim per istat^m licet,
Potius quam, ubi te expeclatum eiecisset foras,
Ali^niore setate post facer6t tamen.
Geta. Sostrata. Canthara.
(B) Ge. Nunc rtlud est, quom, si omnia omnea sua consilia cooferant
Atque hui'c malo salulem qnarant, auxili nil adferant.
Quod mi'hique er;eque fi'liseque enlist, uae misero mihi :
Tot res repente circumuallant, unde emergi non potest :
Vi's egestas I'niustitia solitudo infamia.
Hocine saeclum! o scelera, o genera sacrilega, o homin«« I'n-
pium.
So. Me mfseram, quid namst quod sic uideo timidum et properan-
t6m Getam ?
60
Ge. qiiem n^que fides neque iu3 iurandum n^que ilium misericordia
Repr^ssit neque refl^xit neque quod partus instabat prope,
Quoi mrseree indigne per uitn uitium obtulerat. So. Non intel-
lego
Satis qua6 loquatur. Ca. Propius obsecro accedamus, Sos-
trata. Ge. Ah
Me mi'serum, uix sum compos animi, ita ardeo iracundia.
Nil «5st quod malim quam fllam totam familiam dari mi obuiam,
Vt ego iram banc in eos ^uomam omnem, dum a^gritudo hajc
^st recens.
Sati's mihi habeam supplici, dum illos ulciscar meo modo.
Seni animam priroum exti'nguerem ipsi, qui fUud produxit scelus :
Turn autem Syrum inpulsorem, uah, quibus fUum lacerar^m
modis !
Sublimen medium arriperem et capite pronum in terram sta-
tuerem,
yt c^rebro dispergat uiam.
Adulescenti ipsi ^riperem oculus, post haec prsecipit^m darem.
(!6teros ruerem agerem raperem tunderem et prost^rnerem.
Sed c^sso eram hoc male I'npertiri propere ?
Geta. Demea.
(C) Ge. Era, ego hue ad hos proui'so, quam mox ufrginem
Arcessant. sed eccum D^meam. saluos sies.
De. quf uocare ? Ge. G^ta. De. Geta, hominem maxumi
Preti te esse hodie iudicaui animo meo :
Nam is mi'hi profectost s6ruos spectatus satis,
Ouoi dominus curaest, I'ta uti tibi sensi, Geta,
Et ti'bi ob earn rem, Si'quid usus uenerit,
Lubens bene faxim. m^ditor esse adfabilis,
Et bene procedit. Ge. Bonus es, quom hfec exi'stumas.
De. Paulatim plebem prrmulum facio meam.
2. (a) From the above extracts, give instances of the return to the
correct method of the orthography of Terence, made by Fleckeisen and
other German editors.
(b) Write down the same according to the ordinary method.
3. (a) Discuss the derivation and meaning of the following words : —
scripturam, (locum) reprensum, argumentum, clanculum, hariolor, ines-
care, sedulo, edepol, saeclum, immo, ilico, patrissas, bellissumum, purgare.
(//) Point out the stems and the terminations of the following words : —
ibi, ubi, alibi, humi, militi;e, ruri. To what case do these words belong?
4. Translate and explain the following extracts : —
(«) Acta ludis funebribus .^mili Paulli.
(b) Modos fecit L. Flaccus Claudi tibiis sarranis.
(c) Facta e Grajca Menandru.
(d) In ore est omni populo.
(c) Ego meum jus persequar.
(f) Nam ego liberal! causa illaiu assero manu
(§■) Frustra egomet has mecum rationes puto.
Gl
5. Analyse the construction and explain the syntax of the following
extracts : —
(a) Hominem maximi preti te esse hodie animo judicavi meo.
(h) Aliquo abeam, atque edormiscam hoc villi.
(c) Sane noUem hue exitum.
((/) Discrucior animi.
(e) Et istam, quod potes, fac consolere.
(/) Profugiet aliquo militatum.
(g-) Dari nuptum non potest.
6. Point out peculiarities of construction, in Terence, with the verbs : —
(1) utor, (2) fungor, (3) potior.
7. State, with illustrations, the usage of (1) the Gerund, (2) of the
Gerundive, (3) of the Supines, and (4) of the Ablative Absolute.
62
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL.
B.A. ORDINARY EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
Monday, April 16th : — 9 a.m. to 1 p.m.
T Axixr ( LFVT .—Book XXI.
J.A11JN .— I XEKENCE.— ADELPHI.
Examiner, Rev. George Cornish, M. A.
1. Translate :—
(A) Dum ea Romani parant consultantque, jam Saguntum summa vi
oppugnabatur. Civitas ea longe opuleutissima ultra Hiberum fuit, sita
passus mille ferme a mari. Oriundi a Zacyntho insula dicuntur, mixtique
etiam ab Ardea Rutulorum quidam generis : ceterum in tanlas brevi
creverant opes sen maritimis seu terreslribus fructibus, sen multitudinis
incremento seu disciplina? sanctitate, qua fidem socialem usque ad perni-
ciem suam coluerunt. Hannibal infesto exercitu ingressus fines pervas-
tatis passim agris urbem tripertito adgreditur. Angulus muri erat in
planiorem patentioremque, quam cetera circa, vallem vergens : adversus
eum vineas agere instituit, per quas aries ma?nibus admoveri posset.
Sed ut locus procul muro satis cp.quus agendis vineisfuit, itahaudquaquam
prospere, postquam ad effectum operis ventum est, cceptis succedebat :
et turris ingens inminebat, et murus, ut in suspecto loco, supra ceterfe
modum altitudinis emunitus erat, et juventus delecta, ubi plurimum
pericnli ac timoris ostendebatur, ibi vi majore obsistebant. Ac primo
missilibus submovere hostem nee quicquam satis tulum munientibus pati,
deinde jam non pro moenibus modo atque turri tela micare, sed ad erum-
pendum etiam in stationes operaque hostium animus erat, quibus tumul-
taariis certaminibus baud ferme plures Saguntini cadebant quam Poeni.
Ut vero Hannibal ipse, dum murum incautius subit, adversum femur
tragula graviter ictus cecidit, tanta circa fuga ac trepidatio fuit, ut non
multum abesset, quin opera ac vinea? desererentur.
(B; Tandem nequiquam jumentis atque hominibus fatigatis. castra in
jugo posita, a?gerrime ad idipsum loco purgato ; tantum nivis fodiendum
atque egerendum fuit. Inde ad rupem muniendam, per quam unam via
esse poierat, milites ducti, cum cedendum esset saxum, arboribus circa
inmanibus dejectis detruncatisque, struem ingentem lignorum faciunt,
eamque, cum et vis vevti apta faciendo igni coorta esset, succendunt, arden-
tiaque saxa infuso aceto putrefaciunt. Ita torridam incendio rupem
ferro pandunt, raolliuntque anfractibus modicis clivos, ut non jumenta
solum, sed elephanti etiam deduci possent. Quadriduum circa rupem con-
sumplum, jumentis prope fame absumtis : nuda enim fTe cacumina
sunt et, si quid est pabuli, obruunt nives : inferiora valles apricos quos-
dam coUes habent, rivosque prope silvas et jam humano cultu- digniora
loca : ibi jumenta in pabulum missa et quies muniendo fessis hominibus
data triduo. Inde ad planum descensum, et jam locis mollioribus et
accolarum ingeniis.
(C) Ceterum nemini omnium major justiorque quam ipsi consuli
Tideri : gaudio efferri, qua parte copiarura alter consul victus foret, ease
Ticisse : restitutes ac refectos inilitibus nnimos nee quemquam esse prffiter
collegam qui dilatam dimicatiouem vellet : eum animo msigis quam cor-
pore .Tgrum memoria vulneris aciem ac tela horrere : sed non esse cum
63
jegro senescendnm : quid enim ultra difiFerri aut teri tempus ? quesi
tertium consulem, quern alium exercitum expecUri ? castra Carthaginien-
sium in Ilalia, ac prope in conspectu urbis esse : non Sicilian! ac Sardi-
nian! victis ademptas nee cis Hiberum Hispaniam peti sed solo patrio
terraque, in qua geniti forent, pelli RoraHnos. " Quantum ingemiscant,'
inquit, " patres nostri circa moenia Carthaginis bellare soliti, si vidcant
nos, progeniem suara, duos consules consularesque exercitus, in media
Italia paventes intra castra, Poenum, quod inter Alpes Apenninumque
iigri sit, su:e ditionis fecisse !" haec adsidens a>gro coUega', h;vc in prcT-
torio prope contionabundus agere. Stimulabat et tempus propinquum
comitiorum, ne in novos consules bellum differrelur, el occaxio in se unum
vertenda gloria, dum ager coUega erat : itaque, nequiquam dissentiente
Cornelio, parari ad ]>ropinquum certamen milites jubet.
2 (a) Turn ext. (C) into the oratio recta.
(fj) Explain the construction of nouns and verbs in the principal and
dependent clauses of the oratio obliqua.
(c) What noun do you supply with major justiorque, in (C). Explain
the use of the Infinitives, videri and ejferri.
3 Explain carefully the grammatical construction of the clauses in
Italics in the above extracts.
4 State the difference in meaning between : — agmen, exercitus, acies :
mcenia, murus ; obsidio, oppugnaiio ; castra, castrum ; pugna, proelium ;
custodiie, stationes ; vectigalis, stipendarius ; opportunitas, occasio :
campus, ager.
5 Write explanatory notes on the following : —
(1) Quartis castris ad Insulam jiervenit.
(2) Ponte Ticinum jungunt.
(3) Fugerunt infer subsidia ad secundam aciem.
(4) Quarta vigilia tacito agmine profectus.
(T)) Cum suo justo equitatu.
(6) Classem armatam et ornatam.
(7) Sublatis armaraentis; demendis armamentis.
6 State the geographical position and give the modern names of: —
Augusta Taurinorum, Iliera, Vibo, Ariminum, Isara, Arar, Gades.
Messana, Mutina, Ruscino.
7 Translate:—
(D) Db. Pro liippiter, tu homo adigis me ad insaniam.
Xon 68t flagitium facere haec adulcsctintulum ? Mi.
Ah,
Ansculta, ne me obtundas de hac re saepius.
Tuoni filiuni dedisli adoptandum mihi :
Is meu3 est factus : si'quid i)eccat, Deroea,
Mihi p6ccat : epo illi maxuninni partem feram.
• Obsonat, potat, olet ungui-nta : d«5 meo ;
Amat : diibitur a me argent»in), dum erit commodum.
Vbi non erit, fortiisse excludetur foras.
Kor/s ecfrcgit : rcatituentur ; discidit
Ve8t<5m : rcsarcietur. et (dis gratia)
Est undo haec fmnt, et adliuc non mok-sta sunt.
l'o8tr(;-mo aul de-xine nut cedo quemuis lirbitrum :
Te pliira in hac re j)L'Ccare ostendain. De. Ei mihi,
I'aicr ^sse diacc ab iUis, (jui uer6 sciunt.
(E) St. Quid malum ' bone ii/r' mihi narras? equidem perii.
De. Quid tibist?
Sy. Rogitas ? Ctesiphd me pugnis mi'serum et istam psal-
triam
Vsque occidit. De. Hem, quid narras? Sy. Em, uide
ut discidi't labrum.
De. Quamobrem? Sy. Me inpulsdre banc emptam esse ait.
De. Non tu eum rus hi'nc modo
Produxe »ibas ? Sy. Factum: uerum uenit post insa-
niens :
Nil pepercit. non puduisse uerberarebominemsenem!
Quem ego modo puerum tantillum in manibus gestaui
meis.
8 (a) Write out the words in full of which the following forms are
contractions : — sis and dis. exporge. demsi. produxe. prorsus. cedo.
(imper.) lautum, enarramus. demum. ellum. siit. actutum,
(6) Give the later and more common forms for the following : — tradier,
faxo, faxim.
(c) Write down according to the common orthography the following
words as written by Fleckeisen : — hauscio, quor, nunciam, ipsus, ilico,
erus, quoipiam, quoiuis, edepol, reprendi.
(d) When should the terminations — os and — om, — us and — um be
severally used?
65
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
Friday, April 13th : — 3 to 5 p.m.
GREEK AND LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.
FIRST YEAR.
Examiner Rev. George Cornish, M.A.
1. Translate into Greek: —
(a) He says that the men do not wish to go away.
(6) The general who treats his soldiers well is deserving of praise from
all his fellow-citizens.
(c) These events happened while Cyrus was king of the Persians.
{d) If the citizens had not been unjust, they would not have con-
demned the generals to death.
(e) They know not what to do with the slave whom the king has
placed in their power.
2. Translate into Latin : —
(a) He answered that it was a disgraceful proceeding to send the good
and wise into exile.
(b) It is the duty of all men to obey the laws, and to be mindful of the
benefits they receive from the commonwealth.
(c) Brutus pretended to be mad in order the more easily to deceive
his enemies, and to serve his country.
(d) Herodotus relates, that Thales of Miletus predicted to the lonians
an eclipse of the sun, and that it took place at the appointed time.
(e) It is of great importance to the state that bad men should not
make the laws.
(/) I fear that he is going to conceal these- things from his parents,
and that they will not find them out.
6 '3
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL.
INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION, 1866.
Monday, April 16th :— 3 to 5 p.m.
LATIN PROSE COilPOSITION.
Examiner Rev. George Cornish, M.A.
Translate into Latin : —
In the reign of Ancus Marcius,— an Etruscan, a wealtliy, enterprising,
and ambitious man, and a son of Demaratua of Corinth, left Tarquinii
and proceeded to Rome, and there took up his abode. He hoped that
there he would be able to acquire honours and distinction, a thing which
he was unable to do at Tarquinii, because he was a foreigne'r. His
father, Demaratus, was a member of the illustrious family of the Bacchi-
adae at Corinth ; but being obliged by his political enemies to quit his
native land, he had settled at Tarquinii in Etruria, where he had friends.
He is also said to have been accompanied by celebrated Greek artists
and to have taught the Etruscans the art of alphabetical writing. He
married an Etruscan woman, who became the mother of his two sons
Lucumo and Aruns. Aruns died before his father, but Lucumo out-
lived him, and married an Etruscan woman, by name Tanaquil. This
Lucumo, with his wife, went to live at Rome, where, on the death of
Ancus Marcius, he was elected as king by the people. He is known in
history under the name of Lucius Tarquinius Priscus.
67
ij
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
Monday, April 16th; — 3 to 5 p.m.
LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.
THIRD YEAR.
Examiner Rev. George Cornish, M.A.
Translate into Latin : —
Peter of Russia, when he came to years of manhood, though he found
himself emperor of a vast and numerous people, master of an endless
territory, absolute commander of the lives and fortunes of his subjects,
in the midst of this unbounded power and greatness, turned his thoughts
upon himself and people with sorrow. Sordid ignorance and a brute
manner of life, this generous prince beheld and contemned, from the
light of his own genius. His judgment suggested this to him, and his
courage prompted him to amend it. In order to this, he did not send
to the nation from whence the rest of the world has borrowed its polite-
ness, but himself left his diadem to learn the true way to glory and
honour, and application to useful arts, wherein to employ the labori-
ous, the simple, the honest part of his people. Mechanic employments
and operations were very justly the first objects of his favour and
observation. With this glorious intention he travelled into foreign
nations in an obscure manner, above receiving little honours where he
sojourned, but prying into what was of more consequence, their arts of
peace and of war. By this means had this great prince laid the founda-
tion of a great and lasting fame, by personal labour, personal knowledge,
personal valour.
68
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL.
B. A. ORDINARY EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
Monday, April 16th : — 3 to 5 p.m.
LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.
Examiner Rev. George Cornish, M.A.
Translate into Latin ; —
" Hannibal was seventy-six years of age when he was appointed com-
mander-in-chief of the Carthaginian armies in Spain, upon the sudden
death of Hasdrubal. Two years, we have seen, had been employed in
expeditions against the native Spaniards ; the third year was devoted
to the siege of Saguntum. Hannibal's pretext for attacking it was, that
the Saguntines had oppressed one of the Spanish tribes in alliance with
Carthage ; but no caution in the Saguntine government could have
avoided a quarrel, which their enemy was determined to provoke.
Saguntum, although not a city of native Spaniards, resisted as obsti-
nately as if the very air of Spain had breathed into foreign settlers on
its soil the spirit so often, in many different ages, displayed by the
Spanish people. Saguntum was defended like Numantia and Gerona :
the siege lasted eight months : and when all hope was gone, several of
the chiefs kindled a fire in the market-place, and after having thrown in
their most precious effects, leapt into it themselves, and perished. Still
the spoil found in the place was very considerable : there was a large
treasure of money, which Hannibal kept for his war expenses ; there
were numerous captives, whom he distributed amongst his soldiers as
their share of the plunder; and there was much costly furniture from
the public and private buildings, which he sent home to decorate the
temples and palaces of Carthage."
69
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL.
B. A. ORDINARY EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
Friday, April 13th : — 3 to 5 p.m.
GENERAL PAPER.
Examiner Rkt. George Cornish, M.A.
1. Discuis the following points, and give a sketch of the life of Plato : —
(a) The years of the birth and death of Plato.
(6) The travels of Plato.
2. (a) On what principles, and into what classes, have the dialogues
of Plato been arranged by ancient, and, also, by modern critics?
(6) Discuss the primary meaning of the term So^itrrr/f, and the idea
which Plato attaches to it.
3. Give a short account of the reforms introduced by Cleisthenes into
the Athenian government.
4. Compare Athens and Sparta. What were the main causes and
results of the Peloponnesian war?
5. Give some account of Livy. Mention the peculiarities of his style,
and give your estimate of his general character as an historian.
6. What were the causes alleged by both parties as the grounds of
the second Punic war ? Were these the real causes ?
7. Describe the vinea, balisia, aries, and turris mobilis.
8. (a) Narrate the leading facts that have been handed down to us
respecting the birth-place and the social position of Terence.
(b) With what famous men was he intimate ? What class of Greek
literature, and what authors therein, did the Roman Dramatists mainly
take as their models?
70
i
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 186e.
Monday, April 16th: — 3 to 5 p.m.
HISTORY.— HISTORY OF ROME.
FIRST YEAR.
Examiner Rev. George Corni.sh, M.A.
1. Give an account of the early inhabitants of ancient Italy.
2. (a) Give the dates of the establishment and overthrow of the
monarchy at Rome.
(b) Write down the names of the kings in th.? order of their succes-
sion, and mention the important wars and jiolitical changes that took
place during the reigns of any of them.
(c) Narrate, briefly, the legend of the Horatii and the Curatii.
3. (a) When, and under what circumstances, was the office of the
Tribunus Plebis instituted ?
(h) Give an account of its functions and powers.
(c) State what you know respecting the Censorship and Quastorship.
4. Give a short account, with dates, of the following events : — (1) The
invasion of Italy by the Gauls; (2) Establishment of tiie Decemvirate ;
(3) The war with Pyrrhus.
5. (a) Name the divisions and subdivisions of land made by the Roman
jurists.
(b) Write an account of the Agrarian Laws. What was the primary
object of these laws, and to what kind of land did their jirovisions apply ?
(c) In connection with this subject, define the terms possessio, posses-
cores, possidere.
6. Give an account of the sources from which the revenue of Rome
was derived, and the mode of collecting it, during the period of the
Republic.
7. Write a short account, with dates, of the priicipal events and
leaders of the three Punic Wars.
71
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL.
B. A. EXAMINATION FOR HONOURS IN CLASSICS, 1866.
Wednesday, April 4th : — Morning, 9 to 12.
GREEK HISTORIANS.
Examiner Rev. George Cornish, M.A.
Translate into English : —
<A) Herodotus.— Books VIII. and IX.
(1) VIII., §§ 40 and 41.
(2) IX., § 58.
<B) Thucydides.— Book I.
(3) I., §§ 96 and 97.
(4) I., § 144.
<C) Xenophon : — Hellenics, Books I. and II.
(5) I., Chap, iv., §§ 8 to 12, inclusive.
(6) II., Chap, iv., §§ 24 to 27, inclusive.
Wednesday, April 11th: — Morning, 9 to 12.
LATIN HISTORIANS.
Examiner Rev. George Cornish, M.A.
Translate into English : —
<A) Livy.— Books XXL, XXIL, and XXIII.
(1) XXL, Chap. xliv.
(2) XXIL, Chap, xxxvi.
(3) XXIIL, Chap. xxi.
<B) Tacitus.— Annals, Books I. and IL and Histories, Book I.
(4) Annals, I., Chap. xvii.
(5) Annals, IL, Chap. Ixix and Ixx.
(6) Histories I., Chap. xlvi.
72
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL.
B. A. EXAMINATION FOR HONOURS IN CLASSICS, 1866.
Wednesday, April 4th : — 2 to 5 p.m.
LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION.
Examiner Rev. George Cornish, M.A.
Translate into Latin : —
(A) Valerian was about sixty years of age when he was invested with
the purple, not by the caprice of the populace, or the clamours of the
army, but by the unanimous voice of the Roman world. In this gradual
ascent through the honours of the state, he had deserved the favours of
virtuous princes, and had declared himself the enemy of tyrants. His
noble birth, his mild but unblemished manners, his learning, prudence,
and experience were revered by the senate and people ; and if mankind
(according to the observation of an ancient writer) had been at liberty
to choose a master, their choice would, most assured!}', have fallen on
Valerian. Perhaps the merit of this emperor was inadequate to his
reputation ; perhaps his abilities, or at least his spirit, were affected by
the languor and coldness of old age. The consciousness of his decline
engaged him to share the throne with a younger and more active asso-
ciate : the emergency of the times demanded a general no less than a
prince ; and the experience of the Roman censor might have directed
him where to bestow the imperial purple, as the reward of military merit.
But instead of making a judicious choice, which would have confirmed
his reign and endeared his memory. Valerian, consulting only the dic-
tates of affection or vanity, immediately invested with the supreme
honours his son Gallienus, a youth whose effeminate vice had been
hitherto concealed by the obscurity of a private station. The joint
government of the father and the son subsisted about seven, and the
sole administiation of Gallienus continued about eight years. But the
whole period was one uninterrupted series of confusion and calamity.
(B) As the power of acquiring knowledge is to be ascribed to reason,
BO the attainment of it mightily strengthens and improves it, and
thereby enables it to enrich itself with further acquisitions. Knowledge,
in general, expands the mind, exalts the faculties, refines the taste of
pleasure, and opens numerous sources of intellectual enjoyment. By
means of it we become less dependent for satisfaction upon the pleasures
of sense, and we are made to feel the superiority of the spiritual to the
material part of our nature. Instead of being continually solicited by
the influence and irritation of sensible objects, the mind can retire
within herself, and expatiate in the cool and quiet walks of contempla-
tion. The Anther of nature has wisely annexed a j)leasure to the exer-
cise of our active powers, and particularly to the pursuit of truth, which,
if it be in some instances less intense, is far more durable than the gra-
tifications of sense, and is on that account incomparably more valuable.
73
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL.
B. A. EXAMINATION FOR HONOURS IN CLASSICS, 1866.
Wkdnksdat, April 11th:— 2 to 5 p.m.
GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION.
Examiner Rev. George Cornish, M.A.
Translate into Greek : —
(A) The next summer, Alcibiades sailed to Argos -with twenty ships,
and seized three hundred men, who were still thought to be suspicious
characters, and to favour the cause of the Lacedaemonians ; and these
the Athenians deposited in the neighbouring islands within their domi-
nions. The Athenians also undertook an expedition against the island
of Melos, with thirty ships of their own, six of the Chians, two of the
Lesbians, sixteen hundred of their own heavy-armed, three hundred
bowmen, twenty mounted archers, and about five thousand five hundred
heavy-armed of the allies and the islanders. Now the Melians are a
colony of the Lacedsemonians, and would not submit to the Athenians,
like the rest of the islanders, but at first remained quiet as neutrals, and
then, when the Athenians tried to compel them by devastating their
land, went openly to war with them. The generals, therefore^ Cleo-
medes, son of Lycomedes, and Tisias, son of Tisimachus, having gone
and encamped in their territory with this armament, before injuring any
part of the land, first sent ambassadors to hold a conference with them.
These the Melians did not introduce to their popular assembly, but
desired them to state the objects of their mission before the magistrates
and the few.
(B) The Spartans, though they acted with the spirit which I am here
speaking of, carried it much further than what I propose. Among them
it was not lawful for the father himself to bring up his children after
his own fancy. As soon as they were seven years old, they were all
listed in several companies, and disciplined by the public. The old
men were spectators of their performances, who often raised quarrels
among them, and set them at strife with one another, that by those
early discoveries they might see how their several talents lay, and
without any regard to their quality, disposed of them accordingly, for
the service of the commonwealth. Hj this means, Sparta soon became
the mistress of Greece, and famous through the whole word for her civil
and military discipline.
U
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL.
B.A. EXAMIXATIOX FOR HONOURS IN CLASSICS, 1866.
Thursday, April 19th: — Morning, 9 to 12.
GKEEK POETS.
Examiner Rev. George Cornish, M.A.
Translate into English the following extracts, and write explanatory
notes on any points where varieties of reading or of interpretation
occur : —
(A) Aeschylus. —
(1) Prometheus Vinctus, vss. 246-276.
(2) Seven against Thebes, vss. 822-842.
(B) Sophocles. —
(3) Antigone, vss. 100-140.
(4) Oedipus Rex, vss. 707-725.
(C) Euripides. —
(5) Hippolytus, vss. 595-615.
(D) Aristophanes. —
(6) The Frogs, vss. 441-461, and 1117-1144.
Afternoon, 2 to 5.
(E) Homer. —
(7) Iliad, VI., vss. 407-439.
(8) Odyssey, I., vss. 306-327.
(9) Odyssey, III., vss. 356-370.
(F) Pindar. —
(10) Olympic V.
(G) Hesiod. —
(11) Works and Days, vss. 248-271.
(H) Theocritus. —
(12) Idyll II., vss. 1-21.
(13) Idyll v., vss. 20-40.
75
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL.
B.A. EXAMINATION FOR HONOURS IN CLASSICS, 18CG.
TcESDAY, April 24th: — Morxixg, 9 to 12.
LATIN POETS.
Examiner Rev. George Cornish, M.A.
Translate into English the following extracts, and write explanatory
notes on any points where varieties of reading or of interpretation
occur : —
(A) Plautus. —
(1) Menaechmi, Act II., sc. i.
(B) Terence.—
(2) Adelphi, Act II., sc. iv.
(3) Adelphi, Act V., sec. i. and ii.
<C) Virgil.-
(4) ^neid, I., vss. 494-534.
(5) .-Eneid, IV., vss. 504-521.
.Afternoon, 2 to 5.
(D) Horace. —
(G) Satires, Book I. Sat. Y., vss. 20-49.
(7) Sat. X., vss. 1-30,
(E) Juvenal. —
(8) Sat. VIII., vss. 233-253.
(9) Sat. X., vss. 133-153.
(F) Persius.—
(10) Sat. v., vss. 19-29 and 132-145.
(11) Sat. VI., vss. 41-CO.
76
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL.
B.A. EXAMINATION FOR HONOURS IN CLASSICS, 1866.
Friday, April 27th: — Morning, 9 to 12.
GREEK AND LATIN ORATORS AND PUILOSOPHERS.
Examiner, Rev. George Cornish, M. A.
Translate into English the following extracts, and write explanatory
notes on any points where varieties of reading or of interpretation
occnr : —
(A) Demosthenes. —
(1) De Corona, (Ed. Tauchnitz.) pp. 220-21: — rrepl /liv 6?/
« » »
/iv>/at)>j(joiiai.
(2) De Corona, p. 251 : — 'EttI apxovrog Uo/.vKP.eovg * * * ra
6kKa ra/.avra.
(B) ^schines. —
(3) Contra Ctesiphontem, (Ed. Teubner.), §§ 113-116.
(C) Aristotle, Nichomacheau Ethics, Books I. and II.
(4) Book I., chap. vii.
(5) Book II., chap. vi.
Afternoon, 2 to 5.
(D) Plato.—
(6) De Republica, Book X. (Ed. Teubner.), chap. xi.
(E) Cicero.—
(7) Pro Murena, chap. xsv.
(8) Pro Lege Manilla, chap. xx.
(9) De Officiis, Book L, chap. xvi.
(10) De Officiis. Book III., chap. xxvi.
77
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL.
B. A. EXAMINATION FOR HONOURS IN CLASSICS, 1866.
Satcbday, April 28tu :— Morning, 9 to 12.
IIISTOUY OF GUKFXK AND ROME.
Examiner Rev. George Cornish, M.A.
1. Give an account of the growth of the Persian empire and of the
policy adopted by it towards the Hellenic states. What were the results
of this policy, and to what causes may they be assigned ?
2. Give a sketch of the gradual rise of the Athenian empire, and of the
tendencies which raised their authority from the mere presidency of a
confederacy to that of an imperial state. Point out the grounds on
which the Athenians defended their exercise of empire (1) previous to
the Peloponnesian war, (2) during its continuance.
3. Compare the policy of Pericles with that of his successors, as leaders
of the democracy at Athens ?
4. Give a brief notice of the principal opponents of Pericles in the
earlier part of his political career.
5. Give an account of the institution of Ontracism at Athens, and the
political objects for which it was maintained.
6. Give an account of the object and origin and constitution of the
Amphictyonic Council. Was its existence a benefit, or not, to the
aggregate of the Grecian States? Give the reasons for your opinion.
7. What is the primary meaning of the word nn<^tariir, and what its
use in Herodotus and IMa'to ? Give the substance of Groie's remarks on
the character of the teaching of the Sophists.
8. What were the objects aimed at by the enactment of the Agrarian
Laws?
9. Under what circumstances, and with what results, was the Second
Triumvirate formed?
10. Give an account of Sumptuary Laws and of the administration of
civil affairs at Rome by Julius Caesar.
11. Give the substance of Merivale's chapter on The Administration
of affairs under Augustus, and also of the powers and prerogatives of the
Imjerial oflice.
12. Give the extent of the empire, naming the principal cities, at the
date of the accession of Tiberius.
78
Afternoon, 2 to 5.
GENERAL PAPER.
1. (a) Give an account of the 5uco/(cPof<s of the Alexandrian school.
State the distinctive features of their poetry, (i) Give tlie derivation
and defiaition of the designation sldi/./ua. (f) Turn the following forms
from Theocritus, into Atiic : — ri/va. xtf^dfju. ffvOe. lolaa. npav. iimevuai.
Tvide. ifnadev.
2. Give an account of the Old and Middle comedy of Greece.
3. (a) Name the two other plays of the trilogy of which the Prome-
theus Vinctus formed a portion. Upon what internal evidence has the
date of the Prometheus been conjecturally fixed ?
(6) Translate : —
Post hunc personjE pallaeque repertor honestse
JEschylus, et modicis instravit pulpita tignis,
Et docuit magnumque loqui nitique cothurno.
What other alterations did .Eschylus introduce on the Attic stage ?
4. Write an account of the collection of poems known as the 'Em/cof
Ki«/.or, and also of the preservation, editing, and publication, by the an-
cients, of the poems of Homer.
5. Give the general rules for the government of cases, in Greek, by
verbs denoting mental affections and the exercise of the senses, and point
out the principles on which these rules are to be explained.
6. Write down the case-endings in Greek and Latin. Explain such
forms as olnot. olKoOtv. domi. vuliticE. ruri. uhi.
7. Illustrate the use ofay, with the indicative, optative, infinitive, and
participle.
8. Distinguish between the meanings of the following words according
to the difference of their accentuation : — jiior. ijjuor. ku/.oc. Ki/p. ttelBu.
Tpo'Tzoq, 7)v. voauv. Accentuate the following extract : —
KaiToi TTWf ai' £keivuv avcpeq afieivovg 7] [la'fjjov <)U.t/.7.rjV£(: ovreq e-cSei-
X-^euv, ot-iver t-'/jjoav e~ic£iv uare /ij? toic ?.onroig airioc ysvea-dai ttjq
6ov/.eiag, EprjfJLrjv /urv rr/v tto/uv yevofievTjv, rijv 6e xt-^pav Trnp^rvuevTjVf cepa 6e
(jv/jjifiEva Kai vewf efi~nrpa/ievovc, a-avra ce rov tto/.e/iov ~epi ttjv Tra-piSa
T7JV aiTuv yiyvonEvov ; k(u fir/de ravr' airexpiOEv avroir, a/.7.a -rrpog ;^;(/^af koc
diUKOCiag -pirjpeig fiuvoi 6iavav/jiaxEiv EfiE/.tTT/aav.
9. Write a critique on the comparative excellences and peculiarities of
style, and treatment of subject, of Thucydides, Livy, and Tacitus.
10. State the distinction between accent and quantity. May the poetry
of Virgil and Horace, for example, be regarded as representing the con-
temporary pronunciation of the Latin tongue ? If not, to what depart-
ment of Latin literature would you refer as approximately exhibiting
this?
79
ii
McGlLL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIOXS, 1866.
Friday, April 6th. — 9 a.m. to 1 p.m.
EUCLID— ARITHMETIC.
FiP.ST YEAR. — Ordinary Examination.
Examiner Alexander Johnson, LL.D.
1. If one side of a triangle be greater than the other, the angle oppo-
site the greater side is greater than the angle opposite the less.
2. The opposite sides and angles of a parallelogram are equal to one
another, and the parallelogram itself is bisected by the diagonal.
3. Equal triangles on the same base and on the same side of it are
between the same parallels.
a. The right line joining the middle points of the sides of a triangle
is parallel to the base.
4. If a right line be divided into any two parts, the square of the sum
of the whole line and one part is equal to four times the rectangle under
the whole line and that part together with the square of the other.
5. The sum of two opposite angles of a quadrilateral inscribed in a
circle is equal to two right angles.
a. If the sum of two opposite angles of a quadrilateral be equal to
two right angles, it may be inscribed in a circle.
6. Inscribe a regular hexagon in a circle.
7. If three right lines be proportional, the rectangle under the extremes
is equal to the square of the mean.
8. If two triangles have two sides in each proportional, and be so
placed at an angle that the homologous sides are parallel, the remaining
sides of the triangles form one right line.
9. Find the greatest common measure of 1281 and 7259.
10. From the sum of J + 3^ + 2| take the difference of f and i, and
divide the remainder by the half of j.
11. Convert ?{; into a decimal and divide the square of the 'result by
.0012.
12. The volume of a sphere, whose radius is r, is \-r'^ (where tz =
3.14159); find hence in lbs. avoirdupois, the weight of a hollow globe
i of an inch thick, the diameter of whose internal surface is 3 inches, if
the weight of one cubic inch of the material be 500 grains.
13. Calculate the ratio of the English mile to the French kilometre,
the kilometre being equal to 1000 metres, the metre - 39.371 inches.
14. Calculate how mueh the income arising from £2500 invested in 5
per cent, stock when the price of the stock is 114 exceeds the income
arising from investing the same sum in 3 per cent, stock at 92|.
15. The greatest amount of sea salt which 10 gallons of pure water
can dissolve is 37 lbs. How much salt will be required to saturate 2
gallons and 3 quarts.
80
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
Monday, April 9th. — 9 a.m. to 1 p.m.
TKIGONOMETRY— ALGEBRA.
FIRST YBAB.. — Ordinary Examinations.
Examiner Alexander Johnson, LL.D.
1. The moon passes over an arc of about 13® in the course of a day;
assuming her distance from the earth to be 240,000 miles, find the num-
bers of miles she travels in this time.
1 1
2. Prove sec. J. = —; — r ; cos. ji
cos. A ^ ^1 4- tan.''.//
3. Prove cos. J - cos. B = -2 sin. i (J + B) sin. ^ (J - B)
1 - cos. ji = 2 sin.^5 jl.
4. Find value of sin 18® .
5. State the principle on vehich the signs of trigonometrical functions
are determined, and make a table of the values of the sines, cosines and
tangents of ® , 90 « , 180 => , 270 « , and 360 ® .
6. Assuming that the sine of a very small arc is equal to the arc
itself, find the value of sin 1".
7. The sides of any triangle are in the same ratio as the sines of the
opposite angles.
/s(s-a)
8. Prove cos. i ^ = y — ^^
9. Divide x'i - Ix'^y + 2x^y^- 4x'^y' + Sx-y* + IQxy'^ - 32x6 by x^-2f.
10. Resolve into elementary factors x'^\ x - 6 and 4r' + 8x + 3.
11. Solve the equations \x - 1? = 8^ + 2 (fx - 1) - i (-^ + 8) ;
132X+ 1 ^ 8x + 5 _ g2 .
~ 3x + 1 x-1
i (2x-i/) + l = ^ (74-x) ? .
i (3-4x) +3 = 1 (5y-7) S '
a + X - ^2ax + x'^ - b ;
5x 3x - 2
X + 4~ 2x - 3 ~ " '
12. Find the least common multiple of
4 (a» - ab^), 12 (ab'^ + 6 '), and 8 (a" - uH). ^
5-ix
13. Simplify ^^^l'
a ^ c a c a + b aj-b^
14. If ^ - ^ prove ^ + b "^ cTd ''''^ ^Td = c'^d
15. A person has travelled altogether 3036 miles, of which he has
gone seven miles by water to four on foot, and five by water to two oa
horseback ; how many did he travel each way ?
16. Multiplyx + 2!/-^+3s^byx-2y-+3='*.
81
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL.
INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION, 1866.
Friday, April 6th, 9 a.m. to 1 p.m.
EUCLID-ARITHMETIC.
Examiner Alexander Johnson, LL.D.
1. The angles at the base of an isosceles triangle are equal, and if the
equal sides be produced, the angles below the base are also equal.
a. If two isosceles triangles be on the same base, but on opposite sides
of it, the line joining their vertices will bisect the common base and be
perpendicular to it.
2. Parallelograms on equal bases and between the same parallels are
equal.
a. What is the generalization of this in Book VI ?
3. On a given right line construct a square.
4. If a right line be bisected and produced, the sum of the squares of
the whole line thus produced and of the produced part is equal to twice
the square of half the line, together with twice the square of the line
made up of the half and produced part.
5. Two circles cannot touch one another in more than one point.
6. If a tangent be drawn to a circle and from the point of contact a
line be drawn cutting the circle, the angle between this line and the
tangent is equal to the angle in the alternate segment of the circle.
a. If two circles touch one another externally, any line drawn through
the point of contact across the circles will cut them so that a segment
in one is similar to the alternate segment in the other.
7. If four right lines be proportional, the rectangle under the extremes
is equal to the rectangle under the means.
8. In equal circles angles whether at the centre or circumference are
in the same ratio as the arcs on which they stand.
9. Find the least common multiple of 7, 21, 108, 125, 180.
10. The area of a circle (radius z= r) is tt r* and the volume of a
cylinder with circular base is equal to the area of the base multiplied by
the height. Hence find the height of a cylindrical jar which will con-
tain exactly a gallon (10 lbs.) of water, if the diameter of the base of
the jar be 8 inches, and the weight of one cubic inch of water be 252.5
grains.
11. British standard silver contains 37 parts in 40 of fine silver, and
1 lb. Troy of standard silver is coined into 66 shillings. Calculate the
value of the money which cau be coined from 100 lbs. avoirdupois of
fine silver.
12. The moon revolves in her orbit round the earth in 27 days, 7 hrs.,
43 min., 11 sees. Through how many degrees of her orbit does she
move in 7 days?
13. If one steamer sail 3000 miles in 11 days, how far will another
sail in 5 days, if she can sail 8 miles for the former's 7 ?
14. The population of London in 1801 was 864,845, and in 1841
1 690,084. Calculate the rate per cent, of the increase in 10 years.
' 82
J
i
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL.
INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION, 1806.
Monday, April 9th, 9 a.m. to 1 p.m.
TRIGONOMETRY— ALGEBRA.
Examiner Alexander Johnson, LL.D.
1. Two straight lines are drawn intersecting at an angle of 1" ; find
approximately how far they must be produced before they will be one
inch apart.
tan. ^
2. Prove that sin J - . = ; and hence find value of the sine of
Vl + lan^^
the angle whose tangent is 5.
3. Prove sin J + sin B = 2 tin l(^ + B) cos. i{A - B)
cos. 2^ = 2 COS. 'A - 1.
4. The area of a triangle = ^Js^s-a) (s- ',) {s-c).
5. Being given the distances of three jioints in a horizontal plane,
show how to find their distances from a fourth point in the same plane.
6. In any triangle given b = 30.8, a = C J IZ, A = 107» 3' 13" ; find c.
7. From a ship at sea it is found that 'he angle which a flagstaff on
the top of a cliff subtends is 38'; the elevation of the cliff is 14°; cal-
culate the ship's distance from the cliff, and also the height of the cliff,
if that of the flagstaff is 24 feet.
8. At what distance on the earth's surface should two monnt^iins, S
miles and 2 miles high respectively, be placed in order that the suuimit
of each should be just visible from the .= ummit of the oilier?
9. Divide 1 +a:* -8y^ + 6xy by l+x-2y.
10. Solve the equations
(m +72) (;n -x) - m(n- x) ;
11 5 7_
l'2x+n '*' 6x -I- 5 ~ 4x + 7 '
na^
X y ^ y
11. Find the value of a: in ax'^ +bx + c-().
12. Find the least common multiple of G(x*+a;i/), ^{xy-y'^) and
10(x2-i/-).
13. Find the value of
x-*-6* a:-+6x\ x'' —b-x'^
-2bxTh- " TTft" j ^ ~x'+6'
ace a^ //ja^ + nc^ + pc"
15. There are two bars of metal, the first containing 14 oz. of silver
and 6 of tin, the second containing 8 of silver, and 12 of tin ; how much
must be taken from each to form a bar of 20 oz., containing equal weights
of silver and tin ?
16. Prove that a surd cannot equal the sum or difference of a rational
quantity and a surd, or of two dissimilar surds.
83
i
McGILL COLLEGE, xMONTREAL.
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 18GG.
Friday, April 6th. — 9 a.m. to 1 p.m.
THIRD YEAR — Ordinary Examination.
A STROXOM Y— OPJI CS .
Examiner J Alexander Johnson, LL.D.
1. How is the time of rotation of the Earth on its axis ascertained?
Why is this "different from the length of the ordinary day?
2. Describe a method for finding mean local time.
3. Define a Lunar month, and a Synodic month. State how much of
the Moon's surface will appear to us illuminated when she is in Conjunc-
tion, Quadrature, and Opposition respectivelv, and explain the cause
fully.
4. Find the angle subtended at the Earth by a section of her shadow
made at the distance of the Moon.
5. Explain with the aid of diagrams the variations of the lengths of
day and night throughout the year at the equator, the pole, lat. 66° 32'
North, and latitudes greater or less than G6° 32' North.
6. Find the periodic time of Mercury.
7. Find the distance of .\;ercury from the Sun by means of his greatest
elongation.
8. Define the Right Ascension and Declination of a Star; its Latitude,
Longitude, Altitude, Azimuth, Zenith Distance, and North Polar dis-
tance. Define the Latitude and Longitude of ii place on the Earth,
Terrestrial Meridian, Horizon, Zenith, Nadir.
9. Define and find the principal focus of a concave Spherical Mirror.
10. The index of refraction for water being i ; show that the distance
(D) from the surface of a luminous point in Avaler and the distance (rf)
of its image are connected by the relation d =. '^D.
11. What is meant by the Total Reflexion of Light? Describe an
experiment illustrating it.
12. Find the principal focus of a plano-concave lens.
13. Describe Newton's experiments on the disper.Mon'of light.
14. Describe the eye as an optical instrument.
15. Explain the causes of long and short sight respectively, and ihe
manner in which these defects are remedied by spectacles.
a. Find the focal length of the spectacles that should be used by a man
â– who can read a book at the distance of 51 inches and who wishes to read
it at the distance of 10 inches. What kind of spectacles should he use?
16. Describe the Astronomical Telescope, and find its magnifying
power.
84
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
SESSIONAL EXAMINATION, 1S66.
Monday, April 9 ; 9 a.m. to 1 p.m.
MECHANICS— HYDROSTATICS.
THIRD YEAR. ORDINARY EXAMINATION.
Examiner Alexander Johnson, LL.D.
1. Find the centre of gravity of a homogeneous thin plate in the form
of a triangle.
2. If the Power and Resistance in a straight lever of the First Order
be 17 lbs. and 32 lbs. respectively, and make with each other an angle
of 79*^, find the strain on the fulcrum.
3. Describe the first kind of Burton Pulley, and find the ratio of the
Power to the Resistance.
4. If a force equal to 4 lbs. produce in one second a volocity of '546
feet in a given body ; find the quantity of matter contained in the body.
5. Prove the following approximate rule : —
The height of any place in feet is equal to the square of the number of
quarter seconds occupied by a body in falling from the top to the bottom.
6. If a body be projected vertically upwards vi vacuo with a given
velocity, prove that it will have the same velocity on its return to the
point from which it started.
7. Find the velocity acquired by a railway train in running down a
gradient of 2164 ft., having a total fall of 31 feet ; the force of gravity
being 32.19 and the resistance from friction and the air being estimated
at 7 lbs. per ton (of 2240 lbs.).
8. Find the time of oscillation of the simple pendulum.
9. Supposing the Earth's attraction to vary inversely as the square of
the distance, find what it becomes at the distance of the Moon, g being
32.2 ft.; and compare this result with the centrifugal force of the Moon
in her orbit (supposed circular), the Moon's distance being 59.964 radii
of the Earth, the Earth's diameter 7926 miles, and the Periodic Time of
the Moon, 27d. 7h. 43m. lis.
10. If a surface of one square inch be placed in a vessel completely
filled with water, and if the pressure on it be 2 lbs. what will be the
pressure on one square inch placed at a level 75 inches lower?
11. Describe an experimental method of exhibiting the truth of Boyle
and Mariotte's Law, mentioning any precautions that may be necessary
in the experiment.
12. State and prove the principle of Archimedes for floating bodies.
13. Describe tjie method of finding specific gravities by the Hydros-
tatic Balance, (1) for bodies heavier than water, (2) for bodies lighter than
water.
a. What is the method for bodies that dissolve in water?
14. If 100 cubic inches of a gas whose pressure is 29.5 be mixed with
150 cubic inches of another gas at the same temperature, whose pressure
is 13.2, calculate the pressure of the mixture if it occupy a volume of 300
cubic inches.
15. Describe the principle of the siphon, and find the magnitude of the
force which causes the liquid to descend from one vessel to another.
85
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
B. A. ORDINARY EXAMIXATIOX, 1866,
Friday, April 6th : 9 a.m. to 1 p.m.
ASTRONOMY-OPTICS.
Examiner, Alexander Johnson, LL.D.
1. State Kepler's Laws, explaining- them fully. Give the method for
proving the first law.
2. How is the time of revolution of the Earth in its orbit ascertained ?
"What is the cause of the difference between this period and the length of
a year?
3. Explain the connection between the phenomena of the seasons and
the annual revolution of the Earth.
4. Give the method for finding the length of the Earth's shadow.
5. In April, 1853, the greatest and least semi-diameters of the moon
were 16' 43. "1 and 14' 45. "2 respectively, find the eccentricity of the lunar
orbit.
6. Draw a diagram of such a portion of the apparent path of Venus in
the sky during a definite time ?.s will illustrate what is meant by saying,
that the planet is stationary, or that its motion is direct or retrograde.
Explain the appearances.
7. Give an acount of the method of finding the distance of Jupiter
from the sun.
8. Give an account of the manner in which Neptune was discovered.
9. The focal length of a concave spherical mirror is a mean propor-
tional between the distances of the conjugate foci from the principal
focus.
10. State the laws of refraction of light and describe the experimen
tal proof.
11. Show that concave lenses tend to cause a divergence of rays fall-
ing on them, and convex lenses a convergence.
12. Give a construction for the path of a ray passing through a thin
lens.
13. An object 5 inches in diameter is placed at a distance of 14 inches
from a convex lens of 7 inches focal length ; find position and magnitude
of image,
14. Find the dispersion produced by a convex lens of crown glass of
1 inch aperture and 3 feet focal length, the dispersive power of crown
glass being 0.036.
15. Explain the effects of the magic lantern.
16. Describe the Gregorian Telescope, and find its magnifying power.
86
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL.
B. A. ORblVARY EXAMINATION, 1866.
Monday, April 9th, 9 a.m. to I p.m.
MECIIAXICS-HYDROSTATICS.
Examiner Alexander Johnson-, LL.D.
1. The moment of the resultant of any number of pamllel forces, with
respect to a plane, is equal to the sum of the moments of the compo-
nent forces with respect to that plane.
2. Describe the Roman steelyard, and show how it .should be gra-
duated.
3. If the force required to draw a train of carriages on a level railroad
be Touth of the load, find the force required to ascend a gradient of 1
in 60. (Prove any theorem respecting the inclined plane you may
employ.)
4. State the principle of constancy of work done, and apply it to
determine the ratio of the power to the vertical resistance in the screw.
5. Assuming the earth's equatorial radius to be 20,923,596 feet, the
number of seconds in a sidereal day to be 86,164, and §• = 32.088 feet,
prove that the following relaiion holds between the centrifugal force at
the equator (/), and the attraction of the earth uninfluenced by rota-
*^°°(^) ^=^0
6. The length of a seconds pendulum in London is 39.139 inches ; cal-
culate the dynamical force of gravity.
7. Describe Coulomb's experiments on Friction, and stale the Lawi
that he obtained.
8. A stone is projected vertically upwards with a velocity of 150 feet
per second, and one second after, another stone is projected with a
velocity of 200 feet per second ; where will they meet?
9. If a heavy body be projected in, vucno with a given velocity, the
maximum range on a horizontal plane corresponds to an elevation of 45*^.
10. If the pressure on a square inch of surface placed in a vessel of
mercury (sp. gr. = 13.5) be 1000 grains, calculate the pressure on a
circular surface of j of an inch radius, placed 9 inches lower down.
11. How much of its weight will 1 cwt. of cast iron (sp. gr. = 7.25)
lose if immersed in water?
12. Define the specific gravity of a gas or vapour. Find the volume
of 500 grains of oxygen at the temperature of 100°, and under the pres-
sure 30.56 inches (sp. gr. = 1.106).
13. Describe the siphon manometer and tlie mode of graduating the
scale.
14. A ship on sailing into a river sinks 2 inches, and after discharging
12000 lbs. of her cargo rises 1 inch ; determine the weight of the ship
and cargo, the sp. gr. of sea-water being 1026.
15. There is a pump lifting water 29 feet high ; the diameter of its
piston is 1 foot; the play of jiiston 3 feet; and the pump makes 10
strokes jier minute. How many gallons of water will be discharged per
minute ; and what is pressure on piston?
1
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL.
EXPEKIMEXTAL PHYSICS.
B. A. AND THIRD YEAR EXAMINATION, 1366.
Monday, Aphil 9â„¢, 2 J to 4 J p.m.
LIGHT— HEAT.
Examiner Alexander Johnson, LL.D.
1. Account for the laws of refractioa oa the principles of the wave-
theory of Light.
2. What is double refraction ? Define the optic axis of a double
refracting crystal : define also uni-axal and bi-axal crystals. Explain
the phenomena of double refraction according to the wave-theory.
3. Describe the manner in which the phenomena of thin plates are
exhibited by Read's Iroscope, and explain them.
4. State the physical property from which polarized light has been so
called. Explain the phenomena of polarized light on the wave theory.
Describe the different methods of polarizing light.
5. Describe the construction of a Nicol's prism, and explain its action.
6. Describe any polariscope with which you are acquainted, and the
manner of using it.
7. Describe Sir John Leslie's experiments on the radiation, reflection
and absorption of heat, and give some of the results.
8. Describe the cryophorus, and explain its action.
9. Show that the number of units of work accumulated in a body of
mass (m) moving with a velocity (v) is ^ m v'', and hence with the aid
of the mechanical equivalent of heat calculate the amount of heat deve-
loped by the stoppage of a ball weighing 100 lbs., and having a velocity
of 1000 feet per second.
a. If the ball were of iron (sp. heat =.114) and all the heat developed
were concentrated in it, find how much its temperature would be raised.
10. Calculate the number of cubic feet of air that would be raised 1°
in temperature by the freezing of 1 cubic foot of water at 32" Fah.,
assuming the weight of a cubic foot of air to be 1.29 oz., and of a cubic
foot of water 62^ lbs., the sp. heat of air being 0.24.
11. Describe the process that takes place when water boils in an
exhausted receiver at a temperature lower than 212°.
12. If a thermometer be placed in the receiver of an air pump, state
the nature of the change in the temperature marked, when the pump is
worked, and explain it.
McGILL COLLEGE. MONTREAL.
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 1SC6.
Tuesday, April 24. — 9 a.m. to 1 p.m.
ALGEBRA— THIGONOMETRY.
Second Year. Honour Kxmnination.
Examiner Alexander Johnson, LL.D.
1. Apply Sturm's theorem to the following equation, to find the number
of real roots and the consecutive integer numbers between which they
respectively lie,
X* - 8z3 + Wx'- + 4z - 8 = 0.
2. Calculate to five decimal places, the root of the previous equation
•which lies between 2 and 3.
3. Find all the roots of the equation
x'' - llx* + 17x3 + 17.1-3 _ 111- + 1 = 0.
4. Show that the irreducible case of Cardnn's solution of a cubic
equation may be solved by the help of a table of sines and cosines.
5. Prove that if we have an equation /(x) = and we equate to zero
the first derived function of/(x), then the real roots of this new equation
[/(x) - 0] will sejiarate the real roots of the given equation.
6. Change the equation i^- 12x' + 15x^+ 19Gx- 480 = into another
wanting the second term.
7. In any function of x
Ax^ + ;?x"-> + Cx"-'' + &c. ^Px^ Q,.
whose coeflicients are all real and finite, it is always possible to assign
to X a value which will make the first term numerically greater than the
sum of all the terms which follow.
8. Prove that all tlie roots of .r" - 1 ^ are given by the expression
%k- 2*rT
cos. + sin. ---V- 1-
n n
where k may be any integer.
a. Show that this trigonometrical eiprc.'ssion can never have more
than a values.
9. Prove Demoivre's theorem for a negative index.
(I • « -
10. Prove sin. a = « - . ^ ^ "^ \ 2 3 4.5 "*" ^^'
11. In a spherical triangle
Vsin. (» - b) sin. (J - c)
8iD.6siD.C
89
12. The area of a spherical triangle is proportional to the excess of
the sum of the three angles above two right angles.
a. If the spherical excess be 3® 30', find the area of the triangle on,
the surface of the earth (assuming the radius as 4000 miles.)
13. The angles of a spherical triangle are M = 114® 30', B = 83° 12'
C= 123° 20', find the side a.
14. If the sides of a spherical triangle (^ B C) be cut by a transversal
great circle in points a, b, c, then
sin. Ac sin. Bu sin. Cb = sin. aC sin. bA sin. cB.
15. Prove log. u ~- 2 ^^^ ^ ^, (^1) 3 , . (^) . , ^e. \
90
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
Saturday, April 28th : — 9 a.m. to 1 p.m.
ANALYTIC G E M ET K Y— C A L C U L U S.
SECOND YEAR. — Honour Examination.
Examiner Alk.xander Johnson, LL.D.
1. Find the equation of tlie evolute of tlie ellipse.
2. If a - 0, /3 = 0, y = be the equations of the sides of a triangle whose
angles are A, B, C, prove that the equation of the circumscribing circle is
ji y sin. A •{■y a sin. B ■\- a fi sin. C = 0.
a. Show, from the equation of the circle circumscribing the triangle
formed by three tangents to a parabola, that it passes through the focus.
3. The parameter of the parabola (ax + by)'^ + T>x -h Ey + F =
aE - hP
4. Find the locus of the intersection of tangents to an ellipse which
cut at right angles.
5 The lenoflh of the perpendicular from the centre on the tangent to
ab
an ellipse is V = ~y'
6. If two diameters of a conic section be such that one of them bisect*
all chords parallel to the other, then conversely, the second will bisect
all chords parallel to the first.
7. Given any two points A and B, and their polars with respect to a
circle whose centre is ; let fall a perpendicular AP from A on the
polar of B, and a perpendicular BQ, from B on the polar oi A ; then
OA OB
AP ~ BQ
8. Find the equation of the tangent to the circlo whose equation
referred to any axes is Ax- +• Bxy + Ay'^ + Dx + Ey + F = where J5 = 2
A cos. <J.
9. Given two fi.Kcd lines, OA and OH, if any line be drawn to inter-
sect them parallel to a third fi.xed line, OC, find the locus of the point
where AB is cut in a given ratio.
10. Find the equation of a right line passing through a given point
and perpendicular to a given line.
11. State and prove the theorem for the evaluation of vanishing
fractious.
91
(2aix - x*y - a(a?xy
a - (ax^)i
a. Apply it to the fraction „ - rn i\^ when x = a.
12. Divide the number a into two parts such that the product of the
With power of the one by the nth power of the other shall be a maximum.
13. Prove MacLaurin's theorem, and apply it to the expansion of cos. x
in a series of powers of x.
14. Find the integrals
y" sin a; / ^ /* n /* 2x + 3 /* x«
a + 6 cos. x ' J 1 + X + a:2 ' J ^" ^'^S- ^ ; J ^J^jT^TTTI- '' J (2ax - x')\
X X X X x^ '
15. Differentiate ^"(sin. j-x)â„¢; x-'^ ; x log. x.
16. If w = e" cos. n x find -r—'
ax'
at
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTKEAL.
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
Thursday, March 1st.
second year.
CONIC SECTIONS-SOLID GEOMETRY.
Examiner Alexander Johnson, LL.D.
1. The tangent at any point of a parabola bisects the angle betweea
the perpendicular from that point on the directrix and the focal radius
Tcctor.
2. In the parabola the subnormal is constant.
3. Prove that QV^ = 4: SP.PV.
4. Define the ellipse, and its foci, axis major, axis minor, and eccentri-
city.
5. If two straight lines be at right angles to tlie same plane they are
parallel to one another.
6. If two straight lines be cut by parallel planes they shall be cut in
the same ratio.
7. If two planes cut one another, their common section is a straight
line.
8. Define the angle between two plane?.
93
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL.
B. A. ORDINARY EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
Wednesday, April 18th : — 10 a. m. to 1 p. m.
ENGLISH LITERATURE— LANGUAGE.
Examiners $ Y,^""- ARChdeaco.v Leach, D.C.L.
( Rev. Edwin Hatch, B.A.
1. Give the proper definition of a true synonym, the popular significa-
tion, and state the reasons why some shade of difference cf meaning iu
words regarded as synonyms, is always discernible.
2. Whence arises what is termed euphemism in language, and on
what grounds is the contrary vice condemned ?
3. Illustrate the tendency in modern languages to reject superfluous
niceties of expression.
4. Show that etymology is an uncertain guide to the actual use of
words.
5. Give the substance of the remarks on " choice of language in which
translations are to be made."
6. Distinguish between the terms "idiom" and " idiotism," and illus-
trate the distinction.
7. Explain the terms " paraphrase" and " metaphrase," and state some
of the advantages arising from the practices which they refer to.
8. To what causes is the corruption of a language attributed ? and
give instances of different kinds of corruption of the pronunciation of
the English language.
9. State the leading divisions of the Indo-European family of lan-
guages.
10. Illustrate by examples and account for, the character of the Celtic
element in modern English.
11. Discuss the question of the origin of the Danish element in the
English language.
12. What are the chief losses and gains of English as compared with
Anglo-Saxon ?
13. Compare the relative advantages of native and foreign scientific
terms.
14. In what respects does language afford any insight into the moral
character of a people ?
15. State briefly the main effects of the introduction of the art of
printing on the English language.
16. Distinguish, with examples, between rhythm, metre, usaoiwnce, alii-
teratioTij line rhyme, half rhyme.
94
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL.
B. A, ORDINARY EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
Monday, April 23rd : — 9 a.m. to 1 p.m.
HISTORY AND ENGLISH LITERATURE.
HISTORY.— GIBBON and HUME.
Examiners $ J^^'- George Cornish M.A.
^ Rev. Edwin Hatch, B.A.
1. Give an account of the civil and military administration of the
Empire under Constantine and his immediate successors.
2. Give an account of the part which was played in the disintegration
of the Empire by the Teutonic, Slavonic, and Turanian races respectively.
3. Give a brief account of tlie reign and character of Julian.
4. What were the chief epochs in Roman jurisprudence before the
time of Justinian ?
5. Describe briefly the conquests of the Saracens during the first cen-
tury of the Hegira.
6. Give an account of (1) the history of Charlemagne, (2) the extent
of his empire, (3) his relation to the Papacy and its influence on the sub-
sequent history of Europe.
7. Give a brief account of the history of Rienzi.
8. Give a list of the Crusades, specifying in regard to each (I) its
date, (2) its leaders, (3) its route, (4) its results.
9. What were the immediate causes and results of the Magna Charta ?
10. State briefly (1) the origin, (2) the leading events, (3) the results;
social and political, of the Wars of the Roses.
11. Give a brief account of the history of Cardinal Wolsey.
12. Draw a genealogical table of the house of Tudor, so as to show
especially the relationship of Lady Jane Grey, and Lady Arabella Stuart,
to Mary and James I., respectively.
13. Give an account of the immediate causes of the Great Civil War,
14. Give a brief account of the trials for treason in the latter part of
the reign of Charles II.
15. Discuss briefly the constitutional questions which were involved
in the revolution of 1688.
16. Sketch briefly the growth of the naval supremacy of England from
the time of Blake.
95
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
B. A. ORDINARY EXAMINATION, 1866.
Wbdnesday, April 18th , 2 p.m. to 5 p.m.
MENTAL AND MORAL THILOSOPHY— MORALITY.
Examiner Ven. Archdeacon Lbach, D.C.L.
1. Show how Laws may be various, and Morality be nevertheless fixed.
2. Which are the Sentiments that support Rights when once estab-
lished, and how do they thus operate ?
3. "What are the circumstances in man's life tliat tend to produce and
increase the sense of Responsibility ?
4. Say how Duties and Virtues differ, how Duty becomes Virtue, and
how Duties are determined.
5. Explain what is meant by the principle of Order, and say when the
Spirit of the Law is to be conformed to as well as the Letter.
6. Explain the Duties of Political Conservation and Political Progress.
7. Give an exposition of the Duties of the Intellectual Faculties.
8. Show that false standards of Morals do not disprove the reality of
a Supreme Rule of human actions.
9. What are cases of Conscience generally? And explain what are
meant by unlawful, immoral, impossible, and extorted promises, and by
the relative duty to the Promisee.
10. In what light do the Laws and the moral Judgment of men regard
cases of necessity ? Why are they to be left undefined ? and mention
some of the principles that are applicable in judging of particular cases.
11. Show how the circle of things styled indifferent diminishes with
moral progress.
12. Show in what light Ignorance and Error arising from_ negligence
are to be regarded, and under what conditions they may palliate actions ;
give a summary of the rules on this subject.
13. State the means by which Moral Rules are improved.
14. Give the reasons why Rights are not always vitiated by previous
injustice.
15. Show in what manner Justice and Equity became separated ; state
and explain the principal maxims which the administration of Equity
has given rise to.
16. Explain what is meant by Natural Rights described as indefeasible
and inalienable.
17. Give the definitions of Pleasure, Interest, Happiness, Utility
Expediency.
9G
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
B. A. ORDINARY EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
"Wednesday, April 18th:— 10 a.m. to 1 p.m.
MENTAL AND MORAL rillLOSOPHY.-PSYCHOLOGY.
Examiner: Rev. Archdeacon Leach, D.C.L.
1. Show how the form of judgments may be distinguished from their
matter.
2. The universal conditions of the possibility of any judgment as a
thought may be ascertained — how ?
3. The matter of the Syllosism appears in— what?
4. How may the forms and laws of reasoning be ascertained ?
5. Give the substance of the defence of the character assigned to the
general laws of thought — that of identical judgments.
6. Show in what respect the term association of ideas is defective, and
state the reasons for limiting the phenomena of association to the Repro-
ductive or representative consciousness.
7. Show that association fails altogether in explaining the nature of
necessary judgments.
8. Give a classification of necessary judgments.
9. How are mathematical judgments divided?— and show whence the
necessary character of these judgments results.
10. Give an explanation of the necessary character of moral judgments.
11. Show that consciousness does not inform us of the existence of an
"insensible substratum."
12. How is the belief of an insensible substratum accounted for?
13 State the different views taken of the principle of causalty, and
say how the apparent necessity of the causal judgment is accounted tor.
14 State the real point to be determined in the question concerning
the existence of innate ideas, and explain the answer to be given to that
question.
15 Show how the very conception of consciousness as a relation be-
tween subject and object necessarily implies a limitation of thought.
16 Show how the distinction between the understanding and the rea-
son as separate faculties of ihoiight is unnecessary and untenable.
97
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL.
B. A. ORDINARY EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
Thursday, Apuil 19th : — 10 a.m. to 1 p.m.
MENTAL PHILOSOPHY, &c.— HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY.
Examiner Vkx. Aucudeacon- Leach, D.C.L.
1. State the three chief principles of the Kantian theory of knowledge.
2. Give a summary of the results from Kant's Critick of Pure Reason
3. In his work on the doctrine of Spinoza, Jacobi's philosophic views
may be reduced to three principles ; state them.
4. Explain what Jacobi means by " intuition of the reason."
5. What, according to Fichte, is the distinction between Dogmatism
and Idealism ?
6. State the three supreme fundamental principles of Fichte's philo-
sophy.
7. "What is the basis and starting-point of philosophy according to
Herbart, and what is his exposition of the truly being 1
8. In what way is Schelling said to have been led to the idea of a
world-soul ?
9. Which, according to Schelling, are the three parts of the transcen-
dental philosophy ?
10. State the distinction between subjective, objective, and absolute
idealism.
11. Give some account of Hegel's logic.
12. Give the substance of Schwegler's account of Hegel's philosophy
of mind.
13. Give the principal points in Hegel's philosophy of religion.
98
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL.
B. A. HONOUR EXAMINATIONS IN MENTAL PHILOSOPHY, kc.
April 6th, 1866, 9 to 12 a.m.
LOGIC.
Examiners ^ ^^^- Archdeacon Leach, D.C.L.
I Rev. Edwin Hatch, B.A.
1. Which are the four conditions of the necessity of formal thought ?
Explain them.
2. Formulate and explain the laws of Identity, Contradiction, and
Excluded Middle ; the law of Sufficient Reason, tracing the distinction
between Logical and Metaphysical Reason and Consequent and explain-
ing the terms that express both relations.
3. Give examples, symbolical and concrete, of extensive and inten-
sive Categorical Syllogisms, and announce them explicitly, so as to exhi-
bit them in their re.^pective quantities.
4. Explain the distinction between Logical and Material Induction,
and give examples, symbolical and concrete, of an Inductive Syllogism,
both in comprehension and extension.
5. State the substance of Mill's doctrine on the subject of Relative
Names.
6. Point out the principal imperfections in the Categories of Aristotle.
7. Give the signification of the copula of a proposition. State the
misinterpretations to which it is liable, and the speculative errors â– which
have thence arisen.
8. Give the substance of Mill's remarks on the theory of Definition ;
definition of Proper Names, Single Attributes, Attributes of Attributes,
Abstract Names ; definition, Essential and Accidental, Scientific.
9. Describe in detail the process by which, according to Hamilton's
analysis, the mind forms general notions.
10. State and explain the leading characteristics of concepts, accord-
to Hamilton.
11. State the various theories which have been held as to the nature
of the relation between subject and predicate.
12. What effect has the admission of the doctrine of the quantification
of the predicate on (1) the common account of immediate inference ;
(2) the common account of the various forms of the Syllogism?
13. How is it that at different times and by different writers the terms
analysis and synthesis have been used in opposite senses?
14. Classify iNe various means by which knowledge is acquired.
15. Give a brief account of the nature and peculiarities of mathema-
tical reasoning.
16. Classify the various circumstances, external and internal, which
tend to produce error.
99
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL.
B. A. HONOUR EXAMINATIONS IN MENTAL PHILOSOPHY, &c.
Friday, April 6th, 186G. — 3 p.m. to 6 "p.m.
LOGIC.
Examiners \l^''- Archdeacon Leach, D.C.L.
I Rev. Edwin Hatch, B.A.
1. Give concrete examples, illustrative respectively of the methods of
agreement, difference, residues, concomitant variations.
2. State the substance of what is given on the composition of causes
and point out where the reputed axiom " effects are proportional to their
causes," fails.
3. Upon what grounds is it argued that the e.\planatiou of laws of
nature must be limited ?
4. State the substance of what is given on the subject of Fallacies of
Generalization.
5. Explain and illustrate the Fallacy of Undue Assumption.
C. Aristotle enumerates four different kinds of reasoning, to which the
colloquial form (ru c'la/.iyeadai) was applied — which are they? and give
an exposition of them.
7. Give an account of the rise of the Eristic or Sophistic method of
the Sophists.
8. Explain the contrast between the progress of Logic among the
Latins and the Greeks, and give some account of the Latin Logicians.
9. Distinguish between observation and experiment, and show the
special conditions under which each is applicable.
10. To what operations has the term "induction" been improperly
applied, according to Mill ?
11. State the main differences between ancient and modern induction,
and the reason why the former was comparatively barren of scientific
results.
12. Give a brief account of the doctrine of chances, as statec' by Mill.
13. Distinguish between disbelief and the absence of belief, and state
the legitimate ground for each.
14. State Mill's division of Fallacies, and show what place those which
he mentions would occupy in a more complete list.
1 15. Mention some of the more common forms of the fallacy of Ignoratio
elenchi.
16. Give a brief history of the word Logic.
100
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL.
B.A. HONOUR EXAMINATIONS IN MENTAL PHILOSOPHY &c
1866. ' â– '
TnuusDAY, April IDth, 1866:— 9 to 12 a. m.
ANCIKNT SPECULATIVE PHILOSOPHY.
Examiner < Rkv. Archdeacon Lkach, D C L
< Rkv. Edwin Hatch, B.A.
.0 Schwegler, .heir .mTpZoToXV^;Z ZTJ^ ""'"'• '"''"^'"i
1 Give an exposition of Heraclitos' principle of the Becoming
He'racluieVhi'o'stpt" °' "" '°°'"°' "' ^"P'^"""' •" ">« ^'-"c and
gorea?7hito°s„°ph;"' °' "> "" '•""■<^' "■= ■""■>-.'. "f fe Pftha-
10. State (1) what Plato meant hv the hh'm (o\ tmw j • •
regard to then were mndifiAfl pt ^„..- , ' ^^ ^°^ '^'^ ^'^ws n
p.i;oS;;;;:tor:nrtrsranTK--„-;r.-rp°cra::^
13. Give an outline of the Psychology of the earlier Stoics
e.it;d'^--i„Vrh?;r.;r/en'L:r-rtL^ot!?i:n'™'-°''^>--'-
snccesfirsta^gerdSu'L'" "-■>""«"'- ""-- «n^ ■■■rough what
Gr'eeklhteJphy""" '"°°"°''"' '""'"■P'""- «f ""^"n .beorie. in
101
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL.
B. A. HONOUR EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
THURSD.'i.Y, April 19th : — 2 to 5 p.m.
MEDIAEVAL AND MODERN SPECULATIVE PHILOSOPHY.
. i Ve.\. Archdeacon Leach, D.C.L.
Examiners | ^^^. ^^^^^^ Hatch, B.A.
1. State the evidence in favour of the obligations of Greek to Oriental
philosophy, and the objections that lie in opposition to such obligations.
2. "What obscure notices are there of a connection between the Poetry
and the Philosophy of the early Greeks, and how is the obscurity in
regard to the History of Greek Philosophy accounted for ?
3. Show how the Philosophy of the Ionian and Doric races exhibited
the peculiarities that marked the character of these races.
4. What injustice did Roscelin's opponents do him in their report of
his doctrines, and how is Abelard's asperity of opposition to him accounted
for?
5. Give the substance of Haureau's account of the philosophical doc-
trines of Anselm.
6. State the argument of St. Thomas in answer to the question — " Is
the soul a substance ?"
7. State St. Thomas' first proposition on the subject of Individuality,
and the several consequences thence deduced.
8. How does St. Thomas reply to the question — " Is the essence of the
soul identical with its power?"
9. "What were the main problems of Scholasticism, and in what respects
â– was the method of their solution determined by the subject-matter?
10. Give an account of the history of philosophy among the Arabians)
showing also (1) the immediate sources from which it arose; (2) the
channels through which it was introduced into Latin Christendom, (3) the
effects of its introduction.
11. Give a brief account of the Italian philosophers of the Renaissance.
12. ^ Cogito ergo sum:' Show (1) the meaning which Descartes
attached to this assertion ; (2; the consequences which he deduced from
it; (3) its influence on the course of modern philosophy; (4) its positive
value.
13. State (1) Spinosa's definition of substance ; (2) *he leading infer-
ences which he deduces from that definition.
14. Trace and compare the successive modifications of the main posi-
tion of the sensational philosophy by Locke, Hume, and Condillac.
15. State (1) the purpose which Kant had in view in his critic of Pure
Reason ; (2) how he endeavoured to effect it ; (3) how far he can be con-
sidered to have succeeded.
16. Give a short account of the philosophy of Hegel, showing (1) its
relation to its immediate philosophical antecedents; (2) its main idea,
(3) its method.
102
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL.
B. A. HONOUR EXAMINATIONS ON MENTAL PHILOSOPHY <fec.
Thursday, April 19th, — 9 a.m. to 1 p.m.
PLATO REPUB. VI. VII., AND MORELL'S PHILOSOPHY OF MIND.
Examiners:
Ven. Archdeacon Leach, D.C.L.
Rev. Edwin PIatch, B.A.
1. Give the reasons which Plato assigns for the study of Geometry.
2. What is the adjustment made by Plato of studies and duties or
exercises to the different periods of life ?
3. Upon what grounds does Plato expect the guardians to take a share
in public life ?
4. Give the substance of Morell's account of the fundamental distinc-
tions of vital phenomena, and the threefold law thence deduced.
5. State his theory of sensation — e.xplain how it removes the several
difficulties adverted to, and give some of the important deductions from
his exposition of the subject.
6. State and explain the theory of memory.
7. Give the substance of the account of quantitative reasoning.
8. "What effects does the use of lan§-ua°:e exert upon the process of
mental development?
9. To what causes does Plato attribute the current disrepute of
philosophers ?
10. State Plato's views as to (1) the preliminary qualifications of the
guardians, (2) the processes throug-h which they are to be gradually led
to a knowledge of the good.
11. On what classes of facts does the inductive science of Psycholog-y
rest ?
12. Show the action of the fundamental law of mental activity in the
formation of (1) g-eneralised perceptions, (2) g-eneral ideas, (3) asso-
ciated ideas.
13. Show by what processes the mind gradually forms perceptions of
body, size, direction, and distance.
14. In what respects is knowledge limited ?
15. State some of the various senses which have been attached to the
word reason, and justify Morell's use of it.
16. Trace the development of volitional power from the lowest forms
of activity, and shew what elements are necessary to a complete voli-
tional act.
103
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL.
B.A. HONOUR EXAMINATIONS IN MENTAL PHILOSOPHY, &c.,
1866.
Tuesday, April 24th: — 9 to 12 a.m.
MODERN MORAL PHILOSOPHY.
^ ( Vkn. Archdeacon Leach'D.C.L.
Examiners J ^^^, Edwin Hatch, B.A.
1. Give an account of Leibnitz's opinion on Ibe subject of the exis-
tence and nature of eviL
2. To -what causes are the fame and disrepute of Hobbes to be attri-
buted? and state what are alleged as the fundamental errors of his
ethical system.
3. Explain the twofold aspect in which the ethics of Spinoza may be
viewed, consistently with his doctrine on the subject of the human will
4. What was the design of Cudworth in his treatise on Eternal and
Immutable Morality? Give an exposition of his doctrine.
5. Show what are meant by the autonomy of the will and the hetero-
nomy of the will.
6. State and explain what, according to Kant, may be regarded as
the highest principle of morality.
7. State and explain the answer given by Kant to the question,
" What is the relation of the two elements of the greatest good to each
other ?"
8. What is Dr. Brown's answer to the question, " What is the ground
of moral approbation?" and show how the answer is consistent with
Ms system.
9. State and classify the leading theories which have been entertained
as to the origin of moral ideas.
10. State and classify the leading theories which have been entertaind
as to the nature of moral distinctions.
11. State (1) what is meant by casuistry ; (2) from what causes it
arose ; (3) from what causes it has ceased to exist.
12. Give a brief account of the moral philosophy of Suarez.
13. How does Butler prove the correspondence of virtue with the
constitution of human nature ?
14. Give a brief history of the doctrine of a " moral sense."
15. Give an outline of the practical philosophy of Fichte.
16. What are the main defects of Benthamism as a philosophy of
morals?
104
I
1
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL.
B.A. HONOUR EXAMINATIONS IN MENTAL PHILOSOPHY, &c.
April 19th, 1866.— 2 to 5 p.m.
ANCIENT MORAL PHILOSOPHY.
r, â– < Ven. Archdeacon Leach, D.O.L.
Examiners.
( Ven.
I Rev.
Edwin Hatch, B.A.
1. What was Socrates' notion of God ? and upon what grounds did he
hold the belief of the soul's immortality?
2. State the principal determinations of Plato in regard to the idea of
the Supreme Good.
3. How does it happen that the subject of Duty and Obligation is not
distinctly treated nor presented in the Ethics of Plato ?
4. Give the substance of Plato's doctrine on the state of rewards and
punishments.
5. State and explain the two respects in which the moral theory of
Aristotle is defective from limitation, and give an exposition of his answer
to the question, "What is virlrfe."
G. Give an account of the Ethics of the Stoics, and show bow their
opinions concerning external good were connected with their moral
principles.
7. In what various ways did moral ideas express themselves among
the Greeks before the time of Socrates ?
8. What positive contributions to Moral Philosophy were made by
Socrates ?
9. Give a brief outline of the rise, opinions, and ultimate developments
of the imperfect Socratic schools.
10. What traces of the question of free-will are found among the
Oreeks ?
11. State and compare the answers which a Stoic and an Epicurean
respectively would make to the question, "Which is the happiest life?"
12. How far did ambiguities of language influence the course of Moral
Philosophy among the Greeks ?
13. In what respects has Moral Philosophy been influenced by Roman
jurisprudence ?
14. State and criticise the leading moral doctrines of Ockham
105
McGiLL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL.
B.A. HONOUR EXAMINATIONS IN MENTAL PHILOSOPHY, &c.
1866.
Tuesday, April 24 : — 2 p.m. to 5 p.m.
ARISTOTLE'S ETHICS AND DUGALD STEWARTS' PHILOSOPHY OF THE
ACTIVE AND MORAL POWERS OF MAN.
jr^„„.,-„«,.c S ^^^-''- Archdeacon Leach, D.C.L.
r^xamincrs ,....â– < r) t^ tt r^ .
' \ Kev. Ldwin Hatch, B.A.
1. Mention the considerations which, according to Stewart, show that
the sense of Duty is not resolvable into a regard to our happiness.
2. Give the substance of Stewart's remarks on the subject of an
ambiguity in the words " right" and " wrong," " virtue " and " vice."
3. Give an account of Mandeville's doctrine on the subject of Moral
Virtue, with Stewart's refutation of it.
4. State the reasons assigned by Aristotle for his doctrine that moral
virtues are not innate, but that they arise from habit.
5. Give the substance of Stewart's remarks on the subject of the
immutability of moral distinctions.
6. What is Stewart's division of the Active principles ; and what is
hia subdivision of the class Desires?
7. State Aristotle's theory of the nature of happiness.
8. State in detail Aristotle's analysis of a moral act.
9. Give an account of Aristotle's analysis of the intellectual powers.
10. For what parts of his moral philosophy is Aristotle mainly indebted
to Plato ?
11. State briefly Aristotle's view of the relation between the life of
action and the life of contemplation.
12. State Aristotle's theory of the nature of pleasure.
13. Give an outline of Dugald Stewart's statement of the arguments
for the existence of God.
14. Give an outline of Dugald Stewart's statement of the arguments
for a future state.
106
JMcGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
Wednesday, April 18th : — 10 a.m. to 1 p.m.
ENGLISH.— LANGUAGE.
FIRST TEAR,
Examiner Yen. Archdeacon Leach, D.C.L.
1. State the distinction between sentences as regarded grammatically
^nd logically.
2. What are simple, complex and compound sentences ?
3. The subject in a simple sentence may be enlarged — how ?
4. Show what is implied in the completion and in the extension of the
predicate ?
5. Explain what are meant by subordinate sentences, and give examples
-of the different kinds.
6. Give examples of some of the contracted forms in which compound
sentences are sometimes put.
7. What case in English is the absolute case ?
8. Though the nominative generally requires a verb after it, there are
cases in which no verb is found — state them.
9. Say which number the verb takes in the following conditions :
1. When two singular nominatives are connected by "and" and pre-
ceded by " every," each," " no " ; 2. When two singular nominatives con-
nected by "and" are emphatically distinguished ; — How is the number
determined, when two nominatives are connected, the one aflSrmative,
the other negative ; and when a verb separates its nominatives ?
10. After what classes of verbs is the present infinitive used for the
•acts which those verbs refer to ?
11. How may the objects of transitive verbs be enlarged?
12. What is meant by the indirect object of a verb, and into what
â– classes may it be divided ?
13. What classes of words do adverbs qualify ? — Give examples ; and
show that they are sometimes made adjectives, nouns, verbs.
14. Indicate the proper use of " ever " and " never," in the cases
mentioned.
15. Show that prepositions are sometimes needfully inserted and some-
-times improperly omitted.
16. In what kind of sentences is the subjunctive mood used, and how
^re such sentences, when the subjunctive occurs in them, divided.
17. Give examples to show the correlative subjunctive forms.
18. Show that verbs are sometimes used independently of other parts
tof the sentence.
19. Show that a verb in the infinitive may take a subject of its own,
ithough it has no nominative.
107
i
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
Wednesday, April 18th : — 2 to 5 p.m.
LOGIC.
FIRST YEAR.
Examiner, Ven. Archdeacon Leach, D.C.L.
1. Explain what is meant by " the science of the laws of thought."
2. Trace the distinction between Pure Logic and Applied Logic ; and
say in what respects the line of demarcation between them is alleged to
become confused.
3. State the distinction between first and second notions or intentions.
4. State the distinction between clear and obscure cognitions
Adequate and Inadequate, Symbolical and Notative.
5. Mention the various modes of expressing the antithesis between
thoughts and things.
6. Explain the different steps in the formation of conceptions.
7. What are meant by higher and lower conceptions ?
8. Explain the double capacity of Extension and Intension of concep-
tions, and mention the various modes of expressing it.
9. State the three powers of a Conception and the corresponding
processes.
10. What are meant by Abstract and Concrete representations?
11. State what is given on the subject of " the nature of general
notions" — and the opinions of the Ultra-Realists, Realists, Moderate
Nominalists and Ultra-Nominalists.
12. State Aristotle's objections to the Platonic scheme of ideas.
13. Are representations of the imagination to be considered as intui-
tions or conceptions ?
14. Show that there cannot be abstraction without generalization.
15. What are meant by contradictory attributes and contrary ?
108
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
Wednesday, April 18th: — 10 a.m. to 1 p.m.
MEXTAL AND MORAL PHILOSOPH Y.-I'OLITY.
THIRD YEAR.
Examiner, Yen. Archdeacon Leach, D.C.L.
1. Show that the Right of making war belongs to the State as a State,
and does not arise from the Rights of individuals.
2. How is it proved that the Right of Capital Punishment is necessary
to the safety of the State ?
3. "Whence arises the State obligation of National Defence, and what
are the means of Defence which this obligation implies ?
4. Show that the moral and intellectual progress of the Governors
and of the State are not identical, and explain how this circumstance
modifies the public conduct of statesmen ?
5. Show that Government cannot be merely a contract, and say why
the term Social Contract maj nevertheless be conveniently employed?
6. Why is it proper to abstain from laying down any rules concerning
resistance to Government ?
7. What are Paley's opinions concerning the Constitution which are
said to disqualify him as a moral teacher ?
8. What are the means that may be properly employed for the improve-
ment of Governments ?
9. Give the substance of the remarks on the assertion that the sole
foundation of Government is expediency or utility.
10. State the principal points in the history of the natural progress of
Government
11. Describe the kind of Government that may be termed Hero Sway.
12. Show that men's conception of Government cannot be satisfied by
the abstract idea of Justice administered so far as its rules are universal.
13. How is the moral condition of a people connected with the posses-
sion of Political Right ?
14. Give some account of the rise of Representative Assemblies, and
mention the chief advantages that belong to the principle of Represen-
tation in Government.
15. What are the characteristics of a Visionary Polity, and those which
mark the historical progress of nations towards the best state of political
existence ?
lOf^
I
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTEEAL.
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 186G.
Wednesday, April 18th: — 2 to 5 p.m.
RHETORIC.
THIRD TEAR.
Examiner, Yen. Archdeacon Leach, D.C.L.
1. How are Epithets distinguished from Adjectives? What is stated
as the only safe rule with regard to the use of Epithets? and give the
general caution respecting it.
2. Explain what is meant by the expression " frigid style."
3. State the grounds upon which the use of uncommon words or
expressions, especially when excessive, is objected to.
4. Illustrate the form of expression called. Echo to the sense; show-
whence it arises and state the practical rule concerning it.
5. Give the substance of the remarks on the theological style.
6. What are the means that may be employed to obviate the incon-
veniences apt to accompany an energetic brevity of style?
7. Explain the advantages which the English languag^e possesses in
regard to the use of the figure of speech, personification.
8. State and illustrate the rules for the use of Metaphors and Similes.
9. State and illustrate the method suggested by Whately, to reconcile-
conciseness with perspicuity.
10. With regard to Amplification, what are the determining circum-^
stances for the consideration of the Orator ?
11. Give the substance of the Criticism on the style of Dr. Johnson.
12. Explain what is meant by the natural order of words in a
sentence, and show how emphatic words may be properly indicated.
13. Distinguish, by examples, between loose sentences and those of
periodic structure, and give the reasons why written or spoken language
demands generally the one or the other form as the more appropriate.
14. Show, by examples, how the use of Antithesis is conducive to
conciseness.
15. Whence arises the effect of the employment of Interrogation ?
And state the rules for the use of it.
16. What is meant by Elegance of Style? and mention the suggestions
given for the attainment of it.
110
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
B.A. HONOUR EXAMINATIONS IN THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE,
LITERATURE AND HISTORY, 18G6.
THURSDAy, April 19th: — 10 a.m. to 1 p.m.
LANGUAGE.
Examiner, Ven. Archdeacon Leach, D.C.L.
1. Upon what grounds has it been argued that the language of a por-
tion of the population of Britain, when the countr}' first became known
to the Romans, was not a Celtic but a Germanic language ?
2. When did the Roman dominion in Britain cease ? What were the
probable effects of the Roman occupation upon the civilization of the
ancient Britons? — upon their language? And what may be inferred
from the name Limes Saxonicus, borne by a portion of the Coast?
3. Give an historical account of the French tongue and of the several
ways in which the language now spoken in England beeame affected
by it.
4. Give the limits of the Semi-Sa.xon period and mention the principal
characteristics of the language then spoken.
5. Give the limits of the Middle English period, and mention the prin-
cipal characteristics of the language then spoken.
6. Mention some of the circumstances most worthy of note in the his-
tory of new words.
7. To what causes are differences of pronunciation chiefly to be
ascribed ?
8. Describe the forms of books in use before those of Modern times ;
and mention some of the ways in which language has been affected by
the Art of Printing.
9. Mention some of the causes to which chiefly the corruption of a lan-
guage may be attributed.
10. How is the absence of Rhyme and Alliteration in Greek and
Roman verse to be accounted for ?
11. Give the Etymology and the History (if they have any history) of
the following words; — "posthumous," "demure," "Cardinal," (Noun)
"Shamefaced," "Caitiff," "Canon," "Cannon," "Craven," "prude,"
" quarrel," " County," " guilt," " retract," " Candidate," " classics,"
"imbecile," -'amusement," "allegiance," "rivals."
12. To what cause are to be ascribed the many verbal duplicates in
the present English ?
13. Show, by reference to the different parts of speech, the changes
from Anglo-Saxon, which the English language in the time of Chaucer
had undergone.
14. Give an outline of the history of Rhyming Poetry in English, from
the time of Henry II till the middle of the 14th Century.
15. How are the apparent irregularities and deficiencies in Chaucer's
versification to be accounted for?
Ill
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
B.A. HONOUR EXAMINATIONS IN THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE,
LITERATURE AND HISTORY, 1866.
Thursday, April 19th : — 2 "^o 5 p.m.
LANGUAGE.
Examiner, Ven. Archdeacon Leach, D.C.L.
1. Write out a synopsis of the declensions of Anglo-Saxon Nouns.
2. Mention the different ways in which Anglo-Saxon secondary Nouns
were formed, and give examples.
3. Decline some Anglo-Saxon Adjectives in both forms.
4. Give the etymology of " Tyn," " Endlufon," " Twentig," " Thu-
send."
5. Which are the different orders of Anglo-Saxon Verbs ; and bow
are they distinguished?
6. How are Adjectives and Adverbs ordinarily compared ?
7. What peculiarities mark the use of the Anglo-Saxon relative ?
8. Give a translation and a grammatical analysis of the following
passage : —
And of Schiringes-heale, he cwaeth that he s^glode on fif dagum to
thaem porte the mon haet aet Haethum, se stent betuh Winedum and
Seaxum and Angle, and hyrth in on Dene. Tha he thiderweard seglode
fram Schiringes-heale, tha waes him on thaet baecbord Denamearc, and
on thaet steorbord wid-sae thry dagas , and tha twegen dagas aer he to
Haethum come, him waes on thaet steorbord Gotland and Sillende and
iglaiida fela. On thaem landum eardodon Engle, aer hi hider on land
comon. And hym was tha twegen dagas on part baecbord tha igland
the in Denemearce hyrath.
9. In what cases, respectively, are put Anglo-Saxon Nouns — 1st.
Denoting measure, value, age ; 2nd. Answering to the question When ;
3rd. Where ; 4th. Nouns used absolutely with participles ?
10. Give a description of the Rhythmical cadence employed in the
vernacular Anglo-Saxon poetry.
11. Translate the following : —
Thaer ic ne gehyrde
Butan hlimman sae,
Is-caldne waeg.
Hwilum ylfetes sang,
Dyde ic me to gamene
Ganetcs hleothor
And hu-ilpan Sweg ;
Fore hleahtor wera
Fore m6do-drince,
Stormas thaer stan-clifu beotan,
Tha-^r him stearn oncwaeth
Tsig fethera.
12. Give a description of the alliterative rime of Anglo-Saxon poetry.
112
McGlLL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
B.A. HONOUR EXAML\ATIONS IN THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE,
LITERATURE AND HISTORY, 1866.
Tuesday, April 24th: — 10 a.m. to 1 p.m.
LITERATUKE.
Examiner, Vex. Archdeacon Leach, D.C.L.
1. Write an analysis of Shakespeare's "Tempest," with a short
critique touching its plan or plot, its characters and moral tendencies.
2. Give an outline of Chaucer's poem of the " House of Fame ;" describe
its general merits ; show Pope's obligations to it in his " Temple of Fame.'"
3. What account does Spenser give of his object and plan in the
composition of the " Faerie Queene'' ? Give a short account of the
adventures of the Red-cross knight in the First Book ;— show the
peculiarities of the language and of the structure of the versification of
the Poem.
4. Give some account of the Faustus of Marlow.
5. Point out the deficiencies as a dramatic work of the " Coraus" of
Milton, and give the main characteristics of its thought and expression —
"with illustrative extracts.
6. Give an account of the London Theatres from the time of Queen
Elizabeth and of the closing of them in 1648.
7. What class of foreign productions exerted the greatest influence
Tipon English Literature, especially the English Drama, down to the
times of Elizabeth? Mention the principal authors of those productions,
and give some account of their form and subject-matter.
8. Give a short outline of the story of the " Pilgrim's Progress." To
Tvhat works of an earlier date does it bear a great resemblance? Give
a short statement of the origin and history of " Spiritual Romance."
9. To what class of literary productions does Sir Philip Sidney's
" Arcadia" belong ? Give a short account of the origin of Pastoral Poetry.
Which are the chief poems in English of that class ? Give the Rules for
this kind of composition as they are given by Dryden.
10. To what source originally are Satirical compositions to be traced ?
Which are the principal Satirical works in English ? What is there in the
form of Dryden's "Absolom and Achitopliel" that deducts from its effect
as a poem, and show in what its merits consist.
11. Give the substance of Bacon's Essays on "Seditions and Troubles"
-and " Empire."
113
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
B.A. HONOUR EXAMINATIONS IN THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE,
LITERATURE AND HISTORY, 1866.
Friday, April 27th: — 10 a.m. to 1 p.m.
HISTORY.
Examiner, Ven. Archdeacon Leach, D.G.L.
1. Give the principal incidents, noted in Paoli's account of the mode
of life of the early Saxon Kings.
2. Give the names of those who, in Anglo-Saxon times, are to be
ranked as King-s of all England.
3. What was the origin of the Peter's Pence ?
4. Give an outline of the history of the Danish Rule in England.
5. What was the state of the Church at the close of the great conflict
with the Danes, in Alfred's time ; and what legislative measures did he
employ for its benefit ?
6. Give an account of the origin of the claims set up by the English to
the Crown of France, and of the events consequent thereupon, till the
Treaty of Bretany ?
7. Who were the Kings of the House of Lancaster, of the House of
York, of the House of Tudor, of the House of Stuart?
8. What were the Consistory Courts, their objects and the nature of
the proceedings in them ?
9. Give an explanation of the law-term, praemunire, and a history of
the enactments so called.
10. State the principal points in the petition of the Commons, in the
Parliament of 1529.
11. Give a short sketch of the history of the Lady Jane Grey.
12. How did Cardinal Pole come to have the influence which he exerted
in Queen Mary's reign ?
13. What was the origin of the Oath of Allegiance?
14. Give a short account of the history of Sir Thomas More.
15. State the principal obligations of the Protestant Church to
Cranmer.
114
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTEEAL.
B.A. HONOUR EXAMINATIONS IN THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE,
LITERATURE AND HISTORY, 1866.
Friday, April 27th : — 1 to 5 p.m.
HISTORY.
Examiner Ven. Archdeacon Leach, D.C.L.
1. What were the principal subjects of legislation in the first Parlia-
ment of Elizabeth's reign ?
2. "Who were the Ministers most in Elizabeth's confidence ? And give
some account of them.
3. How was the Liturgy received in the parishes, and what was the
conduct of the Bishops in regard to it ?
4. "What was the condition of Scotland during the latter years of Mary
Tudor's reign ?
5. State the characteristic differences between the Reformation in Eng-
land and Scotland, and give some account of the history and character
of Knox.
6. What were the changes in French policy, and the particular circum-
stances therewith connected that gave alarm to the English Government
after the peace of Cambray ?
7. What were the terms agreed upon between tlie two nations after
Admiral Winter's blockade of Leith harbour, and what event was it that
saved England from an invasion of the French,
8. What were the consequences of the death of Francis 2nd to Mary
Stuart, and what was the course of action which she thereupon adopted?
9. Give an account of the formal demand made by Mary Stuart's
friends for the recognition of her right to the Crown of England, in 1561
and of Elizabeth's reply.
10. What had been, till 1654, the policy of the Tudor Sovereigns in
regard to Ireland ?
11. Give an account of the visit of Charles 1st to Scotland, and men-
tion what, according to Clarendon, were the results that followed there-
upon.
12. Give the substance of Clarendon's sketch of the character of Arch-
bishop Laud, and mention the circumstances that rendered him unpo-
pular in the earlier period of his public life.
13. Give some account of the great men who managed the aflfairs of
the English nation at the outbreak of the troubles in Charles Ist's reign.
14. State the chief demands made by the Parliament touching the
Royal prerogative, and say how the King acted in regard to these
demands.
15. AVhat were the preparations made by the Parliament in anticipa-
tion of war, and by the King in self-defence ?
115
McGILL UNIYEKSITY, MONTREAL.
INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION, 18G6.
Wednesday, April 18th: — 10 a.m. to 1 p.m.
LOGIC.
Examiner, Ven. Archdeacon Leach, D.C.L.
1. Give aa exposition of the terms, syllogism, antecedent, consequent,
consequence, question, premise, middle term.
2. Distinguish between mediate and immediate inference, and reply to
the objection that, as to immediate inference, " there is in the conclusion
no new truth, nothing but what was already asserted in the premises."
4. State and explain the kinds of opposition between the following sets
of propositions ao, ae, ai, io, ay, iy, au, uy, oy, ei.
5. Explain the nature of inconsistent opposition.
6. Give concrete examples of conversion of propositions in o, e, y, a.
7. Give the formulte of immediate inference from a disjunctive judg-
ment.
8. What is meant by the worst relation ? — and explain the rule " the
comparison of each of the two terms must be either with the whole or
â– with the same part, of the third term."
9. Explain the modes of conversion — simple, per accidens, per contra-
position ; and give the kinds of propositions to which these modes are
respectively applicable.
10. State the distinction between analytic and synthetic syllogisms.
11. Explain the method of reduction of syllogisms to the 1st figure, as
in the older treatises.
12. Write out the special canons of the figures.
13. Give a concrete example of a syllogism, according to the formula
"cui singula insant," &c.
14. Write according to Hamilton's notation, the following syllogisms
— in the 1st fig. ava, uii, iji ; in the 2nd fig. yva, vaa, yu ; in the 3rd fig.
yvy, vii, ivi.
15. Give the principal forms of the disjunctive syllogism.
16. Give concrete examples of a prosyllogism and an episyllogism.
116
IJ
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL.
INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION, 1866.
Wednesday, April 18th: — 2 to 5 p.m.
ENGLISH LITERATURE.
Examiner, Ven. Archdeacon Leach, D.C.L.
1. Give the date that distinguishes the commencement of Modern
Literary History.
2. What predominating influences -were favourable to the cultivation
of Literature at the beginning of Modern times, and what were the cir-
cumstances that served to retard it ?
3. Give an account of the introduction of the language and literature
of Greece into the schools and universities of England.
4. Give an account of the Utopia of Sir Thomas More, and mention
the principal writers in the Latin language during the earlier part of
the sixteenth century.
5. Give an account of Tyndale's translations of the Holy Scriptures
and their publication.
6. Give a historical account of the art of Printing during the reign of
Henry VIII.
7. What were tlie principal characteristics of Latimer's literary pro-
ductions ?
8. Which was the chief composition of Ascham ? and give some account
of it.
9. Give the character of the writings of Skelton, and show what the
peculiarities of his versification consisted in.
10. Give the substance of the history of the Earl of Surrey's writings,
and of the critical remarks upon them.
11. Besides Sternhold and Hopkins, who were the other translators of
what is termed their version of the Psalms ? When was the whole col-
lection published ?
12. Give an account of the work entitled, " A Mirror for Magistrates."
13. Write a historical outline of the infancy of the English Drama.
117
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
Friday, April 20th: — 9 to 12 a.m.
FRENCH.
THIRD TEAR — ELEMENTARY COURSE.
Examiner, P.J. Darey, M.A.
r. Translate into English : —
Non, non, tons ces detours sont trop ing^nieux :
Vous lisez (1) de trop loin dans les secrets des dieux (2).
Moi, je m'arreterais (3) a de vaines menaces 1
Et je fuirais I'honneur qui m'attend sur vos traces !
Les Parques a mere (4), il est vrai, Font pr^dit (5),
Lorsqu'un 6poux (6) mortel fut re^u dans son lit :
Je puis choisir, dit-on, ou beaucoup d'ans sans gloire,
Ou peu de jours suivis d'une longue m^moire (7).
Racine.
1. Wliat is the Imperfect of the SubjunctiYe of that verb ?
2. What is the Feminine of that word ?
3. Give the Imperative of that verb.
4. What was her name? What was she ?
5. To what does /' refer?
6. What is the etymology of that word ? What is the feminine ?
7. In what sense is this word used? When it is masculine, what does
it mean?
II. Give a short but complete synopsis of the Iphigenie of Racine. Was
the subject of that tragedy a new one, or had it been treated before ? If
so, by whom ?
III. Which are the different characters represented in that tragedy ?
Who speaks the above piece? To whom did he speak so ? When?
IV. Who is the greatest comic poet of France ? Which are his prin-
cipal pieces ?
V. Give the rules to write the Past Participle in French : when it is
used without any auxiliary ; with the auxiliary to be; with the auxiliary
to have ; when it is the Past Participle of a reflective verb. Give an
example in each case.
VI. Write the Past Participle, the Imperative, and Imperfect of the
Subjunctive of Je viendrai, valoir, que je naisse, je sacaiSjje vivrui,
VII. Translate into English : — II vous en veut ; coucher en joue ; avoir
beau ; s'en tenir a ; etre aux prises ; faire part de a ; faire cas de. And
into French : — By handfula ; with hue and cry ; to be hot headed ; within
an inch of; to strike colours ; dog latin, and, to sleep in the open air.
VIII. Translate into French : — The same Rutilius who had been
banished from Rome by Sylla, was told in his exile, that, for his comfort,
there would be ere long a civil war, which would bring all the banished
men home again. " God forbid," said he, " for I would rather my coun-
try should blush for my banishment, than mourn for my return.
118
L
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
Friday, April 20th: — 9 to 12 a.m.
FRENCH.
THIRD YEAR — ADVANCED COURSE.
Examiner p. j. Darey, M.A.
1. Quels sent les principaux poetes du dix-septieme siecle ? Ditesdans
quel genre chacun de ces ^crivains s'est distingue, et faites connaltre
leurs ouvrages.
2. Quels sont les grands predicateurs du dix-septieme siecle ? Quels
ouvrages ont-ils publies ? Quels sont les prosateurs les plus remarqua-
bles de ce meme siecle ?
3. Quand J. J. Rousseau naquit-il ? Faites connaitre les diflferents
ouvrages qu'il a ecrits. Ou mourut-il ? A quel age ?
4. Donnez un resume de la vie et des principaux ouvrages de Voltaire.
5. Dites en quoi le dix-huitieme siecle differe, sous le rapport litt6-
raire, du dix-septieme, et celui-ci du seizieme.
6. Quand fait-on varier tout, adverbe ? Donnez un exemple. Expliquez
la regie du mot quelque, selon qu'il est suivi d'un verbe, d'un adjectif, ou
d'un substantif. Citez des exemples de cbaque cas.
T. Quelle difference y a-t-il entre ces deux expressions: la maison dont
je sors, et la maison d'ouje sors. Quand est-ce que le mot chacun exige-
t-il apres lui son, sa, ses, et quand leur, leurs. Donnez des exemples.
8. Quand le verbe demeurer est-il conjugue avec avoir, et quand avec
etre ? Donnez des exemples. Repondez a la meme question pour le
verbe expirer.
9. Traduisez ea anglais les locutions 7Ja?Te que et par ceque, au travers,
d travers, en travers, de travers, d tort et a travers.
10. Quelle diflF^rence y a-t-il entre tout-d-coup ettout d'un coup ; entre
de suite et tout de suite ; entre plutot et plus tot ?
11. Traduisez en fran^ais : —
We should consider this world as a great mart of commerce, where
fortune exposes to our view various commodities, as riches, ease, tran-
quillity, fame, integrity, knowledge. Everything is marked at a settled
price ; our time, our labour, our ingenuity, is so mmch ready money
which we are to lay out to the best advantage. Examine, compare,
choose, reject, but stand to your own judgment ; and do not, like
children, when you have purchased one thing, repine that you do not
possess another that you did not purchase. Such is the force of well-
regulated industry, that a steady and vigorous exertion of our faculties,
directed to one end, will generally insure success.
119
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
Friday, April 20th : — 9 to 12 a.m.
FRENCH.
FOURTH YEAR. — VOLUNTARY COURSE.
Examiner P. J. Darey, M.A.
Toutes les repomes devront etre/ailes en/rangais.
1. Qui est-ce qui a ecrit les tragedies : le Cid, Horace, Esther ; et les
comedies, les Plaideurs, et les Fourberies de Scapin. Donnez un resume
de chacune de ces pieces avec des appreciations litt^raires.
2. Quels sonl les princlpaux ecrivains du XIX siecle? Citez les ou-
Trages les plus remarquables qu'ils ont Merits.
3. En quoi la litt^rature du XIX siecle differe-t-elle de celle du XVIII?
4. Quels sont les auteurs qui ont eu le plua d'influence sur la revolu-
tion de 1789?
5. Faites une composition, d'au moins 36 lignes, sur les princlpaux
avantages de la connaissance de la langue et de la litterature franqaises,
dans ce pays-ci.
6. Traduisez en fran5ais : —
PATRIOTISM.
Dear is the tie that links the anxious sire
To the fond babe that prattles round his fire ;
Dear is the love that prompts the grateful youth
His sire's fond cares and drooping age to soothe :
Dear is the brother, sister, husband, wife ;
Dear all the charities of social life :
Nor wants firm friendship holy wreaths to bind
In mutual sympathy the faithful mind.
But not th' endearing springs that fondly mo.'e
To filial duty, or parental love ;
Not all the ties that kindred bosoms bind.
Nor all in friendship's holy wreath entwined,
Are half so dear, so potent to control
The generous workings of the patriot soul.
As is that holy voice, that cancels all
These ties, that bids him for his country fall.
Bishop Butson.
120
McGILL COLLEGE, MOXTREAL.
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
Friday, April 20Tn: — 2 to 5J p.m.
GERMAN.
THIRD YEAR ELEMENTARY COURSE.
Examiner, C. F. A. Markgraf, M.A.
1. a. TThat Feminine nouns soften the radical vowel in the Plural,
and what is their Plural termination? Give instances, b. Decline in
the 4 cases sing, and plural : — my good niece.
2. Give the meaning of the following Verbs, and state what cases and
prepositions they require severally: — firf) cutfcriicii, fid) niifrficn, fid) erndl)-
rcii, jrocifeln, fid) betrni^cu, fid) alnjcbcn, fid) luuii^crn, fid) aufOaltcn (both
meanings of the last verb with regimen.)
3. a. Parse and convert the following Forms of Verbs into Present
Infinitives: — crfaimtc, befuiibcii, baub, ftirbft, gcmonncii, Dcri]Iid)ft, (icftan-
ten, f)ilft, Qiitrdfe. b. Give the Imperfect and Past Participle of nu6'
reiteii, ftcigcii, uenjiepeii, fortfaljrcii, neniicii, fd)ii)iiujen.
4. Write the 3rd pers. sing, of the Imperfect, Perfect, and Future
Past, Indicative Passive, of riifcn.
5. 3c^ ertuarf;c afle 9)?orgen iim fcd)ei llbr. (£r Icijrt mir ^a^ Sc^reibcn.
T^u bift eS, ber eS iictbati baft. >2inb biefc (are those) pbre T^reunbe ?
Point out the mistakes in the sentences given above, stating the reason
why they are mistakes ; and correct them.
6. a. When is 'if rendered by ..ivciiii," and when by ,,ob"?
b. What difference is there in the use of iiiaini, H'Ciui, and al5 for ^when'?
Illustrate by short examples the use of each conjunction.
7. a. What Prepositions take the case they govern in the middle?
6. What Prepositions are often joined to personal pronouns ?
8. Where is the verb placed: o. in inverted principal sentences? b. in
uninverted principal sentences? c. in dependent sentences? What is
understood by the verb in the three last questions? Is the construction
of a sentence altered by inversion in any way beside the different position
of the verb ?
9. Translate into German : —
After he had read your letter, he said that he would be glad to see
you. Whilst taking a walk on the sea-shore, I perceived far oft the ship
that was taking away the companion of my childhood. Being ill, ho
cannot go a hunting with you. I hope to arrive in Munich at a quarter
past eight, for my relations will be waiting there for me this evening.
I have not been corresponding with him these si.K years almost. Do
you wish to exchange your mcTcliandisc (pi.) for mine? We take lessons
in English. This good son is much aniicled at the death of his aged
father. The general repaired to the army and look the field against the
enemy.
121
10. Translate into English : —
Hub c§ roallct iinb ftebct iiiib braufet imb 5ifci)t,
S5.Me rccim SS^snffer niit ^ciier firf) mcnc\i.
Sis 3um C">immel fprifict ber bnmpfcn'bc Pifc^t,
llnb ghitl) Quf glut!) °fid) ohn" (£tibe bniiii]!,
Unb tuill fid) nimmcr erfrfjiipfcn uiib Iccreii,
2(l§ rooUte bad ©Jeer nod) ein 2)?eer gebiiren.
3^od) cnb(id), bo legt ftd) bie roilbe ©emalt,
llnb fc^roor^ auS bem aici§cn Sdjaum
>^lQfft binunter cin gal^nenbcr gpalt,
(?runbto§, q[& ging'5 in ben •f^bllcnraum,
llnb reiBenb fiebt man bie branbenben 2Bogen
^inob in ben [trubelnben 2;rid)ter gejogen.'
De^t fdjnell, cb' bie 5Branbung roieberfef^rt,
'^e: Siingling fid) @ott befieljit,
llnb — ein *2d)rei beS gntfefien? trirb ring§ gcfjijrt,
llnb fd)on [)Qt i[)n ber SSirbel bitmicggefpiilt,
llnb gefjeimniBDoII iiber ben fiibnen 2d)tinmmer
SdjIieBt fic^ ber [Had)en ; er jeigt fid) nimmer.
From Schiller's Inndjer,
122
I
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL.
B.A. ORDIXARY EXAMINATION, 18G6.
Friday, April 20tu: — 2 to 65 p.m.
GERM.,1N.
Examiner, C. F. A. Markgraf, M.A.
I. Uebcrfegen ®ie iii8 2*eiitf(f)e : —
He boasted of high courage and mocked those who confessed their
weakness. The emperor deposed the officer from his office, because he
had usurped many privileges which were not due to him. They were
flattered and threatened in turn ; but they remained true to their duty
and honor. All great men possess perseverance ; without it the
cleverest and most well-meaning will never attain any great purpose.
They came sailing down the river with their friends. Farewell ! cried
the traveller, waiving the last adieu to his friends ; and then turning
quickly round he descended into the cabin. Our trip last autumn was
verv pleasant. First we went to the Harzynian Forest ; then by Cassel
to Frankfort, where we stojr.ed for a week ; and lastly we went down
the Rhine, where we had an opportunity of seeing the far-famed Loreley
and of hearing the sevenfold echo.
II. Ueber[e^en 3ie au8 Goethe's Spfjigcnie :—
Scite 2.56., 1. 3tur,iig., 3. Sluftritt :— iinb
Scitc 2»5., 3. ^Infjug.,. 2. Sluftritt.
III. ©rnmmatif.
1. SilbeuSie bie i. ^"JJcrfon beS 3mperfctt'5 bc§ .^VoniiuittiuS in bcr oftben
gorni, uiii) bad ^^^artijip be3 >]}rdteritiim* uoii I'licbcu, cviircifcil, luilfcil,
ncl)men, Dcnfcn, ocrbictcn, bcfctjlcn, uorjicljcn, i'd)mcu3cii.
2 5?cftimnicii Sic bie StcUmiij allcr iKortcr, bic firf) auf baJ 5lbjcftiD
ober 'iHUti^ip bc',iti)en, luciui eine3 bcr Ict^tcrcii bem viubitantii) oorijcfc^t
ift ; uiib iiberfctjeii Sic: I have received with the greatest pleasure the
letter which you addressed to me, dated the 6th instant.
3. ©cben 8ic bie 9?erbeii an, ivcld)e in ^'"11^)' ""f ^ic 5^ilbuna bcr
jrociteii *;<crfoa bcr Giiijal)! id 3mpcratiD3 imn bcr allacmciiicn iHegel
abiucid)en. SBad ucrftc(;t man iintcr ^lll'animciUVKt.Ucll 3nipcratiunirmcn ;
luie, unb fiir racldjc ^^.^crjoncn, lucrbcn fic gcbilbct ? giil)rcn Sic brei
SBcifpiclc an.
4. ©cim id) ba3 gciinint biittc, fo miirbc id) anbcr? gcbanbclt babcn.—
©irb 3bncn bicfc Snmmc gcniigcny— (ir ftcUt fid), al* ob cr mid) nid)t Dcr-
ftdnbc— 45crdnbcrn Sic Eircimal bic Gonftruction jcbcJoorcnudijntcn Sa^c»
0. Stntt mld)cr 3citformcn mirb tai ""JitralcUs^ mandjmal gebrauc^t?
Jinbct fid) cine dijniidje (Sonftruction im (inglifdjen uor?
(•-. Wcbcn Sic fnr^ bie iKcflcIn an, bic fid; anf bic Stcduufl ber gjerncinung
llid)t bc^icljcn.
123
IV. Sitcratiir.
1. 9Iu§ roclc^er ^^eriobe riUjr( boS dltefte fcfiriftlic^e T^enfmnf bcr beutfc^eit
eprat^e f;er ? SSoriii befte[;t e§, unh roer roirb al6 bcffcii iBerfafeer gcnannt?
2. Sn roie diclc (Epoc^en lapt fic^ bie mittcI[)od)bcilt[cf)C *Periobe ein-
t^eilen? Sc^ilbern Sic mit fiirjeu SBorten ben cigent[;umli(^eu literarifc^en
G^aratter eiuer jeben gpoc^e.
3. SBelt^en Umftdnben bcrbanfen bie Seipjic^er unb bie ©cfjmcijerifc^e
<Bi)uk U}xen Urfpniiu] ? SBaS Deranlafete beit Strcit ^roifd^en ben SJertre-
tern ber beiben Sdjulen; unb roelc^en Sinflup l)at berfelbe Quf bie beutf^e
fiiteratur geau^ert?
4. @eben ®ie bie '^ata don Goethe's ©eburt unb Sob. SBann trat cr
uierft al8 ®d)ri[t[tc[Ier auf? SBelc^eS roar bie (Slanjpetiobe [eineS fiebenS ?
Stennen Sie einige feiner oorjiiglicfiften 3Berfe.
124
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 18G6.
Fbiday, April 20th:— 9 a.m. to 1 p.m.
HEBREW.
JUNIOR CLASS.
Examiner, Rev. A. De Sola, LL.D.
1. Show how the various modifications of nouns to form their construct
states, are subject to certain general rules ; and mention these rules.
2. Write out the pronouns with the prepositions d, b, n prefixed.
3. Explain the Segholates.
4. "Write the feminine noun n-nn with the pronominal fragments,
singular and plural.
5. Show what changes the definite article undergoes when followed
by ynx.
6. Give the terminations of nouns in the dual, absolute and construct
forms, and in the plural, masculine and feminine.
7. "Write the verb nou' in the Kal form.
8. Give a general description of the tonic accents, and explain
9. Give the rules for Adjectives and Participles.
10. Render into Hebrew :— Nineveh was a great city. My father was
in the field. The tree which is in the garden, is good. My son was in
the large house, and my daughter was in the city. My mother was in
the house which is in the garden. The tower which is in the city is
â– very high.
11. Translate into English :—
mra itt-K hn naop Tya m33 Vijo mira r^nxâ– ^ Tva ojk nbn: N<m lup Kin
bna «OKbT ^nxb n^H n«an mE-n nn-n K>m -i-ya n«n Kin bnj Tva iit-K t^m lup
: 'b •)VK bnjn pa vn nm ':3 maJ biJ-: n-n baa yiH^
125
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
Friday, April 20th: — 9 a.m. to 1 p.m.
HEBREW.
SENIOR CLASS.
Examine}, Rev. A. De Sola, LL.D.
1. Give a literal rendering of the third and fourth Psalms.
2. "Write out a regular verb in the Niphal form.
3. Add the objective pronominal suffixes to the preterite of i^b.
4. Translate literally the last twenty verses of the first chapter of
Genesis.
5. Analyze fully verses 3, 4 and 5 of the second Psalm.
6. Give some examples of protkesis, epenthesis, paragoge, aphceresis,
syncope and apocope, and explain the use of dagesh compensatory.
7. Describe iisnn'i and ninnn'i and give the rules for punctuating the
former when joined to future tenses of verbs beginning with a guttural.
8. "Write the future tenses of ips in the Niphal, Piel and Hiphil forms.
9. Render into Hebrew : — They asked of a sage, who shall be most
esteemed, the wise or the rich? He answered, the wise. They said to
him. If so, why are the wise (found) at the doors of the rich more
(frequently) than the rich at the doors of the wise. He said, the wise
know the value {rhvri) of riches, but the rich do not know the value of
wisdom.
10. Translate the following anecdote of Socrates :
IP? ■nyjo 'nn • v\v 'j'«iy «'n 'ni;n» "73 -ini« n^n D'toipio
D'»n mt» id'?'? "p'nnD 'n"n nni? 'd nj^D '"7 ny nn« ma"? vo' mpi
■^ao vj'r^ • Q3n
: "730 • vJ'ra D3m
126
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
Friday, Arait 20th; — 10 a.m. to 1 p.m.
CHALDEE.
Examiner, Rev. A, De Sola, LL.D.
1. Give a brief sketch of the origin and history of the Chaldee
anguage ; dwell particularly on the period of the Babylonian captivity ;
mention which portions of Scripture are in Chaldee; and show the
origin and uses of the Targumim.
2. State the particulars in which the Chaldee orthography agrees with
the Hebrew. Point out where it differs, particularly with reference to
Dagesh Hazak.
3. "What peculiarity exists in Chaldee with reference to : a. its pre-
ference for Shem ; b. the employment by the authors of the Tarqumim
of Elhnach and Sof Pasuk ; c, the difference in the servile and additional
letters compared with Hebrew, and, d, its employment of certain vowels
differing from the Hebrew, but intended to express the same grammatical
distinctions.
4. Show how Chaldaic words are formed from Hebrew by prothesis
and epenthesis, by aphoeresis and apocope ; give in alphabetical order
a list of interchange of letters.
5. Show the uses of the Heemantiv letters as formatives and particles,
also for distinguishing the genders, numbers, cases and pronominal
fragments.
6. Write with proper letters and vowel points the following from the
Targum of Onltelos, analyzing every noun, pronoun and definite article
therein:
Beyoma Vlethah oozkaf yat enohi vachaza yat al/ira vierachik. Vaamar
I'oolemohi orichu Vchou hacha im chainara vaana v'oolayina nithmHai ad ka
v'nisgod oonthoob I'vatchon.
7. Give the signs of the feminine sing., pi. masc. and pi. fem. of nouns,
and show what changes take place when a noun ends in Aleph.
8. Decline a noun with and without the pronominal fragments.
9. Write the pronouns in the absolute forms ; then as fragments pro-
ceeded by min, yat, &c.
127
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
Thcrsdat, April 26th: — 9 a.m. to 1 p.m.
CHEMISTRY.
FIRST YEAR.
Examiner, T. Stkrry Hont, M.A., F.R.S.
1. What are the alkali-metals, and what peculiar properties distinguish
their oxyds ?
2. Explain on what grounds the distinction was formerly made be-
tween vegetable and mineral alkalies, and describe the preparation of
potash.
3. How is soda obtained from sea-salt, and what are its chief uses in
the arts ?
4. What is the nature of the slaking of lime, and how much quick-
lime and how much slaked lime can be got from 100 parts of carbonate
of lime?
5. What properties distinguish aluminium from ordinary metals, and
to what use are some compounds of its oxyd applied in the arts ?
6. What are the chief ores of iron, and how is the metal obtained from
them?
7. How are malleable iron and steel made, and in what do they differ
from cast iron ?
8. How can you detect copper in a solution, and how determine its
amount ?
9. What is the lead tree, and how is it formed ?
10. How will you analyse a silver coin, and separate the silver from
the copper?
11. What is the nature of the alcoholic fermentation, and how is pure
alcohol obtained ?
12. What do you understand by the albuminoid bodies, and what are
the principal examples of them in vegetable and in animal substances ?
13. What are the principal constituents of milk, of blood, and of
bone?
14. What are the mineral elements which enter into the composition
of plants, and which among them are most valuable to the agriculturist i
128
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
Thursday, April 26th:— 9 a.m. to 1 p.m.
ZOOLOGY.
THIRD YEAR.
Examiner, J- W. Dawson, LL.D., F.R.S.
1 State the characters of Echinodermata, and describe the shell and
its appendages in Echinus.
2 State the distinctions between Brachiopoda, Lamellibranchiata, and
Tunicata.
3. Illustrate the characters of Gasteropoda by any well-known species.
4 What are the distinctive characters of Protozoa, and what views
may be taken as to their place in the Zoological System ?
5. Describe the locomotive and prehensile organs of the Jinnulata
and Anthozoa.
6. State the characters of the Polyzoa, with examples.
7. To what class and order does H^autilus belong ? State fully the
characters of the class and order.
8. Describe the metamorphosis of one of the Acalephce.
9 Explain the differences between Insects, Arachnidans and Crus-
taceans, and the order of rank of these classes.
10. Describe the circulation and respiration of Fishes and Birds.
11. Give the orders of Reptiles or Mammals, with examples, and
describe one.
12. Describe any class of the animal kingdom not mentioned above,
â– with" illustrations of its orders.
13. State the division of the Crustacea into sub-classes, with its
grounds.
14 Characterise, and refer to its place in the system any one of the
following groups :-Por^fer«, Pteropoda, Trematoda, Batrachta.
15. Describe any of the specimens exhibited.
129
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL.
B.A. ORDINARY EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
Thursday, April 26th : — 9 a.m. to 1 p.m.
GEOLOGY AXD MINERALOGY.
Exammer, J. W. Dawson, LL.D., F.R.S.
1. State the chemical and crystallographic differences between Calcite,
Dolomite, and Fluor-spar.
2. Describe Orthoclase, and state its mode of occurrence in rocks.
3. Mention some of the most important Silicates of Lime and Magne-
sia, and describe one.
4. Describe Mica, Chlorite, Anhydrite, Magnetite.
5. State the mode of formation and occurrence of Coal, Gypsum or
Rock Salt.
6. Give in a tabular form the order of succession of the Mesozoic
formations.
7. Describe the Boulder Clay of Canada, and explain the changes of
climate which it indicates.
8. State the Geological age of the London Clay and Bagshot beds,
and describe their equivalents in the Paris Basin.
9. Describe the Greensand andMuschelkalk, and state their geological
relations.
10. State the geological relations of the following formations : Chazy,
Wenlock, Corniferous, Coal Formation, — and describe one of them.
11. State in order the Lower Silurian Formations represented in
British America, with their general geographical distribution.
12. Give a detailed palaontological account of any order of inverte-
brate animals abundant in the Mesozoic rocks.
13. What are the leading botanical characters of the Flora of the
Devonian.
14. Give a detailed account of any genus of animals or plants of the
Palaeozoic period.
15. Explain the nature and origin of Earthquakes and Volcanic Erup-
tions.
130
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL.
B.A. HONOUR EXAMINATIONS IN GEOLOGY
AND NATURAL HISTORY, 1866.
(FIRST PAPER.)
Wednesday, April 4th: — 9 a.m. to IJ p.m.
Examiner, J. W. Dawson, LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S.
1. Explain the laws of distribution of mountain chains and coast lines.
2. How do we account for the distribution of Ocean currents in the
Atlantic, and what effects may be attributed to these currents?
3. Describe minutely the mineral constitution and geological relations
of Gneiss, Talcose Schist, Dolomite, and Trachyte.
4. State the nature and mode of occurrence of the principal ores of
Copper or Iron.
5. How are the Clinometer and Compass used in field geology ?
6. Illustrate the effects of Concretionary Action, Faults and Folding
on stratified deposits.
7. Describe the Huronian Rocks of Canada with their mineral veins.
8. Describe the Potsdam, Calciferous and Chazy formations, with
their European equivalents and their relations to the Quebec group.
9. Describe the Trenton group as it exists near Montreal.
10. Describe the Coal formation, and state the conditions of deposit
indicated by its structure and composition.
11. Refer the following genera to their places in the Geological Series
and in the Zoological classification : — Orthis, Spirifer, Jsaphus, Petraia,
Ptilodiclya, Homalonotus, Murchisonia, Paradoxides, Palaoniscus.
12. Describe the Lower Laurentian formation in Canada, with its dis-
tribution and fossils.
13. What geological formation in Canada would be indicated by the
presence of Zaphrenlis yigantea, Phacops bufo and Spirifer mucronatus,
and for what is that formation remarkable i
131
^
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL.
B.A. HONOUR EXAMINATIONS IN GEOLOGY
AND NATURAL HISTORY, 1866.
(second paper.)
Thursday, April 19th : — 9 a.m. to 12^ p.m., and 2 p.m. to 5 p.m.
Examiner, J. W. Dawson, LL.D., P.R.S.
1. Describe the formations of the Middle Mesozoic ia Europe and
America, with their characteristic fossils.
2. Name the characteristic reptilian genera of the Wealden, and
describe one of them.
3. State the geographical distribution of the Trias in America, and its
subdivisions in Europe.
4. Explain the structure and geological age of the White Chalk and
the Calcaire Grossier.
5. Describe the formations of the geological period immediately pre-
ceding the age of man, as they occur in America.
6. Give a complete geological account of one of the following form-
ations : the Saliferous Marls, the Lias or the Connecticut sandstones.
7. State fully the nature, origin and geological effects of Glaciers and
Icebergs.
8. Characterise the genera, Belemnites, Plesiosaurus, Gryphcea, Nummu-
lites, and Palmotherium, and state their geological positions.
9. State the zoological characters and relations of the Lamellibranch-
iata and Palmonata.
10. Describe the structures of Cyanea, and state fully their relations to
those of Campanularia or Sertularia.
11. Describe the organs of nutrition and respiration in Polyzoa, and
state the grounds on which these animals are divided into orders.
12. Describe the animal of Terebratula, and state the difFcvences
betweenthat genus and Spirifer, Alrypa and Leptceiia.
13. Describe the organs in the cephalo- thorax of Homarus and Limulus,
14. Give an account of the structuresof a species of the class Cephalo-
poda order Dibranchiata.
15. "What are the zoological affinities of the genera Coinatula, Cyclops,
Lymnea, Spirorbis ?
16. Describe fully the metamorphoses of a typical Insect.
17. Describe fully the differences between typical Arachnida and
Crustacea. .
132
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL.
B.A. HONOUR EXAMINATIONS IN GEOLOGY
AND NATURAL HISTORY, 1866.
(third paper.)
Tuesday, April 24th : — 9 a.m. to 1 p.m.
Examiner, J. W. Dawson, LL.D., F.R.S.
1. Give the characters of the tribes of North American RanunculacecE,
^ith examples of the genera.
2. What are the principal generic forms of ^racece, Papaveraceee, Ro-
sacecE, and Smilacecs in Canada ?
3. Explain fully the distinctive characters of Graminea and Cype'
racece.
4. Give a detailed account of any of the orders of Monopetalous Exo-
gens, with the Canadian genera and species.
5. Characterize the orders Musci and Lycopodiacem, and state the points
most important in their determination.
6. Give the history, habits, and properties of any Canadian parasitic
Fungus.
7. State the peculiarities of the floral organs in Betulacea, Cruci/eroe
and Violacece.
8. Characterize, and refer to their respective geological horizons, the
following genera : Catamites, Neuropteris, Pterophyllum, Stigmaria
Voltzia.
9. By what characters can you recognize plants of any one of the fol-
lowing genera, — Lathyrus, Polypodium, Vaccinium, Typha.
10. Give a classified list of the principal genera of Carboniferous and
Jurassic plants.
Examination on specimens to be described and determined,— Friday, Apri
21th, 9 J.M. to 1 P.M.
133
FACULTY OF MEDICINE.
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
Saturday, April 14th : — 9 a.m.
BOTANY.
Examiner, J. W. Dawson, LL.D., F.R.S., &c.
1 What are Cellular Structures as distinguished from Vascular ? Give
examples.
2. Describe Prosenchymatous Tissue, with examples.
3. What are Spiral Vessels ? State the parts in which they occur and
their use.
4. Describe the structures in the blade of the leaf.
5. Explain the relations of Carbonic Acid and Ammonia to the nu-
trition of the plant.
6. Describe the leading kinds of inflorescence.
7. Describe minutely the Stamen, with the terms applied to its parts and
to its positions relatively to the other parts of the flower.
8. Describe the Ovule, and the relations of its parts to those of the
seed.
9. Explain Fertilization in Phsenogams.
10. Describe the reproductive organs of Mosses and Ferns.
11. Explain the terms Gamopetalous, Epigynous, Monadelphous, and the
modifications of parts by which these arrangements are produced.
12. What are the histological characters, and mode of production of
Cork, Cotton, Starch, Vegetable Ivory ?
13. Explain the natural system of Botany, and state the gradation of
groups, with examples.
14. State the distinction between Exogens and Endogens.
15. State the distinction between Angiosperms and Gymnosperms.
' 16. Describe the Drupe, Achene, Samara, Legume, Silique.
17. Describe, and refer to their series and class, the specimens exhibited.
134
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL,
^afttlty at ^It&icint.
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
Friday, April 20th : — 9 a.m.
ZOOLOGY,
Examiner, J. W, Dawson, LL.D., F.R.S., &c.
1. Explain the primary subdivision of the animal kingdom into pro-
Tinces, giving the characters of one of them in full.
2. Define the species in Zoology, and explain the nature of genera,
families, orders, and classes, with examples.
3. How are respiration and circulation performed in Insecta and Pul-
monata ?
4. Name the orders of the Protozoa, and characterize one of them with
examples.
5. Describe the highest class of the Mollusca, and give an example of
each of its orders.
6. Name the classes of the Articulata, and characterize two of them,
with examples.
7. State the characters of the class Pisces, and describe one of the
orders, with Canadian examples.
8. State the characters of the class Hydrozoa, with examples.
9. Describe the oral appendages of Clio, Actinia, or Homarus.
10. What animals are indicated by the terms Marsupialia, Myriapoda,
Rodentia, Nudibranchiata, Echinoidea ; state their characters, and give
examples.
135
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL.
M.D.,C.M., PRIMARY EXAMINATION, SESSION 1865-66.
Satceday, April 21st.
ANATOMY.— 2 TO 3 p.m.
Examiner, W. E. Scott, M.D.
1. With what Bones does the Sphenoid articulate? also, name the
foramina and muscles attached to the Sphenoid Bone.
2. Give the relations and name the branches of the Radial Artery.
3. Mention the branches and distribution of the Inferior Maxillary
Nerve.
CHEMISTRY.— 3 to 4 p.m.
Examiner, "W. Sutherland, M.D.
1. Describe the process for the extraction of Phosphorus: what are its
properties, and in what condition or state of combination is it found in
nature ?
2. Describe the German and English plans for the preparation of
Sulphuric Acid : what are its properties and its tests ?
3. What are the varieties of Grape Sugar, how is it extracted from, and
tested in, urine ;— what effect is produced on its composition by the action
of a ferment, and what are the proximate and final results of oxidation
on the liquid obtained during that fermentation ?
Note.— Subsequent Oral Examination on the above subjects.
136
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL.
M.D.jC.lI., PRIMARY EXAMINATION, SESSION 1865-66.
Saturday, April 21st.
MATERIA MEDICA.-^ to 5 p.m.
Examiner, W. Wright, M.D.
1. By what characters are the following kinds of Aloes known, viz :
" the Mocba," " the Vesiculated," " the Curacoa," and " the Liquid," —
and to what general classes do they belong ?
2. The vapor of Chloroform : — its density at 60 ° Fah, — in what ratio
is it present in 100 parts of a mixture of itself and of air at the tempera-
tures of 40 ° and 85 ° , — above what percentage in such a mixture does
it cause " the throat spasm," — in what degree of dilution can it be safely
breathed, — and to what is it reduced by heat or by decomposition?
3. State the Medical and Surgical uses of the Perchlorid of Iron, and
explain how it should be given or applied so that they may be obtained.
INSTITUTES OF MEDICINE.— 5 to 6 p.m.
Examiner, W. Eraser, M.D.
1 . Enumerate the elements, — organic and inorganic, — entering into the
-composition of the Blood, and state briefly the purposes or uses of each.
2. What are the sources of Animal Heat, and what influence has the
nervous system on its production ?
3. Name the chief varieties of Cancer. Explain its minute structure,
mode of growth, mean duration, and laws of dissemination.
Note.— Subsequent Oral Examination on the above subjects.
137
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL.
M.D., CM., FINAL EXAMINATION, SESSION 1865-66.
Tuesday, April 24th,
THEOEY AND PKACTICE OF MEDICINE.— 2 to 3 p.m.
Examiner, R. P. Howard, M.D., L.R.C.S.E., &c.
1. Give the causes of Croup and of Laryngismus Stridulus, the means
of distinguishing them from each other, and the treatment suitable to
them.
2. Mention the several affections which induce Ascites as a local
dropsy ; the diagnostic characters of Cirrhosis and Albuminoid degene-
ration of the Liver ; explain how these two affections cause the Ascites,
and describe the treatment they require.
3. Describe the morbid anatomy of Acute Dysentery ; its causes, and
the treatment of the simple sthenic form.
CLINICAL MEDICINE, and MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE.— 3 to 4 p.m.
Examiner, D. C. MacCalldm, M.D., M.R.C.S., Lond.
1. Give the principal complications that may arise during the course
of an attack of Acute Rheumatism, their diagnostic characters, and the
modifying influence which each may have on the treatment of that
disease.
1. Describe the several dangers attending a blow on the head.
"What are the principal methods to be adopted for the determina-
tion of live-birth in a case of infanticide ?
2. Give the symptoms of poisoning by Oxalic Acid, and the tests for
Arsenic in substance.
Note.— Subsequent Oral Examination on the above subjects.
138
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL.
M.D., CM., FINAL EXAMINATION, SESSION 1805-66.
Tuesday, April 24th.
SUKGEKY AND CLINICAL SURGERY .-4 to 5 p.m.
_, . ( Geo. W. Campbell, A.M., M.D., etc.
Examiners, ^^ ^^^^^^ jj ^^^
1. What are the symptoms and treatment of strangulated Inguinal
Hernia ? If the taxis fails, how is the operation performed ; what are
"the coverings of the oblique and direct varieties ; what is the position
of the Epigastric Artery, with reference to the neck of the sac in each,
and how is it to be avoided in dividing the stricture ?
2. Describe the dislocations of the shoulder joint, the symptoms and
treatment of each variety.
3. State the points of difference between intra and ezira-capsular
fractures of the femur ; their raode^ of treatment respectively, and the
probable results.
MIDWIFERY.— 5 to 6 p.m.
Examiner, - A. Hall, M.D.
1. By what symptoms would you recognize a case of Placenta Prsevia
before the termination of gestation ? What varieties of the affection are
there? and detail the respective modes of treatment.
2. In a case of labour in the first position, what are the obstacles en-
countered by the child's head in its passage through the pelvis, and
detail the different mechanical contrivances by which these obstacles
are surmounted.
3. How would you distinguish between a case of Menorrhagia and
one' of Abortion, at the second month of gestation ? and if it were the
latter, in what manner would you treat it?
Note.— Subsequent Oral Examination on the above subjects.
139
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL.
M.D., CM., HOLMES MEDAL EXAMINATION, SESSION 1865-66.
Friday, April 27 th.
Note.— This Medal, founded by the Medical Faculty, is open for competition to
those members of the graduating class who have undergone successfully their final
examinations, and whose inaugural theses are deemed respectively worthy of 100
marks or more, the maximum number of marks for any thesis being 200. Complete
answers to all the questions are equal to 400 marks (50 for each branch) making the
total number obtainable 600.
ANATOMY.— 2 TO 3 p.m.
Examiner, W. E. Scott, M.D.
1. Describe the Perineal Fascia, having reference to the anterior or
urethral portion of the perineum ; mention the parts contained between
the superficial fascia of the perineum and the deep or triangular liga-
ment ; give the origin, course and distribution of the internal pudic
artery.
2. Name the muscles of the anterior tibial region, and give the
relations of the anterior tibial artery.
3. Give the origin, extent, division, relations and branches of the
subclavian arteries.
CHEMISTEY.— 3 to 4 p.m.
Examiner, W. Sutherland, M.D.
1. "What is the formula of urea? give the calculation whereby the
percentage of its nitrogen is established, and what volume of this gas is
equal to a grain of urea.
2. What is the colour and the composition of the precipitate produced
by sulphydric acid with each of the following substances: — arsenious
acid, oxides of antimony and cadmium, peroxides of tin and iron ?
3. Describe the manner of preparing the pure and dilute cyanhydric
acid ; what are its properties, what the mode of estimating its strength in
any specimen, and its tests in a case of fatal poisoning by it ?
140
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL.
J^al:t|| Kit ^gitilnm,
M.D., CM., HOLMES MEDAL EXAMINATION, SESSION 18G5-66.
Friday, April 2'7th.
MATERIA MEDICA.-4 to 5 P.ii.
Examiner, W. Wright, M.D.
1. Specify the adulterations of Iodide of Potassium, and state how they
are known.
2. Mention the actions of digitalis in medicinal doses ; also the morbid
states of the body, and of special organs, as the heart, brain, &c., in
which it would be indicated, as well as those in which it should not be
administered.
3 Give the officinal preparations according to the British Pharmaco-
pceia ; firstly, of Barbadoes aloes ; secondly, of Socotrine aloes, and name
their constituents.
INSTITUTES OF MEDIClXE.-o to 6 p.m.
Examiner, W. Eraser, M.D.
1 . What are the functions of the spinal cord as an independent nervous
centre ?
2 State the different channels through which nutritious and other
matters can be absorbed into the blood, and the elaboration which some
of them undergo in their transit.
3 Give the composition of bile, the physiological origin of its ele-
ments, and the purposes served by it in intestinal digestion.
141
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL.
M.D., CM., HOLMES MEDAL EXAMINATION, SESSION 1865-66.
Saturday, April 28th.
THEORY AXD PRACTICE OF MEDICIXE.— 2 to 3 p.m.
Examiner, R, P. Howard, M.D., L.R.C.S.E., &c.
1. Explain the modes in which the several causes of Bright's disease
act, and give illustrations of each ; describe the morbid appearances in
the several stages of the "large white kidney,'' and the characters of the
urine in that variety and in the " contracted kidney."
2. "What are the conditions favourable to the development of zymotic
diseases ? Give in detail those specially operative in the development of
cholera.
3. Describe the more important differences observed in the course and
termination of chronic Phthisis ; state the principles which should guide
the physician in selecting a climate for the subjects of the disease, and
explain the circumstances in which he should not recommend travelling.
CLINICAL MEDICINE AND MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE-3 to 4 p.m.
Examiner, D. C.' MacCallum, M.D., M.R.C.S., Lond.
1. Mention the different pathological changes in the kidney which give
rise to albuminuria, and state also the physical and microscopical cha-
racters of the urine, and the general symptoms attending each.
2. What are the diseases that may be mistaken for neurotic poisoning ?
Describe the principal features of each, and state in what particulars
each disease differs from poisoning.
3. Give the characteristics of blood stains, the methods of detecting
them by the iron, nitrogen, and albumen, which they contain, and describe
the characters of the stains with which blood stains may be confounded.
142
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTEEAL.
Â¥.D., CM., HOLMES MEDAL EXAMINATION, SESSION 1865-66.
Saturday, April 28th.
SURGEKY AKD CLINICAL SUEGERY.-4 to 5 P.M.
( Geo. W. Campbell, A.M., M.D., &c.
Examiners, ^^ q^^^^^ j^j j)_
1 Give the symptoms and causes of compression of the brain produced
by injury. Under what circumstances should the trephine be employed,
and -when should we abstain from operating ; and are there any cases
where operative interference is proper without serious symptoms ?
2. Give the symptoms and treatment of the different forms of Iritis.
3. Give the diagnostic characters of infecting and noninfecting
chancres, with the treatment applicable to each class.
MIDWIFERY.— 5 TO 6 p.m.
Examiner, ^- Hall, M.D.
1. How would you distinguish between the corpuslnteum of pregnancy
at full term, and one of an ordinary catamenial period ?
2. How would you distinguish between accidental and unavoidable
hemorrhage ?
3 Under what circumstances are the operations of version and embry-
otomy required, and what is the smallest antero-posterior diameter
through which a living child has been extracted.
143
FACULTY OF LAW,
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
Monday, April 2nd : — 4 p.m. to T p.m.
CRIMINAL LAW.
THIRD YEAR.
Examiner, Professor Edw. Carter.
1. By what Law are we governed in criminal matters? By what
authority, and when was it introduced for the first time into this Province?
2. What is meant by common law? Does it form any part of our
criminal jurisprudence?
3. Give the definition of a crime? Into how many classes are crimes
divided ?
4. In what cases are persons charged with a crime, to be considered as
irresponsible ? Explain fully the rules of law applicable to all such
cases ?
5. Explain the rules which formerly prevailed as to the right of the
accused in capital cases to examine witnesses on his behalf; and state
what changes in that respect were made, and by what authority ?
6. When, for the first time, was the accused allowed the assistance of
Counsel in his defence?
7. What remedies are by law given to a party aggrieved in cases of
summary convictions by Justices? Explain them fully.
8. What powers are conferred by law upon Justices to admit persons
accused of crime to bail ? Explain what distinction, if any, is made
with reference to exercise of these powers in felonies and misdemeanors ?
9. How many persons are by law required to compose the body of
Grand Jurors? How many to find a True Bill?
10. Do Grand Jurors possess the power of examining persons not
named on the back of the Bill of Indictment ?
144
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
Jarulty at %m.
SESSIONAL EXAMIMATIONS, 1866.
Tuesday, April 3rd : — 4 to 6 p.m.
CUSTOMARY LAW.
FIRST YEAR.
Examiner, Prof. Laflamme.
1. Comment prouve-t-on l'6tat civil des personnes ?
2. Quelles sent les incapacit^s resultant de la qualite d'^tranger non
naturalist ?
3. Qu'entend-on par mort civile, et pour quelles causes est-elle en-
courrue ?
4. Qu'est-ce que I'envoi en possession des biens d'un absent ; quand,
comment et a quelles conditions est-il accorde ?
5. Quelles sont les conditions essentielles pour la validite d'un mariage ?
6. Qui peut interdir Taction en nuHit6 du mariage, et pour quelles
causes ?
7. Quelles sont les causes qui donnent lieu a la separation de corps ;
comment s'obtient-elle ?
8. Quelles en sont les cons6quences par rapport aux deux parties?
9. Dans quel cas le mari est-il autoris^ a d^savouer un enfant?
10. Qu'est-ce que la tutelle, par qui et comment est-elle d^f^ree ?
11. Quels sont les actes que le Tuteur peut faire seul, ceux qui lui sont
interdits, et ceux qu'il peut faire avec I'autorisation du Juge r
12. Quelles sont les obligations du Tuteur?
13. Qu'est-ce que la Curatelle; dans quel cas est-elle ^tablie?
14. Donnez les divisions principals de b'^'^.^/'^P^^VAlHaiisSenr?
dificalions apporteesparle Code dans la classification de certains biens
15. Quelle est la difference entre I'usufruit et I'usage ?
16. Quelles sont les obligations de I'usufruitier ?
145
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
Tuesday, April 3rd ; — 4 to 6 p.m.
CUSTOMARY LAW.
SECOND AND THIRD YBAR STUDENTS.
Examiner, Prof. Laflamme.
1. Comment s'ouvre une succession, et comment se transmet-elle ?
2. Quelles sont les regies suivies pour determiner la transmission des
biens dans le cas ou plusieurs personnes respectivement appel^es a la
succession I'une de I'autre p^rissent ensemble?
3. Comment la loi qui nous r6git actuellement defere-t-elle la suc-
cession ; 1. par rapport aux descendants ; 2. par rapport aux ascendants;
3. par rapport aux coUat^raux?
4. Donnez les changements introduits par le projet du Code dans la
transmission des biens par succession?
5. Comment et par quel acte peut-on accepter ou r^pudierune succes-
sion, et quel est I'efFet de I'acceptation?
6. Qui pent demander le partage des biens communs et quels sont les
precedes pour y arriver?
7. Dans quel cas 7 a-t-il lieu a rapport en matiere de succession?
8. Comment se repartissent les dettes entre les divers h^ritiers et
legataires?
9. Quelles sont les modifications apport^es par le projet du Code aui
anciennes lois Fran^aises en matiere de Donations entre-vifs?
10. Combien d'especes de Testament? et donnez les formalites essen-
tielles requises pour la validite de chacune.
11. Qu'est-ce que la separation des Patrimoines ; quand et pour quel
objet est-il demande ?
12. Par quels actes peut s'etablir une substitution?
13. La prohibition d'ali^ner constitue-t-elle une substitution?
14. Quels sont les droits respectifs du grev^ et de I'appeld pendant
I'existence de la substitution, et avant I'ouverture?
15. Jusqu'a quelle limite peut-on substituer?
146
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL,
faculty of '§n\i\
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
Wednesday, April 4th : — 4 to 6 p.m.
first year.
Examiner, Prof. Lafrenaye, B.C.L.
1. En quoi consistait la distinction entre les pays de droit ecrit et les
pays coutumiers en France ?
2. Quelle est la coutume que nous suivons en Bas-Canada, et quels
sont les principaux titres qui out ete abroges ?
3. Quelles sont les ordonnances qui ont aboli la preuve testimoniale
des conventions dont la valeur excede cent livres ancien cours ?
4. Qu'entendez-vous par la jurisprudence des arrets et citez quelques
arrets qui reposent sur le droit romain?
5. Comment furent introduites, en Bas-Canada, les regies de t^moi-
gnage prescrites par les lois anglaises dans les affaires de commerce et
quelles furent les questions controversies qui s'en auivirent?
6. Quels sont les changements apport^s par I'acte de 1801 sur les
testaments?
T. Quelles sont les dispositions du Statut des Fraudes, suivies en
Bas-Canada?
8. Quelles sont les parties du Droit Anglais qui nous regissent en
Bas-Canada ?
9. Quelle est Tutilite de connaitre les decisions principales, leading
cases, dans le droit anglais?
10. Quelles sont maintenant les dispositions de notre legislation sur
les preuves, on evidence ?
11. Quels 6taient les principaux tribunaux en France, avant la Revo-
lution, dont nous suivons la jurisprudence ?
12. Quelles sont les principales cours de justice en Angleterre, dont
nous suivons les decisions ?
147
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL.
«f jicuUy at ^aiv.
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
Wednesday, April 4th : — 4 to 6 p.m.
second year.
Examiner, Prof. Lafrexaye, B.C.L.
1. Quels sont les principaux commentateurs de la coutume de Paris?
2. Quels sont les principaux commentateurs des ordonnances?
3. Quels sont les arretistes du Parlement de Paris, du Chatelet, et de
la Cour de Cassation?
4. Quels sont les meilleurs ouvrages a consulter sur la bibliographic
du droit ?
5. Quelles sont les meilleures publications qui ont paru sur la science
du droit ?
6. Quels sont les auteurs qui ont trait6 ex profe&so des substitutions?
7. Quels sont les principaux traites sur Tensemble du droit fran^ais?
8. Quels sont les auteurs a consulter sur les preuves, tant dans le
droit anglais que dans le droit fran^ais ?
9. Quels sont les principaux ouvrages du droit anglais que nous con-
sultons sur I'ensemble de ce droit?
10. Quels sont les auteurs qui ont traits des billets et lettres de
change, sous I'empire de ces deux droits?
11. Quels sont les commentateurs du code Napoleonque nous con-
sultons sur les parties de ce code qui ont reproduit lancien droit?
12. Donnez une notice bibliographique des auteurs les plus accredi-
t^s sur les parties principales du droit anglais et fran9ais ?
148
McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL.
faculty of ^atv.
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
Wednesday, April 4th: — 4 to 6 p.m.
third tear.
Examiner, Prof. Lafrenaye, B.C.L.
1. Quel est le louage des choses et en quoi ce contrat dififere-t-il des
contra ts de vente et de mandat?
2. Quelle est la difference entre le contrat de louage et I'emphyteose ?
3. Quelles sont les obligations du bailleur?
4. Quelles sont les obligations du preneur ?
5. Quelle est la nature et quels sont les caracteres du contrat de cau-
tionnement?
6. Quel est I'efFet du cautionnement entre le cr^ancier et la caution
quant au b^n^fice de discussion et de division et quant a la cession
d'actions et subrogation ?
7. Quels sont les efifets du contrat de cautionnement entre le debiteur
et la caution ?
8. Comment s'^teint le cautionnement?
9. Quelles sont les principales dispositions du contrat de d^pot?
10. Quelles sont les obligations du gardien?
11. Quelles sont les diverses lois et ordonnances qui ont introduit et
modifie la contrainte par corps ?
12. Quelle est la difiference entre la contrainte par corps et le
contempt of court dans le droit anglais?
149
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
Thursday, April 5th :-4 p.m. to 6 p.m. for Degree ; 4 to 7 p.m. for Honours.
ROMAN LAW.
FIRST YEAR,
Examiner, Prof. Torrance.
1. Give some of the national characteristics of the ancient Romans,
and some of the characteristics of their jurisprudence.
2. State the divisions into which the history of the Roman Law is
generally made to fall, to whom we are indebted for the division, and
describe some of the features of each division.
3. Give the origin of the Lex Valeria — the tfibuneship — the Lex
Publilia.
4. Give some account of the jus scriptum — jus non-scriptum.
5. State what you know of the jurists whose writings are found in the
Digest.
6. Give some account of the works forming the corpus juris civilis,
7. Give the meaning of Jms — justitia — jurisprudentia — jus natura — jus
gentium — in the age of Justinian.
8. Explain how persons were made slaves and manumitted. Give an
account of the restrictions imposed upon the manumission of slaves.
9. Explain Gives — Latini — Italici — Provinciales.
10. How was marriage made and dissolved ?
11. What persons could be legitimized and how ?
12. How many kinds of tutors were there ? Explain each kind.
13. Explain shortly " satisdatio tutorum vel curatorum ;" " de excusa-
tionibus tutorum vel curatorum ; " and tbe title " de suspectis tutoribus
vel curatoribus ."
Examination on MAINE — Ancient Law.
14. "What is the difference between case law and code law ? What was
the importance of codes to ancient societies ?
15. Explain how social necessities and opinions are always in advance
of law, and by what agencies law is brought into harmony with society?
16. How does Maine explain the origin of the phrases — Law of
Nations, Law of Nature, and Equity ?
17. State the position in which he places Rousseau in relation to the
modern law of nature.
18. What is Maine's theory as to the formation of primitive societies ?
NoTA. — The first 13 of the above questions are put for the Ordinary
examination. The whole of the above questions are put for the exami-
nation for Honours.
150
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
Jatttlta of "gm,
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
Thursday, April 5th :-4 p.m. to 6 p.m. for Degree ; 4 to 7 p.m. for Honours.
ROMAN LAW.
SECOND YEAR.
Examiner, Prop, Torrance.
1. How many kinds of things extra patrimonium are there, and define
each kind ?
2. When an island rises in the sea who is proprietor ? Whose is the
proprietorship in the case of an island rising in a river ?
3. Explain speciftcatio and its effects on property ? If the specificator
used the material of another, did the new article belong to the specifi-
cator, or to the proprietor of the raw material ?
4. How many kinds of rea! servitudes were there ? Explain fully each
kind.
5. Define usucapio. — Explain its aim and consequences. What
changes were introduced by Justinian ?
6. Define gifts mortis causd, — inter vivos, — ante nuptias.
7. Define peculium. — How many kinds were there ? Explain each
kind,
8. What were the original forms of wills at Rome ? What changes
were made by Justinian ?
9. Who had the testamenti /actio ?
10. How many kinds of legacies were there? Explain each kind ?
11. Explain the portio legitima ; — the lex falcidia ; — the Sctum trebelh-
anum ; — the Sctum Pegasianum ?
12. What were the primitive rules of succession ^b intestato ?
13. Explain shortly the Sctum TertuUianun and the Sctum Orphi-
tianum.
14. Explain shortly the possessio bonorum.
15. Explain shortly the rules of succession introduced by the 118th
and 127th Novels.
16. State briefly Maine's theory as to the early history of succession.
17. Narrate the early history of primogeniture as given by Maine.
18. Give a few of the salient points of the early history of property as
given by Maine.
NoTA. — The twelve first questions, as numbered, are the ordinury
examination.
151
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
Thursday, April 5th : — 4 to 6 p.m. for Degree ; 4 to 7 p.m. for Honours.
ROMAN LAW.
THIRD YEAR.
Examiner, Prof. Torrance.
1. Define an obligation. How many kinds are there in the Roman
Law ? Define each kind.
2. Give the nominate real contracts and define each kind.
3. To which kind of contracts did stipulations belong? How many
kinds of stipulations were there? Define each kind.
4. What were the privileges of fide-jussores ? Explain each kind of
privilege.
5. At whose risk is the thing sold ? Explain the rule fully.
6. Under what class of obligations does indebiti solutio come ? Ex-
plain it.
7. Does error in law entitle to restitution? What was Pothiers opi-
nion? What is the Lower Canadian Law on the subject? Give a
decision of our Courts applying the rule.
8. Give the divisions of furtum in the old Roman Law, and define
each kind.
9. Explain the provisions of the Aquilian Law.
EVIDENCE— LOWER CANADA.
10. In what cases is oral testimony admissible. How many witnesses
are required? What is the effect of interest or relationship?
11. In cases of sale, between what persons does the law of evidence
in commercial matters apply?
KENT.
12. What is the rule as to the inviolability of neutral territory?
Give illustrations.
13. What are the rules as to an enemy's property in a neutral vessel,
and as to a neutral's property in an enemy's vessel ?
14. What are the restrictions upon a neutral's trade in relation to
contraband ?
15. State the rule as to blockades.
WESTLAKE.
16. What is the present state of the doctrine as to national character?
17. Give the rules stated by Westlake for ascertaining domicile.
NoTA. — The questions on Kent and Westlake are additional questions
to students competing for honours.
152
McGILL COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
JacuUa of '^ixw.
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 1866.
Friday, April 6th.
COMMERCIAL LAW.
FIRST YEAR.
OBLIGATIONS.
Examiner, ' Prof. Abbott, B.C.L.
1. Explain the sense in which the term obligation is used in this
course, and state the principal divisions of such obligations.
2. Describe fully the causes from which obligations arise.
3. State the effect upon a contract, of error, and of fraud, respectively ;
and define clearly the distinction which exists between the operation of
those two defects in contracts.
4. What difference is there in the extent of inequality which will
render a contract defective, considered with regard to the parties to
such contract?
5. State the distinction between the respective capacity for contract-
ing, of minors below and above the age of puberty, of lunatics, and of
married women.
6. Describe fully the distinctions which exist between persons obliged
i?i solido, and several debtors of an indivisible obligation ; and the
eflFects which result from those distinctions as regards the debtors and
their heirs, in case of the non-performance of such obligation.
7. What is the effect upon the heirs of the debtor of an indivisible
obligation, of the breach of such obligation by one of them ? and state
the distinction, if any, between the breach of such an obligation in
faciendo, and that of such an obligation in nonfaciendo.
8. If a penal clause is attached to an obligation, is the penalty incurred
for the whole, and by all the heir.s of the debtor, by the contravention
of one of tliem? and if the question be susceptible of different answers,
as the obligation is divisible or indivisible ; give bcth of such answers.
9. What is the nature of the several exceptions of Division and Dis-
cussion on the part of sureties, and what is their effect? State any
restrictions upon pleading them, arising from the nature of the contract,
the time of opposing them, or the subject affected by them.
10. What are the rights which a surety may have against the princi-
pal debtor ; and how may he entitle himself to those rights ? When
has the surety an action against the principal, before he has paid the
debt?
153
11. What is the leading rule for the imputation of payments, when
none has been made either by the debtor or creditor? What is the dis-
tinction taken by Mr. Pothier, as to imputation, between interest stipu-
lated for, and interest which is the result only of a judgment?
12. What is the difference between compensation and payment?
What debts may be opposed in compensation, and when does it take
place ? State in what cases the fact of the demand and the debt set up
in compensation, having arisen ejc eodeiti fonte, is of importance in con-
sidering whether compensation has taken place.
SECOND AND THIRD YEARS.
PROMISSORY NOTES AND BILLS OF EXCHANGE.
1. What are the laws which regulate the forms, negotiability, and
general effect of Promissory Notes and Bills in Lower Canada ? In case
of any conflict of laws arising from the contract being partially made in
one country and partially in another, by what law will it be governed ?
2. What kind of consideration is required to sustain a Promissory Note
or Bill ? State the distinctions, if any, which arise from the fact of the
instrument being held by the original payee, or of its being in the hands
of an innocent third party, who acquired it before maturity.
3. Describe what is meant by a bond fide holder of a Bill. State any
defect, if any there be, that will avoid a Bill or Note in the hands of a
bond fide, holder, and refer to any change in our law in that behalf.
4. What is the effect of the neglect of the holder of a note to present
it properly for payment ; and state any distinctions which exist in respect
of the maker and of the endorsers ; and which arise from the note being
made payable at a particular place, or without indication of place of
payment?
5. By whom should a note be protested, and by whom and when, should
notice of dishonour be given ? State any distinction between our law
and that of England in this respect.
6. Wiiat is the nature of the obligation of an endorser pour aval ?
7. In the case of a note made by A with three endorsers, B, C, and 1),
what would be the effect of the voluntary discharge by the holder
of A? B? C ? and D?
8. What would be the difference in the effect upon the others, if the
discharge of any party to the note were obtained under a Bankrupt or
Insolvent law ?
INSURANCE.
1. To what class of contracts does Insurance belong ?
2. What is the extent of the liability of the insured in respect of the
subject of the Insurance, and the amount of damage caused to it by the
occurrence of the event insured against. Distinguish between valued
and open policies, and between Fire and Life Insurance.
154
3 In Marine Insurauce, what would be the effect upon the policy if the
subiect insured were the object of illegal trade? Are there any other
cicumstances extraneous to the contract itself, that would produce
similar effects upon it?
4 Is it necessary in Marine Insurance that the name of the insured be
stated in the policy ? Can different interests be covered by the same
policy, and if they can, by what form of words can it be done >
5 If an Insurance is made "for whom it may concern," is there any
and what distinction as to the parties whose interests are covered by it f
Answer with special reference to the persons who were interested in the
subject insured at the date of the policy, and to those who afterwards
became so interested.
6 What is known in the English and American Law as a warranty?
What as a representation? What is the distinction which prevails
between them under those systems ? Would such distinction be recognized
here in whole, or in part?
7. Define general average and particular average.
8 How many kinds of losses are there, which give rise to a claim for
a total loss ? Describe them fully, and state whether any, and what steps
are in any case requisite, to convert an incomplete into a total loss.
9 Define " peril of the sea." Barratry." What appears to be the dis-
tinction between the English construction of the word barratry, and the
French interpretation of the phrase " baraterie de patron. '
10. What risks does the phrase "loss or damage by fire ' in a fire
policy, cover?
11. Are there any, and if any, what modes of death which do not give
rise to a claim under a life policy?
12. State the various risks, events andtransactions to which the con-
tract of Insurance is now ordinarily applied.
155
BINDING SECT. TiUV o \^^
LE McGill University, Montreal
3 Calendar
1866/67 70
PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY
